US20220008418A1 - Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof - Google Patents
Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220008418A1 US20220008418A1 US17/240,886 US202117240886A US2022008418A1 US 20220008418 A1 US20220008418 A1 US 20220008418A1 US 202117240886 A US202117240886 A US 202117240886A US 2022008418 A1 US2022008418 A1 US 2022008418A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- linear
- independently
- optionally substituted
- amino
- heteroaryl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 150000005010 aminoquinolines Chemical class 0.000 title abstract description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 256
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 54
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- -1 cyano, carbonyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 305
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 110
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 84
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 80
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 75
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 70
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 59
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 56
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 47
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 43
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000005064 dopaminergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 239000003136 dopamine receptor stimulating agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 29
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 abstract description 27
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 229940052760 dopamine agonists Drugs 0.000 abstract description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-aminoacridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000005793 Restless legs syndrome Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 229960001441 aminoacridine Drugs 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 618
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 106
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 75
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 49
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 43
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 43
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 43
- 101150026563 NR4A2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 39
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 33
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 33
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 33
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 26
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 25
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 description 25
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 25
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 24
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 21
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 20
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 19
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 16
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 16
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 15
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 15
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 14
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 12
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 12
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 12
- 108091000117 Tyrosine 3-Monooxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000048218 Tyrosine 3-monooxygenases Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 10
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 10
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 10
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 108020001756 ligand binding domains Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 9
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DIVDFFZHCJEHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC(O)=C(O)C=C1O DIVDFFZHCJEHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 9
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- FQYRLEXKXQRZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=CC=NC2=C1 FQYRLEXKXQRZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 8
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Dopa Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 8
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 8
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N bromocriptine Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229960002802 bromocriptine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000035886 specific defense system Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000002459 blastocyst Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000035781 nonspecific defense system Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 6
- ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermidine Chemical compound NCCCCNCCCN ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 5
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 102100033156 Dopamine beta-hydroxylase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108050004812 Dopamine receptor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000015554 Dopamine receptor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N FORSKOLIN Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12O)C[C@](C)(C=C)O[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 5
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000078 anti-malarial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 5
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 5
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 5
- 210000001178 neural stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 5
- YEHCICAEULNIGD-MZMPZRCHSA-N pergolide Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CSC)CN([C@@H]2C2)CCC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 YEHCICAEULNIGD-MZMPZRCHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000006215 rectal suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- UHSKFQJFRQCDBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ropinirole Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC1=CC=CC2=C1CC(=O)N2 UHSKFQJFRQCDBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MDYOLVRUBBJPFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tropolone Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=CC1=O MDYOLVRUBBJPFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NDRZSRWMMUGOBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Amino-7-chloroquinoline Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N)=CC=NC2=C1 NDRZSRWMMUGOBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AWFDCTXCTHGORH-HGHGUNKESA-N 6-[4-[(6ar,9r,10ar)-5-bromo-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-carbonyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-methylpyridin-2-one Chemical class O=C([C@H]1CN([C@H]2[C@@H](C=3C=CC=C4NC(Br)=C(C=34)C2)C1)C)N(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC(=O)N1C AWFDCTXCTHGORH-HGHGUNKESA-N 0.000 description 4
- KORNTPPJEAJQIU-KJXAQDMKSA-N Cabaser Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(CC=C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N(CCCN(C)C)C(=O)NCC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 KORNTPPJEAJQIU-KJXAQDMKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical group C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101150049660 DRD2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010015720 Dopamine beta-Hydroxylase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000012661 Dyskinesia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100022676 Nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004504 adult stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003430 antimalarial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004596 cabergoline Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940001468 citrate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 4
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 4
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000000274 microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000002894 multi-fate stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- VHSZPXHYNHFKED-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[[4-[(2,4-dichlorophenyl)methylamino]phenyl]methyl]-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-amine Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1CNC(C=C1)=CC=C1CNC1=NC=NN1 VHSZPXHYNHFKED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMJJGDUYVQCBMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-n'-[3-[3-(ethylamino)propylamino]propyl]propane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CCNCCCNCCCNCCCNCC UMJJGDUYVQCBMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960004851 pergolide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- FASDKYOPVNHBLU-ZETCQYMHSA-N pramipexole Chemical compound C1[C@@H](NCCC)CCC2=C1SC(N)=N2 FASDKYOPVNHBLU-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940083542 sodium Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermine Chemical compound NCCCNCCCCNCCCN PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 4
- GDFGTRDCCWFXTG-SCTDSRPQSA-N (3r,4ar,10as)-3-(diethylsulfamoylamino)-6-hydroxy-1-propyl-3,4,4a,5,10,10a-hexahydro-2h-benzo[g]quinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C[C@@H]3N(CCC)C[C@H](NS(=O)(=O)N(CC)CC)C[C@H]3CC2=C1O GDFGTRDCCWFXTG-SCTDSRPQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OHFXRQXIVDCTFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-4-[4-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]piperazin-1-yl]pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1CN1CCN(C=2C=3C=NN(CC=4C=CC(Cl)=CC=4)C=3N=CN=2)CC1 OHFXRQXIVDCTFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JUDKOGFHZYMDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepine-7,8-diol Chemical compound C1=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2CCNCC1C1=CC=CC=C1 JUDKOGFHZYMDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GJOHLWZHWQUKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-azaniumylpentan-2-yl-(6-methoxyquinolin-8-yl)azanium;dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O.N1=CC=CC2=CC(OC)=CC(NC(C)CCCN)=C21 GJOHLWZHWQUKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZESLRNODPYKANV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-4-(4-cyclohexylpiperazin-1-yl)-1-phenylpyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound C=12C=NN(C=3C=CC=CC=3)C2=NC(Cl)=NC=1N(CC1)CCN1C1CCCCC1 ZESLRNODPYKANV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHSSDEDRBUKTQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enyl-4,5,7,8-tetrahydrothiazolo[4,5-d]azepin-2-amine Chemical compound C1CN(CC=C)CCC2=C1N=C(N)S2 DHSSDEDRBUKTQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WREVVZMUNPAPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-aminoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(N)=CC=CC2=C1 WREVVZMUNPAPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OVCDSSHSILBFBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amodiaquine Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CN(CC)CC)=CC(NC=2C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3N=CC=2)=C1 OVCDSSHSILBFBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000004058 Leukemia inhibitory factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000581 Leukemia inhibitory factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100022679 Nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010016731 PPAR gamma Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102100038825 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 3
- BKRGVLQUQGGVSM-KBXCAEBGSA-N Revanil Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@H](C=2)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 BKRGVLQUQGGVSM-KBXCAEBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960001444 amodiaquine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 3
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-phenylpropanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N colforsin Natural products OC12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC1(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C1C2(C)C(O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000022993 cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940005501 dopaminergic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Chemical group C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960003587 lisuride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 102000004311 liver X receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000865 liver X receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- JCSREICEMHWFAY-HUUCEWRRSA-N naxagolide Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2[C@H]3OCCN(CCC)[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JCSREICEMHWFAY-HUUCEWRRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001577 neostriatum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- YZZVIKDAOTXDEB-JTQLQIEISA-N nepicastat Chemical compound NCC1=CNC(=S)N1[C@@H]1CC2=CC(F)=CC(F)=C2CC1 YZZVIKDAOTXDEB-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108091008725 peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors alpha Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229940116317 potato starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960003089 pramipexole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960005179 primaquine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960000924 quinagolide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960001879 ropinirole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940063673 spermidine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 208000002320 spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940086735 succinate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 3
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 3
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYKYOOPFBCOXSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-hydroxyphenyl)acetonitrile Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(CC#N)C=C1 AYKYOOPFBCOXSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (S)-amphetamine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004517 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005955 1H-indazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MVXVYAKCVDQRLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CN=C2NC=CC2=C1 MVXVYAKCVDQRLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGIMXKDCVCTHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOCCO WGIMXKDCVCTHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKOKUHFZNIUSLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Hydroxypropyl stearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C)O FKOKUHFZNIUSLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQDPVLVUJFGPGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]pyrimidine Chemical compound C=1C=C2OCOC2=CC=1CN(CC1)CCN1C1=NC=CC=N1 OQDPVLVUJFGPGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISIAMOSAINZZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC=C1N1C2=NC=NC(N3CCN(CC3)C=3C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC=3)=C2C=N1 ISIAMOSAINZZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- DEYFWGXTPWNADC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-[2-phenylethyl(propyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ol Chemical compound C1CC2=C(O)C=CC=C2CC1N(CCC)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 DEYFWGXTPWNADC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSLLFYVBWXWUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Azaindolizine Chemical compound C1=NC=CN2C=CC=C21 QSLLFYVBWXWUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RMIJGBMRNYUZRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-chloro-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1h-3-benzazepine-7,8-diol;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.C1NCCC=2C(Cl)=C(O)C(O)=CC=2C1C1=CC=CC=C1 RMIJGBMRNYUZRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102100026882 Alpha-synuclein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000031277 Amaurotic familial idiocy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001550224 Apha Species 0.000 description 2
- CEUORZQYGODEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aripirazole Chemical class ClC1=CC=CC(N2CCN(CCCCOC=3C=C4NC(=O)CCC4=CC=3)CC2)=C1Cl CEUORZQYGODEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000606125 Bacteroides Species 0.000 description 2
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003771 C cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010005939 Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100031614 Ciliary neurotrophic factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000011990 Corticobasal Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cyclamate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical group C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycoleonol Natural products C12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC2(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C2C1(C)C(O)CCC2(C)C SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000004986 Diffuse Cerebral Sclerosis of Schilder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010044266 Dopamine Plasma Membrane Transport Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150043870 Drd4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XWLUWCNOOVRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fosphenytoin Chemical compound O=C1N(COP(O)(=O)O)C(=O)NC1(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XWLUWCNOOVRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024412 Friedreich ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- DGMPVYSXXIOGJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fusaric acid Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)N=C1 DGMPVYSXXIOGJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007465 Giant cell arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100031181 Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010072579 Granulomatosis with polyangiitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101001109698 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000829111 Human polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004890 Interleukin-8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000701460 JC polyomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- UETNIIAIRMUTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Jacareubin Natural products CC1(C)OC2=CC3Oc4c(O)c(O)ccc4C(=O)C3C(=C2C=C1)O UETNIIAIRMUTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000027747 Kennedy disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-lactic acid Chemical compound C[C@H](O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000186660 Lactobacillus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000009829 Lewy Body Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000002832 Lewy body dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010093175 Member 2 Group A Nuclear Receptor Subfamily 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002537 Neuronal Ceroid-Lipofuscinoses Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100029438 Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710089543 Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005497 Nuclear hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004140 Oncostatin M Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000630 Oncostatin M Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000023984 PPAR alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000029082 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000034527 Retinoid X Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038912 Retinoid X Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000008156 Ringer's lactate solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rosiglitazone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1N(C)CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1SC(=O)NC1=O YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060006706 SRC Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001332 SRC Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102100033928 Sodium-dependent dopamine transporter Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000034799 Tauopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JOAHPSVPXZTVEP-YXJHDRRASA-N Terguride Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NC(=O)N(CC)CC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 JOAHPSVPXZTVEP-YXJHDRRASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000009659 Vesicular Monoamine Transport Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010020033 Vesicular Monoamine Transport Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000006269 X-Linked Bulbo-Spinal Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=N1 BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940023476 agar Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002820 allylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940025084 amphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthranilic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 2
- VMWNQDUVQKEIOC-CYBMUJFWSA-N apomorphine Chemical compound C([C@H]1N(C)CC2)C3=CC=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C1C2=CC=C3 VMWNQDUVQKEIOC-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004046 apomorphine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008122 artificial sweetener Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005018 aryl alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005015 aryl alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- WZJYKHNJTSNBHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[h]quinoline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 WZJYKHNJTSNBHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940050390 benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000008038 benzoazepines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004935 benzoxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005512 benztetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadaverine Chemical compound NCCCCCN VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical class [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000011116 calcium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011111 cardboard Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002487 chromatin immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000625 cyclamic acid and its Na and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical group C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical group C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1 PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentadiene Chemical group C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene Chemical group C1CC=CC1 LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008355 dextrose injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl phthalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBUNVLRHZGSROC-VTIMJTGVSA-N dihydro-alpha-ergocryptine Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N[C@]3(C(=O)N4[C@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5[C@]4(O)O3)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 PBUNVLRHZGSROC-VTIMJTGVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002032 dihydroergocryptine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960003133 ergot alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960004667 ethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000219 ethylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- TVURRHSHRRELCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenoldopam Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1C2=CC(O)=C(O)C(Cl)=C2CCNC1 TVURRHSHRRELCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002724 fenoldopam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006054 immunological memory Effects 0.000 description 2
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004936 isatinoyl group Chemical group N1(C(=O)C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005438 isoindazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000017476 juvenile neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940001447 lactate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940039696 lactobacillus Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002900 methylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006724 microglial activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000066 myeloid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000007607 neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis 3 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000006255 nuclear receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004017 nuclear receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004409 osteocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=N1 QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYEGTIGJSHGEID-ZDUSSCGKSA-N pf-219,061 Chemical compound C1N(CCC)CCO[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 WYEGTIGJSHGEID-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011458 pharmacological treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004932 phenoxathinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000243 photosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004928 piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 229960004310 piribedil Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001778 pluripotent stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000259 polyoxyethylene lauryl ether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093625 propylene glycol monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylidene Chemical group [CH]CC OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DVUBDHRTVYLIPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2N=CC=C21 DVUBDHRTVYLIPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 2
- 208000002574 reactive arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013074 reference sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003352 sequestering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960001462 sodium cyclamate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940063675 spermine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DKGZKTPJOSAWFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N spiperone Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)CCCN1CCC2(C(NCN2C=2C=CC=CC=2)=O)CC1 DKGZKTPJOSAWFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229950001675 spiperone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GOLXNESZZPUPJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N spiromesifen Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(C(O1)=O)=C(OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C)C11CCCC1 GOLXNESZZPUPJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 2
- NCEXYHBECQHGNR-QZQOTICOSA-N sulfasalazine Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(\N=N\C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)NC=2N=CC=CC=2)=C1 NCEXYHBECQHGNR-QZQOTICOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001940 sulfasalazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NCEXYHBECQHGNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfasalazine Natural products C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(N=NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)NC=2N=CC=CC=2)=C1 NCEXYHBECQHGNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 2
- UODZHRGDSPLRMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-homospermidine Chemical compound NCCCCNCCCCN UODZHRGDSPLRMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229950008418 talipexole Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010043207 temporal arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960004558 terguride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N theobromine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 2
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanic acid Chemical compound SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-Camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEEQGYMUWCZPDN-DOMZBBRYSA-N (-)-(11S,2'R)-erythro-mefloquine Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C=2C3=CC=CC(=C3N=C(C=2)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)CCCN1 XEEQGYMUWCZPDN-DOMZBBRYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWHPNJVKFAPVOG-QYFJGNGUSA-N (1R,3S)-3-(adamantan-1-yl)-1-(aminomethyl)-3,4-dihydroisochromene-5,6-diol hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1C(C2)CC(C3)CC2CC13[C@H]1O[C@@H](CN)C2=CC=C(O)C(O)=C2C1 BWHPNJVKFAPVOG-QYFJGNGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N (1z,3z)-cycloocta-1,3-diene Chemical group C1CC\C=C/C=C\C1 RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(NC(=O)CI)=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[1-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)ethyl]benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=C(C(=O)ON2C(CCC2=O)=O)C=CC=1C(C)SSC1=CC=CC=N1 GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMJWDPGOWBRILU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]butanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCC(C=C1)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C=CC1=O PMJWDPGOWBRILU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 6-[3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoylamino]hexanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXLBSYHAEKDUSU-JXMROGBWSA-N (2e)-2-(fluoromethylidene)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)butan-1-amine Chemical compound NC\C(=C\F)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 VXLBSYHAEKDUSU-JXMROGBWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSOXUIXLUNBLJA-RNRVQEDPSA-N (2r)-6-[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1([C@@H](O)CN[C@@H](CC=2C=C3OC[C@@H](OC3=CC=2)C(O)=O)C)=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 XSOXUIXLUNBLJA-RNRVQEDPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYJIKHYBKVODAC-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-2-[(benzylamino)methyl]-2,3,7,9-tetrahydro-[1,4]dioxino[2,3-e]indol-8-one Chemical class C([C@H]1COC=2C=CC3=C(C=2O1)CC(N3)=O)NCC1=CC=CC=C1 DYJIKHYBKVODAC-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIYKYVYAKVNDPS-HKGPVOKGSA-N (2s)-2-azanyl-3-[3,4-bis(oxidanyl)phenyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VIYKYVYAKVNDPS-HKGPVOKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLNYLINBEZROPL-NSOVKSMOSA-N (2s,3s)-2-benzhydryl-n-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-3-amine Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1CN[C@@H]1[C@H](C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)N2CCC1CC2 FLNYLINBEZROPL-NSOVKSMOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N (3r,5r)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]1CC(O)(C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXJOFTRBTBDSHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methyl-1,4-diazepane-1-carbothioyl)sulfanyl 4-methyl-1,4-diazepane-1-carbodithioate Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCCN1C(=S)SSC(=S)N1CCN(C)CCC1 NXJOFTRBTBDSHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUFADSGTJUOBEH-ZWNOBZJWSA-N (5aR,9aR)-6-propyl-5a,7,8,9,9a,10-hexahydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-g]quinazolin-2-amine Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2C[C@H]3N(CCC)CCC[C@@H]3CC2=N1 TUFADSGTJUOBEH-ZWNOBZJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHEIHLVIKSTGJE-YXJHDRRASA-N (6ar,9s,10ar)-9-(diethylsulfamoylamino)-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)NS(=O)(=O)N(CC)CC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 YHEIHLVIKSTGJE-YXJHDRRASA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGOQGUHWXBGXJW-YOEHRIQHSA-N (6as,12br)-5,6,6a,7,8,12b-hexahydrobenzo[a]phenanthridine-10,11-diol Chemical compound N1CC2=CC=CC=C2[C@@H]2[C@@H]1CCC1=C2C=C(O)C(O)=C1 BGOQGUHWXBGXJW-YOEHRIQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDUNOUQOKOYLCH-MLGOLLRUSA-N (6as,12br)-6a,7,8,12b-tetrahydro-6h-chromeno[3,4-c]isoquinoline-2,3-diol Chemical compound N1CC2=CC=CC=C2[C@H]2[C@H]1COC1=C2C=C(O)C(O)=C1 QDUNOUQOKOYLCH-MLGOLLRUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTRSPDHUDXWHRY-LURJTMIESA-N (8s)-8-methyl-6,9-diazaspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)C11CCCC1 LTRSPDHUDXWHRY-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIGAHNVCEFUYOV-BTJKTKAUSA-N (z)-but-2-enedioic acid;n-[2-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethyl]-n-pyridin-2-ylcyclohexanecarboxamide Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.COC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CCN(C(=O)C2CCCCC2)C=2N=CC=CC=2)CC1 XIGAHNVCEFUYOV-BTJKTKAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N (z)-octadec-9-enoate;tris(2-hydroxyethyl)azanium Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNMNAZRUZGGUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydro-pyrrolo[3,2,1-hi]indole Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC3=C2N1CC3 LNMNAZRUZGGUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWYPDXLJACEENP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-cycloheptadiene Chemical group C1CC=CC=CC1 GWYPDXLJACEENP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCCO1 IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005940 1,4-dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHDBQMJRRXVRDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-[2-(3,3-dimethylazetidin-1-yl)ethyl]imidazolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CN1CCN1C(=O)N(C=2C=C(Cl)C=CC=2)CC1 AHDBQMJRRXVRDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNTMFQKNZRVBPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1N1C2=NC=NC(N3CCN(CC3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)=C2C=N1 FNTMFQKNZRVBPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GETNYSZHXJZOLF-RDRKJGRWSA-N 1-[2-[bis(4-fluorophenyl)methoxy]ethyl]-4-[(e)-3-phenylprop-2-enyl]piperazine;methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O.C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)OCCN1CCN(C\C=C\C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GETNYSZHXJZOLF-RDRKJGRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIYPCWKHSODVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=C1 DIYPCWKHSODVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)CI)C=C1 CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004972 1-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorooctadecane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCl VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006039 1-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C=C2 AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000530 1-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=N1 XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSKXJVMVSSSHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SRSKXJVMVSSSHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CILVTNKRIJRSBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoro-n-(3-phenylbutyl)acetamide Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(=O)NCCC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 CILVTNKRIJRSBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- HGUFODBRKLSHSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-dibenzo-p-dioxin Chemical compound O1C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C2OC2=C1C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2 HGUFODBRKLSHSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTOIKDYVJIWVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxy-2,3-bis(4-methylbenzoyl)butanedioic acid Chemical class C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)C(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 NTOIKDYVJIWVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCSBTDBGTNZOAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dinitrobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1[N+]([O-])=O HCSBTDBGTNZOAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASNTZYQMIUCEBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxo-1-[6-[3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoylamino]hexanoyloxy]pyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 ASNTZYQMIUCEBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWVIJESEEXGVPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-1h-indole-5-carbonitrile Chemical compound C=1C2=CC(C#N)=CC=C2NC=1CN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 TWVIJESEEXGVPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGGNJJJYUVRADP-ACJLOTCBSA-N 2-[4-[(2R)-2-[[(2R)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C)NC[C@H](O)C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1)C1=CC=C(OCC(O)=O)C=C1 ZGGNJJJYUVRADP-ACJLOTCBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCEFVYIWOQSJCH-LMOVPXPDSA-N 2-[4-[2-[[(2r)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl]amino]ethoxy]phenyl]acetic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C([C@H](O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)NCCOC1=CC=C(CC(O)=O)C=C1 KCEFVYIWOQSJCH-LMOVPXPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVMBDLSFFNKKLG-SFHVURJKSA-N 2-[4-[2-[[(2s)-2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl]amino]ethoxy]phenoxy]-n-(2-methoxyethyl)acetamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC(=O)NCCOC)=CC=C1OCCNC[C@H](O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 RVMBDLSFFNKKLG-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHEYFIGWYQJVDR-ACJLOTCBSA-N 2-[[3-[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]-1h-indol-7-yl]oxy]acetic acid Chemical compound C1([C@@H](O)CN[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC(OCC(O)=O)=C3NC=2)C)=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 FHEYFIGWYQJVDR-ACJLOTCBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRPJGTNLZNXQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl]-1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1CN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=N1 FRPJGTNLZNXQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHGULLIUJBCTEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminobenzothiazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2SC(N)=NC2=C1 UHGULLIUJBCTEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- IUAYUYABWKLCER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-2-phenylethanamine Chemical compound NCC(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 IUAYUYABWKLCER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940013085 2-diethylaminoethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006040 2-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KABDATZAOUSYES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-[(4-phenyl-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridin-1-yl)methyl]-4-pyrimidinamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(C)=NC=C1CN1CC=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 KABDATZAOUSYES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethylbromide Chemical compound BrCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWCNPQKNIWRGLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound NCC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 OWCNPQKNIWRGLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BDANGHOEUJLGFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-thiophen-2-ylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound NCC(=C)C1=CC=CS1 BDANGHOEUJLGFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAOQONBSWFLFPE-VIFPVBQESA-N 3,5-dichloro-N-[[(2S)-1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-2-hydroxy-6-methoxybenzamide Chemical compound CCN1CCC[C@H]1CNC(=O)C1=C(O)C(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1OC WAOQONBSWFLFPE-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVWZHFJGVDNBDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-1h-imidazole-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CN1C(=S)NC=C1 WVWZHFJGVDNBDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUJRSXAPGDDABA-NSHDSACASA-N 3-bromo-N-[[(2S)-1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-2,6-dimethoxybenzamide Chemical compound CCN1CCC[C@H]1CNC(=O)C1=C(OC)C=CC(Br)=C1OC GUJRSXAPGDDABA-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004975 3-butenyl group Chemical group C(CC=C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006041 3-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HJMCIHLESAJJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylbutan-1-amine Chemical group NCCC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HJMCIHLESAJJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEHHYUARFKIUDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylprop-2-yn-1-amine Chemical group NCC#CC1=CC=CC=C1 DEHHYUARFKIUDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-phenylpropionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UBOOKRVGOBKDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=NC=C2NC=NC2=C1 UBOOKRVGOBKDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODOPLLNPLYGBPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylamino)-1,5-dimethyl-2-phenylpyrazol-3-one;(5-ethenyl-1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-2-yl)-(6-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methanol;1,3,7-trimethylpurine-2,6-dione;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C.O=C1C(N(C)C)=C(C)N(C)N1C1=CC=CC=C1.C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 ODOPLLNPLYGBPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUPJXXHWXBKHOO-DYVFJYSZSA-N 4-[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl]amino]propyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C)NC[C@H](O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 LUPJXXHWXBKHOO-DYVFJYSZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWRZSJWNSRDQQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1-(3-methylphenyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(N2C3=NC=NC(=C3C=N2)N2CCN(CC2)C=2C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC=2)=C1 VWRZSJWNSRDQQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQEIOXWEYGIBFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-7-chloro-1H-quinolin-2-one Chemical group Nc1cc(=O)[nH]c2cc(Cl)ccc12 UQEIOXWEYGIBFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethylmorpholine Chemical compound CCN1CCOCC1 HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALEVUYMOJKJJSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-2-propylbenzoic acid Chemical class CCCC1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(O)=O ALEVUYMOJKJJSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWQSAIIDOMEEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,5-Dimethyl-4-(3-oxobutyl)dihydro-2(3H)-furanone Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC1CC(=O)OC1(C)C AWQSAIIDOMEEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AADCDMQTJNYOSS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 5-chloro-3-ethyl-N-[[(2S)-1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-2-hydroxy-6-methoxybenzamide Chemical compound CCN1CCC[C@H]1CNC(=O)C1=C(O)C(CC)=CC(Cl)=C1OC AADCDMQTJNYOSS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022738 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor 1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710138638 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YHLGDDZHAYHGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-phenyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,6a-octahydrobenzo[h]isoquinoline-7,8-diol Chemical compound C12CCNCC2=C2C=CC(O)=C(O)C2CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 YHLGDDZHAYHGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-FOQJRBATSA-N 59096-14-9 Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1[14C](O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-FOQJRBATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBSGUQYXRDKPAE-QFIPXVFZSA-N 6-[4-[2-[[(2s)-3-(9h-carbazol-4-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl]phenoxy]pyridine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@H](O)COC=1C=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2C=CC=1)NC(C)(C)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(C(N)=O)C=N1 RBSGUQYXRDKPAE-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKZGFVAZUKHFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-br-apb Chemical compound C1N(CC=C)CCC=2C(Br)=C(O)C(O)=CC=2C1C1=CC=CC=C1 KKZGFVAZUKHFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POVCSYONXDMZKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-[2-(4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl-propylamino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=C(O)C=C2CC1N(CCC)CCN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 POVCSYONXDMZKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJTNLWSCFYERCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine Chemical compound N1=CN=C2NC=CC2=C1 JJTNLWSCFYERCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-ZVCIMWCZSA-N 9-cis-retinoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)/C=C(\C)/C=C/C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-ZVCIMWCZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150053137 AIF1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589220 Acetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Natural products CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186361 Actinobacteria <class> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186046 Actinomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589158 Agrobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010001541 Akinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000011403 Alexander disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003343 Antiphospholipid Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032467 Aplastic anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000203069 Archaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003823 Aromatic-L-amino-acid decarboxylases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000121 Aromatic-L-amino-acid decarboxylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003267 Arthritis reactive Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003594 Ataxia telangiectasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000007371 Ataxin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000014461 Ataxins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078286 Ataxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282672 Ateles sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003827 Autoimmune hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589151 Azotobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000023328 Basedow disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100034159 Beta-3 adrenergic receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000157302 Bison bison athabascae Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006100 Bradykinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N Budesonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(CCC)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010068597 Bulbospinal muscular atrophy congenital Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004255 Butylated hydroxyanisole Substances 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMQUQWCJKFOUGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CGP 12177 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NCC(O)COC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(=O)N2 UMQUQWCJKFOUGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEYPAYJYAZKERR-JLHYYAGUSA-N CGP 28014 Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)\C=N\C1=CC=CC(=O)N1 MEYPAYJYAZKERR-JLHYYAGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003274 CINCA syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PCIWCYUKRZFCMF-LDLYASANSA-N COc1cccc(C(=O)N[C@@H]2C[C@H]3CC[C@@H](C2)N3Cc4ccccc4)c1OC Chemical compound COc1cccc(C(=O)N[C@@H]2C[C@H]3CC[C@@H](C2)N3Cc4ccccc4)c1OC PCIWCYUKRZFCMF-LDLYASANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSTZMRNBOXWXPJ-WGSAOQKQSA-N COc1cccc(c1)C(=O)N[C@H]1CC[C@@H](CC1)N1CCN(CC1)c1cccc(Cl)c1Cl Chemical compound COc1cccc(c1)C(=O)N[C@H]1CC[C@@H](CC1)N1CCN(CC1)c1cccc(Cl)c1Cl NSTZMRNBOXWXPJ-WGSAOQKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical class [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 102100033620 Calponin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000022526 Canavan disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282461 Canis lupus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013392 Carboxylesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051152 Carboxylesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010022366 Carcinoembryonic Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025475 Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035904 Caspase-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000426 Caspase-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038916 Caspase-5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710090333 Caspase-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025985 Central nervous system inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008025 Cerebellar ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282994 Cervidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000191368 Chlorobi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001142109 Chloroflexi Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008609 Cholangitis sclerosing Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008874 Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033647 Classic progressive supranuclear palsy syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001112696 Clostridia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010200 Cockayne syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015943 Coeliac disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Corticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- YVIXXPCJZAUQHJ-YGRLFVJLSA-N Cp-114271 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C)NC[C@H](O)C=1N=C(SC=1)C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=C(OCC(O)=O)C=C1 YVIXXPCJZAUQHJ-YGRLFVJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192700 Cyanobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011953 Decreased activity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000246067 Deinococcales Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000008163 Dentatorubral pallidoluysian atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004076 Dopamine D1 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000511 Dopamine D1 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004980 Dopamine D2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001111 Dopamine D2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004073 Dopamine D3 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000525 Dopamine D3 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003962 Dopamine D4 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000357 Dopamine D4 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004084 Dopamine D5 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000541 Dopamine D5 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940098778 Dopamine receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150097070 Drd3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000271571 Dromaius novaehollandiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710945 Eastern equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010049020 Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OBSYBRPAKCASQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Episalvinorin A Natural products COC(=O)C1CC(OC(C)=O)C(=O)C(C2(C3)C)C1(C)CCC2C(=O)OC3C=1C=COC=1 OBSYBRPAKCASQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- UJYGDMFEEDNVBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ergocorninine Natural products C1=CC(C=2C(N(C)CC(C=2)C(=O)NC2(C(=O)N3C(C(N4CCCC4C3(O)O2)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 UJYGDMFEEDNVBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186811 Erysipelothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010016207 Familial Mediterranean fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035690 Familial cold urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000230562 Flavobacteriia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001914 Fragile X syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589601 Francisella Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000605909 Fusobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- QTQMRBZOBKYXCG-MHZLTWQESA-N GW 1929 Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC1=CC=C(C=C1)OCCN(C)C=1N=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QTQMRBZOBKYXCG-MHZLTWQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAXSRXHZFIBFMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N GW 3965 Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(OCCCN(CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC=2C(=C(C=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)Cl)=C1 NAXSRXHZFIBFMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQTITSBNGSVQNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N GYKI 52895 Chemical compound N=1NC(C)CC2=CC=3OCOC=3C=C2C=1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 AQTITSBNGSVQNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010055 Globoid Cell Leukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018366 Glomerulonephritis acute Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000079 Glucocorticoid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033417 Glucocorticoid receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024869 Goodpasture syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015023 Graves' disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035895 Guillain-Barré syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000606790 Haemophilus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035186 Hemolytic Autoimmune Anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000834898 Homo sapiens Alpha-synuclein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000884399 Homo sapiens Arylamine N-acetyltransferase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000945318 Homo sapiens Calponin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000619542 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase parkin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001046686 Homo sapiens Integrin alpha-M Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000891579 Homo sapiens Microtubule-associated protein tau Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000602926 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor coactivator 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000974356 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor coactivator 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001109700 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000651467 Homo sapiens Proto-oncogene tyrosine-protein kinase Src Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000605835 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase PINK1, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000713305 Homo sapiens Sodium-coupled neutral amino acid transporter 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000652736 Homo sapiens Transgelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001502974 Human gammaherpesvirus 8 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020850 Hyperthyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006083 Hypokinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021245 Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100022338 Integrin alpha-M Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037850 Interferon gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020881 Interleukin-1 alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003777 Interleukin-1 beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000193 Interleukin-1 beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003815 Interleukin-11 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000177 Interleukin-11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013691 Interleukin-17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003558 Interleukin-17 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003810 Interleukin-18 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000171 Interleukin-18 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010082786 Interleukin-1alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000028226 Krabbe disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRNKIDLXXXIELU-IEBWSBKVSA-N LSM-3788 Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3CN([C@@H]2C2)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 WRNKIDLXXXIELU-IEBWSBKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010020246 Leucine-Rich Repeat Serine-Threonine Protein Kinase-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical class [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000195947 Lycopodium Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003222 MTT reduction assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000282553 Macaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002569 Machado-Joseph Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000283923 Marmota monax Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036626 Mental retardation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DUGOZIWVEXMGBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylphenidate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C(=O)OC)C1CCCCN1 DUGOZIWVEXMGBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000192041 Micrococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100040243 Microtubule-associated protein tau Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010049567 Miller Fisher syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003250 Mixed connective tissue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001430197 Mollicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000016285 Movement disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000715 Mucilage Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000002795 Muckle-Wells syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Natural products OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100405118 Mus musculus Nr4a1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002740 Muscle Rigidity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282339 Mustela Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026784 Myelin proteolipid protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000002481 Myositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010068871 Myotonic dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000863420 Myxococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- PGMIWVSHZMWSSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(1),N(12)-diethylspermine Chemical compound CCNCCCNCCCCNCCCNCC PGMIWVSHZMWSSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONXPDKGXOOORHB-BYPYZUCNSA-N N(5)-methyl-L-glutamine Chemical compound CNC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O ONXPDKGXOOORHB-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRVOJOCLBAAKSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(1-benzyl-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)-5-chloro-2-methoxy-4-(methylamino)benzamide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(NC)=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)NC1C(C)N(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 KRVOJOCLBAAKSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNHDKMDLOJSCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[4-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-piperazinyl]butyl]-2-naphthalenecarboxamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CCCCNC(=O)C=2C=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=2)CC1 MNHDKMDLOJSCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNULYRGWTFLJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[[4-(2-cyanophenyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl]-3-methylbenzamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NCN2CCN(CC2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C#N)=C1 DNULYRGWTFLJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026783 N-alpha-acetyltransferase 16, NatA auxiliary subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCTZOTUQSGYWLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N1C=NC=C2N=CC=C21 Chemical compound N1C=NC=C2N=CC=C21 KCTZOTUQSGYWLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010051606 Necrotising colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000244206 Nematoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000187654 Nocardia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100037223 Nuclear receptor coactivator 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022883 Nuclear receptor coactivator 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710092553 Nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003840 Opioid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000137 Opioid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005225 Opsoclonus-Myoclonus Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003435 Optic Neuritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000008470 PAPA syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000606860 Pasteurella Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017493 Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000721454 Pemphigus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000031845 Pernicious anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038831 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical compound OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589952 Planctomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223960 Plasmodium falciparum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010036030 Polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001030 Polyethylene Glycol 4000 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000007048 Polymyalgia Rheumatica Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000032319 Primary lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCBIBCJNVBAKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Procaine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HCBIBCJNVBAKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007659 Protein Deglycase DJ-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010032428 Protein Deglycase DJ-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000192142 Proteobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010072222 Pyogenic sterile arthritis pyoderma gangrenosum and acne syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000606117 Rattus norvegicus Tyrosine 3-monooxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000012322 Raynaud phenomenon Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005587 Refsum Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033464 Reiter syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035178 Retinoic acid receptor RXR-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010066463 Retinoid X Receptor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589180 Rhizobium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606701 Rickettsia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710799 Rubella virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910020008 S(O) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZUNBITIXDCPNSD-LSRJEVITSA-N S-adenosylmethioninamine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](C[S+](CCCN)C)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 ZUNBITIXDCPNSD-LSRJEVITSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N SJ000286063 Natural products C12C(OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)CC(C)C=C2C=CC(C)C1CCC1CC(O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000277331 Salmonidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000021811 Sandhoff disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021235 Schilder disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038376 Serine/threonine-protein kinase PINK1, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000010001 Silicosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000580858 Simian-Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000009415 Spinocerebellar Ataxias Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036834 Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003629 Spinocerebellar ataxia type 8 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000605008 Spirillum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589970 Spirochaetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000272534 Struthio camelus Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000001106 Takayasu Arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000006474 Theobroma bicolor Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204315 Thermosipho <sea snail> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204652 Thermotoga Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031981 Thrombocytopenic Idiopathic Purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589886 Treponema Species 0.000 description 1
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-NWVFGJFESA-N Tretinoin Chemical compound OC(=O)/C=C(\C)/C=C/C=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-NWVFGJFESA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046298 Upper motor neurone lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000726445 Viroids Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282485 Vulpes vulpes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100405120 Xenopus laevis nr4a1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001062354 Xenopus tropicalis Forkhead box protein A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZATAXWHRLATIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[[(4-acetyloxyphenyl)methoxy-methylphosphoryl]oxymethyl]phenyl] acetate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(=O)C)=CC=C1COP(C)(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=C1 ZATAXWHRLATIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940056213 abilify Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PUMMPCXNEPHBNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N abt-670 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NCN2CCC(CC2)C=2[N+](=CC=CC=2)[O-])=C1 PUMMPCXNEPHBNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid phenyl ester Natural products CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002552 acute disseminated encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000851 acute glomerulonephritis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000808 adrenergic beta-agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126157 adrenergic receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000030597 adult Refsum disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N aldehydo-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001445 alitretinoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003797 alkaloid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006323 alkenyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005024 alkenyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005217 alkenylheteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004948 alkyl aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005213 alkyl heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006319 alkynyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005025 alkynylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000009961 allergic asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009285 allergic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N allylamine Natural products NCC=C VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-BKBMJHBISA-N alpha-D-galacturonic acid Chemical compound O[C@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-BKBMJHBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000185 alpha-Synuclein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N amantadine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(N)C3 DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTJOBXMMWNYJFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N amisulpride Chemical compound CCN1CCCC1CNC(=O)C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)CC)=C(N)C=C1OC NTJOBXMMWNYJFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003036 amisulpride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940069428 antacid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003159 antacid agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001458 anti-acid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003474 anti-emetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002111 antiemetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950001748 aplindore Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008441 aporphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004372 aripiprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940072107 ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- HQTNJPCZUQAYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N atibeprone Chemical compound S1C(C(C)C)=NN=C1COC1=CC=C(C(C)=C(C)C(=O)O2)C2=C1 HQTNJPCZUQAYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000448 autoimmune hemolytic anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036923 autoimmune primary adrenal insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003710 autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004562 autosomal dominant cerebellar ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092782 bentonite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1 KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073608 benzyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003782 beta lactam antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010014502 beta-3 Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036983 biotransformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- OTBHHUPVCYLGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(3-aminopropyl)amine Chemical compound NCCCNCCCN OTBHHUPVCYLGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004436 budesonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylated hydroxyanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1C(C)(C)C CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043253 butylated hydroxyanisole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003543 catechol methyltransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001233037 catfish Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940029783 cerebyx Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PBKVEOSEPXMKDN-LZHUFOCISA-N chembl2311030 Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O.C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N[C@]3(C(=O)N4[C@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5[C@]4(O)O3)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1.C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N[C@]3(C(=O)N4[C@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5[C@]4(O)O3)=O)C(C)CC)C(C)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1.C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N[C@]3(C(=O)N4[C@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5[C@]4(O)O3)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)=C3C2=CNC3=C1.C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@](C(N21)=O)(NC(=O)[C@H]1CN(C)[C@H]2[C@@H](C=3C=CC=C4NC=C(C=34)C2)C1)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PBKVEOSEPXMKDN-LZHUFOCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940112822 chewing gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KVSASDOGYIBWTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro benzoate Chemical compound ClOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KVSASDOGYIBWTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037893 chronic inflammatory disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013507 chronic prostatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N clozapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004170 clozapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950005210 colforsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010247 contact dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940125368 controlled substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N corticosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010040486 cyclo(alanine-(1-amino-1-cyclopentane)carbonyl) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VXVVUHQULXCUPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptanamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCCC1 VXVVUHQULXCUPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXIJMRYMVAMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptene Chemical group C1CCC=CCC1 ZXIJMRYMVAMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- DZFSTAUMUPHORN-NRFANRHFSA-N cyclohexyl-[[4-[2-[[(2s)-2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propyl]amino]ethyl]phenoxy]methyl]phosphinic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](O)COC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NCCC(C=C1)=CC=C1OCP(O)(=O)C1CCCCC1 DZFSTAUMUPHORN-NRFANRHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylsulfamic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJTCGQSWYFHTAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctane Chemical group C1CCCCCCC1 WJTCGQSWYFHTAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004914 cyclooctane Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- URYYVOIYTNXXBN-UPHRSURJSA-N cyclooctene Chemical group C1CCC\C=C/CC1 URYYVOIYTNXXBN-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004913 cyclooctene Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanamine Chemical compound NC1CCCC1 NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006114 decarboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- BSCOYGIDBGKPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazenylphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)N=N BSCOYGIDBGKPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSBJHFRMBNLOGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diaziridin-3-one Chemical compound O=C1NN1 XSBJHFRMBNLOGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004772 dichloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940116901 diethyldithiocarbamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LMBWSYZSUOEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyldithiocarbamic acid Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(S)=S LMBWSYZSUOEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004982 dihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ADYPXRFPBQGGAH-WVVAGBSPSA-N dihydroergotoxine Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@@](C(N21)=O)(C)NC(=O)[C@H]1CN([C@H]2C(C=3C=CC=C4NC=C(C=34)C2)C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ADYPXRFPBQGGAH-WVVAGBSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940120500 dihydroergotoxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003113 dilution method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZQTSNGJHMUKLOM-ZDUSSCGKSA-N dinapsoline Chemical compound C1NCC2=CC=CC3=C2[C@@H]1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1C3 ZQTSNGJHMUKLOM-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOHSTVKJXZTEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dinoxyline Chemical compound C1NCC2=CC=CC3=C2C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1O3 QOHSTVKJXZTEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipentyl sulfate Chemical class CCCCCOS(=O)(=O)OCCCCC GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUZBPOHHSBDTJQ-CFOQQKEYSA-L disodium;5-[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1([C@@H](O)CN[C@@H](CC=2C=C3OC(OC3=CC=2)(C([O-])=O)C([O-])=O)C)=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 FUZBPOHHSBDTJQ-CFOQQKEYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N disulfiram Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(=S)SSC(=S)N(CC)CC AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940043264 dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FGXWKSZFVQUSTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N domperidone Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2NC(=O)N1CCCN(CC1)CCC1N1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2NC1=O FGXWKSZFVQUSTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001253 domperidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000221 dopamine uptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940052764 dopaminergic anti-parkinson drug mao b inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYBJORHCUPVNMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopexamine Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(O)=CC=C1CCNCCCCCCNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 RYBJORHCUPVNMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001857 dopexamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003981 ectoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001900 endoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRURYQJSLYLRLN-BJMVGYQFSA-N entacapone Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC(O)=C(O)C([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 JRURYQJSLYLRLN-BJMVGYQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003337 entacapone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002662 enteric coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UJYGDMFEEDNVBF-OGGGUQDZSA-N ergocornine Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 UJYGDMFEEDNVBF-OGGGUQDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHGUXDUPXYFCTE-ZWNOBZJWSA-N ergoline Chemical class C1=CC([C@@H]2[C@H](NCCC2)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 RHGUXDUPXYFCTE-ZWNOBZJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQPMKSGTIOYHJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethane-1,2-diol;propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCCO.CC(O)CO HQPMKSGTIOYHJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NQIZCDQCNYCVAS-RQBPZYBGSA-N ethyl 2-[[(7s)-7-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]oxy]acetate;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1([C@@H](O)CN[C@H]2CCC3=CC=C(C=C3C2)OCC(=O)OCC)=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NQIZCDQCNYCVAS-RQBPZYBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWRYMMTWSPKRJD-NSLUPJTDSA-N ethyl 3-[(7r)-7-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]propanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1([C@@H](O)CN[C@@H]2CCC3=CC=C(C=C3C2)CCC(=O)OCC)=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 PWRYMMTWSPKRJD-NSLUPJTDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 229950007535 eticlopride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950002163 etisulergine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010064570 familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007941 film coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019688 fish Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003194 forelimb Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004675 formic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000693 fosphenytoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940050411 fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001408 fungistatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003197 gene knockdown Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001654 germ layer Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003878 haloperidol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000322 hemodialysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004447 heteroarylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005312 heteroarylalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004449 heterocyclylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007946 hypodermic tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000003532 hypothyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003162 iloperidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMXHEBAFVSFQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iloperidone Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(C)=O)=CC=C1OCCCN1CCC(C=2C3=CC=C(F)C=C3ON=2)CC1 XMXHEBAFVSFQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC=CN21 UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INSWZAQOISIYDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC2=NC=CN21 INSWZAQOISIYDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQWQQQGKMHENOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=NC=CN21 PQWQQQGKMHENOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMANUKZDKDKBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CN=CN21 JMANUKZDKDKBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXYHLTOJFGNEKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,5-a]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC2=CN=CN21 LXYHLTOJFGNEKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGYYYBIAZFILKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,5-c]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CN=CN21 AGYYYBIAZFILKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002962 imidazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005550 inflammation mediator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002664 inhalation therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010022437 insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000031891 intestinal absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002262 irrigation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003973 irrigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)=O KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000010901 lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950005862 lazabemide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHOGYURTWQBHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N leflunomide Chemical compound O1N=CC(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)=C1C VHOGYURTWQBHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000681 leflunomide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010046018 leukocyte inhibitory factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960004502 levodopa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M mandelate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003622 mature neutrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZKZFPRUSWCYSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mazapertine Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC=CC=C1N1CCN(CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)C(=O)N2CCCCC2)CC1 ZKZFPRUSWCYSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950004476 mazapertine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001962 mefloquine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KBOPZPXVLCULAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N mesalamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 KBOPZPXVLCULAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004963 mesalazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001259 mesencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003716 mesoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005341 metaphosphate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005394 methallyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZFLBZHXQAMUEFS-KUHUBIRLSA-N methyl 2-[4-[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]phenoxy]acetate Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC(=O)OC)=CC=C1C[C@@H](C)NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 ZFLBZHXQAMUEFS-KUHUBIRLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVQOMOXWRUVMOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[4-[2-[(2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl)amino]ethoxy]phenoxy]acetate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC(OCC(=O)OC)=CC=C1OCCNCC(O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 MVQOMOXWRUVMOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIZISCUUSLPUEN-LMORPYAASA-N methyl 4-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl]amino]propyl]benzoate;(e)-4-oxopent-2-enoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.C1=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](C)NC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OIZISCUUSLPUEN-LMORPYAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940095102 methyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001344 methylphenidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002025 microglial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940101972 mirapex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950010854 mofegiline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002062 molecular scaffold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037890 multiple organ injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029766 myalgic encephalomeyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940014456 mycophenolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WIOJAQYPAPCEMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-bis[3-(ethylamino)propyl]heptane-1,7-diamine Chemical compound CCNCCCNCCCCCCCNCCCNCC WIOJAQYPAPCEMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZXRLKWWVNUZRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-aminoethyl)-5-chloropyridine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound NCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=N1 JZXRLKWWVNUZRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXOFQMUQMXGKGQ-NORZTCDRSA-N n-[(6ar,9s,10ar)-5-chloro-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-4h-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@@H](CN([C@@H]2C2)C)NC(=O)C(C)(C)C)=C3C2=C(Cl)NC3=C1 QXOFQMUQMXGKGQ-NORZTCDRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSEGFUSAJVUFLK-OFNKIYASSA-N n-[5-[(1r)-2-[[(1r)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-1-[4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethyl]amino]-1-hydroxyethyl]-2-hydroxyphenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(NS(=O)(=O)C)=CC([C@@H](O)CN[C@H](CC=2C=C(Cl)C=CC=2)C=2C=CC(OC(F)F)=CC=2)=C1 DSEGFUSAJVUFLK-OFNKIYASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUKHGCVTMAEHRG-NRFANRHFSA-N n-[5-[(1r)-2-[bis[4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-1-hydroxyethyl]-2-hydroxyphenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(NS(=O)(=O)C)=CC([C@@H](O)CNC(C=2C=CC(OC(F)F)=CC=2)C=2C=CC(OC(F)F)=CC=2)=C1 FUKHGCVTMAEHRG-NRFANRHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXOCYGPVDXDFLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-n'-[4-[4-(ethylamino)butylamino]butyl]butane-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCNCCCCNCCCCNCCCCNCC QXOCYGPVDXDFLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPPQUDMGFNXAFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-n'-[4-[4-[4-(ethylamino)butylamino]butylamino]butyl]butane-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCNCCCCNCCCCNCCCCNCCCCNCC NPPQUDMGFNXAFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWMQCWYIMZWFPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-n-prop-2-ynyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-1-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=C2C(N(CC#C)C)CCC2=C1 DWMQCWYIMZWFPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJRQAPHWCGEATR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-n-prop-2-ynylbutan-2-amine Chemical compound CCC(C)N(C)CC#C CJRQAPHWCGEATR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSNWMBHBPLPDNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-n-prop-2-ynylpentan-2-amine Chemical compound CCCC(C)N(C)CC#C BSNWMBHBPLPDNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002086 nanomaterial Substances 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005651 naxagolide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000004995 necrotizing enterocolitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229950005868 nepicastat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006776 neuronal homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011859 neuroprotective therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002040 neurosyphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZHCAAFJSYLFLPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrocyclohexatriene Chemical group [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C=C[CH]1 ZHCAAFJSYLFLPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127073 nucleoside analogue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M octanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC([O-])=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005017 olanzapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KVWDHTXUZHCGIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N olanzapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2NC2=C1C=C(C)S2 KVWDHTXUZHCGIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007935 oral tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127084 other anti-cancer agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003891 oxalate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003551 oxepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005188 oxoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012858 packaging process Methods 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011087 paperboard Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000045222 parkin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940000596 parlodel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019371 penicillin G benzathine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005004 perfluoroethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000006195 perinatal necrotizing enterocolitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088507 permax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940049953 phenylacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004482 piperidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1CCC(CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical group CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001987 poloxamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000030428 polyarticular arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940057838 polyethylene glycol 4000 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000155 polyglutamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010040003 polyglutamine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001242 postsynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RPDAUEIUDPHABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium ethoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC[O-] RPDAUEIUDPHABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940093916 potassium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001309 procaine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000032207 progressive 1 supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GHUURDQYRGVEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-1-ynylbenzene Chemical compound CC#CC1=CC=CC=C1 GHUURDQYRGVEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000007094 prostatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000022638 pyogenic arthritis-pyoderma gangrenosum-acne syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUVGMQNYJPPCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrido[1,2-a]indole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N21 VUVGMQNYJPPCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWVSDGGYPBOXND-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidine;quinolin-2-amine Chemical class C1=CN=CN=C1.C1=CC=CC2=NC(N)=CC=C21 BWVSDGGYPBOXND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- JBDKAABFESSFMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrimidine Chemical compound N1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 JBDKAABFESSFMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NISJKLIMPQPAQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN2C=CC=C21 NISJKLIMPQPAQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIEKLTCRUGDAPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[1,2-c]pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN2C=CC=C21 RIEKLTCRUGDAPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMHRXFNTQPIYDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazine Chemical compound C1=C[N]C2=NC=CC2=N1 WMHRXFNTQPIYDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DAGOMDIEPJGKDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=N[CH]C2=NC=CC2=C1 DAGOMDIEPJGKDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950003275 quinelorane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FTSUPYGMFAPCFZ-ZWNOBZJWSA-N quinpirole Chemical compound C([C@H]1CCCN([C@@H]1C1)CCC)C2=C1C=NN2 FTSUPYGMFAPCFZ-ZWNOBZJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950001037 quinpirole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950001518 raclopride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011536 re-plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100618 rectal suppository Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003448 remoxipride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113775 requip Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930002330 retinoic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001020 rhythmical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001534 risperidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N risperidone Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(C3CCN(CC3)CCC=3C(=O)N4CCCCC4=NC=3C)=NOC2=C1 RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004586 rosiglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010825 rotarod performance test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003179 rotigotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KFQYTPMOWPVWEJ-INIZCTEOSA-N rotigotine Chemical compound CCCN([C@@H]1CC2=CC=CC(O)=C2CC1)CCC1=CC=CS1 KFQYTPMOWPVWEJ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGEYJZMMUGWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N roxindole Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=CC=C2NC=C1CCCCN(CC=1)CCC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 HGEYJZMMUGWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000366 roxindole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003902 salicylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OBSYBRPAKCASQB-AGQYDFLVSA-N salvinorin A Chemical compound C=1([C@H]2OC(=O)[C@@H]3CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H]([C@]3(C2)C)C(=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@H]4C(=O)OC)C=COC=1 OBSYBRPAKCASQB-AGQYDFLVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQXUYSXCJCVVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N salvinorin A Natural products CC(=O)OC1CC(OC(=O)C)C2(C)CCC34CC(CC3(C)C2C1=O)(OC4=O)c5occc5 IQXUYSXCJCVVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013391 scatchard analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010157 sclerosing cholangitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MEZLKOACVSPNER-GFCCVEGCSA-N selegiline Chemical compound C#CCN(C)[C@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MEZLKOACVSPNER-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003946 selegiline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019615 sensations Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019613 sensory perceptions of taste Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000013223 septicemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013275 serotonin uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- GZKLJWGUPQBVJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sertindole Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1N1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C(C2CCN(CCN3C(NCC3)=O)CC2)=C1 GZKLJWGUPQBVJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000652 sertindole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001866 silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N simvastatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=CC2=C[C@H](C)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 RYMZZMVNJRMUDD-HGQWONQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002855 simvastatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SYHALWYYSDMSLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N skf-89,145 Chemical compound C1=2C=CSC=2CN(C)CC1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SYHALWYYSDMSLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004249 sodium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008354 sodium chloride injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-[4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexanecarbonyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1CCC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CC1 VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].ON1C(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C1=O RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RCOSUMRTSQULBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;propan-1-olate Chemical compound [Na+].CCC[O-] RCOSUMRTSQULBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLDXOPKUNJTIRF-QFIPXVFZSA-N solabegron Chemical compound C([C@H](O)C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1)NCCNC(C=1)=CC=CC=1C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 LLDXOPKUNJTIRF-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008137 solubility enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940084106 spermaceti Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012177 spermaceti Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003594 spinocerebellar ataxia type 12 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940114926 stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CCC1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007940 sugar coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950000244 sulfanilic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001010 sulfinic acid amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003455 sulfinic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RKZSNTNMEFVBDT-MRVPVSSYSA-N sumanirole Chemical compound C([C@H](C1)NC)C2=CC=CC3=C2N1C(=O)N3 RKZSNTNMEFVBDT-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950011111 sumanirole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002025 tabes dorsalis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035923 taste sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NBRKLOOSMBRFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl chloride Chemical class CC(C)(C)Cl NBRKLOOSMBRFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004559 theobromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- SMZMHUCIDGHERP-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[2,3-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CN=C2SC=CC2=C1 SMZMHUCIDGHERP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDQBPBMIAFIRIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[2,3-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=NC=C2SC=CC2=C1 GDQBPBMIAFIRIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBDCNCCRPKTRSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=N1 DBDCNCCRPKTRSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003556 thioamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006177 thiolation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010043778 thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- MIQPIUSUKVNLNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolcapone Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 MIQPIUSUKVNLNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004603 tolcapone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000133 toxic exposure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011277 treatment modality Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001727 tretinoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LENLQGBLVGGAMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyl([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)stannane Chemical compound C1=C([Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC)C=CC2=NC=NN21 LENLQGBLVGGAMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117013 triethanolamine oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004385 trihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950003643 tropapride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000027930 type IV hypersensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAUWTFJOPJWYOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanoxerine Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)OCCN1CCN(CCCC=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 NAUWTFJOPJWYOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000052613 viral pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008136 water-miscible vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229950004603 zetidoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5355—Non-condensed oxazines and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
- A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0618—Cells of the nervous system
- C12N5/0619—Neurons
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2506/00—Differentiation of animal cells from one lineage to another; Differentiation of pluripotent cells
- C12N2506/02—Differentiation of animal cells from one lineage to another; Differentiation of pluripotent cells from embryonic cells
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Definitions
- sequence listing of the present application has been submitted electronically via EFS-Web as an ASCII formatted sequence listing with the file name: “Sequence Listing”, creation date of Apr. 26, 2021 and a size of 8,539 bytes.
- the sequence listing submitted via EFS-Web is part of the specification and is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the present disclosure relates generally to aminoquinoline and aminoacridine based hybrids, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments that include such aminoquinoline and aminoacridine based hybrids, and methods of using such compounds for diagnosing and/or treating infections, neurodegerative diseases or disorders, inflammation, and/or inflammation associated diseases and disorders.
- PD primarily caused by selective degeneration of midbrain dopamine (mDA) neurons
- mDA midbrain dopamine
- Currently available pharmacological treatments e.g., L-DOPA
- L-DOPA pharmacological treatments
- NR4A2 orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1
- NR4A2 is essential not only for development and maintenance of mDA neurons 4-7 but also for their protection from inflammation-induced death 8 .
- the disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) (VI), (VII), (VIII), or (IX):
- the compounds disclosed herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, stereoisomer mixtures, and enantiomers thereof.
- the disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient.
- the disclosure provides a method of treating a disease state when a decrease Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- the disclosure provides a method of treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- the disclosure provides a method of treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- the disclosure provides a method of treating inflammation or inflammation associated disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
- the disclosure provides a kit that includes a compound disclosed herein together with instructions for administering the compound to subject in need thereof.
- the disclosure further provides a method for causing differentiation of a cell, e.g., a stem cell, into a dopaminergic neuron by contacting the cell with a compound disclosed herein.
- a cell e.g., a stem cell
- the disclosure additionally features a method for treating a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject, comprising: co-administering: (i) a composition containing stem cells into the subject and (ii) a compound disclosed herein in an amount sufficient to induce differentiation of the stem cells.
- the neurodegereative disease is Parkinson's disease (PD).
- PD Parkinson's disease
- FIG. 1 shows the structures of amordiaquine (AQ) and chloroquine (CQ).
- FIG. 2 shows structure of some exemplary aminoquinoline-pyrimidine analogs according to embodiments of the compounds disclosed herein.
- FIGS. 3-12 show exemplary embodiments of the compounds of the invention.
- FIGS. 13A-13I show identification of amodiaquine (AQ) and chloroquine (CQ) as Nurr1 activators.
- FIG. 13A Chemical structures of three hit compounds that activate Nurr1's transcriptional function. Notably, all compounds contain an identical scaffold, 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline (highlighted by red color), strongly suggesting a structure-activity relationship regarding Nurr1 activation.
- FIG. 13B AQ and CQ increase the transcriptional activity of Nurr1-based reporter constructs: full-length Nurr1-dependent (fNurr; left panel) and Nurr1 LBD-dependent (right panel) transcriptional activities. The basal level of transcriptional activity was normalized to 1. The bars represent means ⁇ SEM from three independent experiments.
- FIG. 13C Effect of Nurr1 specific siRNA on Nurr1 LBD's transactivation activity.
- a knock-down of Nurr1 expression by treatment with Nurr1-specific siRNA reduced the reporter gene activity of the Nurr1 LBD construct, suggesting that this activity is mediated through Nurr1.
- FIG. 13D Human neuroblastoma SK-N-BE(2)C cells were transfected with the N-terminal flag-tagged SRC1 or SRC3 and the C-terminal myc-tagged full-length Nurr1. Twenty hours after transfection, cells were treated with 30 ⁇ M AQ or 100 ⁇ M CQ for 16 hours. Cell lysates were immunoprecipitated (IP) using anti-flag antibodies and analyzed by immunoblotting (IB) using anti-myc antibodies.
- IP immunoprecipitated
- IB immunoblotting
- FIG. 13E Effect of SRC proteins on AQ and CQ-induced Nurr1 transactivation.
- SK-N-BE(2)C cells were transfected with VP16-SRC1 or VP16-SRC3, an effector plasmid (pSV GAL (DBD) -N (LBD) ), and a reporter plasmid (p8xUAS-Luc), and were treated with 30 ⁇ M AQ or 100 ⁇ M CQ for 16 hours. The fold induction was derived by comparing each luciferase activity to basal level obtained by non-SRC transfection.
- FIG. 13F AQ showed highly specific interaction with Nurr1 LBD as evaluated by surface plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis.
- FIG. 13G Fluorescence spectra of Nurr1-LBD and RXR-LBD in the presence of increasing concentrations of AQ following excitation at 280 nm in PBS (pH 7.2). The arrows indicate signal changes as AQ concentration increases (0, 0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 13H Saturation binding of the recombinant Nurr1-LBD protein using [ 3 H]-CQ.
- Nurr1-LBD protein was incubated for overnight at 4° C. with increasing concentrations (3.9, 7.8, 15.5, 31, 62.5, 125, 250, 500, 1000 nM) of [ 3 H]-CQ.
- Non-specific binding was determined in the presence of a 1000-fold molar excess of unlabeled CQ.
- Specific binding was calculated as the difference of total and non-specific binding.
- the insert indicates Scatchard analysis of the specific binding.
- FIG. 13 l Competition of AQ, CQ and primaquine (PQ) with [ 3 H]-CQ for binding to the Nurr1-LBD.
- CQ or PQ were incubated with 500 nM [ 3 H]-CQ and Nurr1-LBD.
- the data represent the average of triplicate from three independent experiments. All graphs, K d , K i , and B max values were generated using the non-linear regression program Prism version 5.02.
- FIGS. 14A-14G show functional effects of AQ and CQ.
- FIGS. 14A and 14B AQ stimulated the generation and gene expression of DA neurons from neural progenitors isolated from E14.5 rat cortex in a dose-dependent manner. Cortical precursors were transduced with Nurr1-expressing retrovirus and the TH+ cells were visualized by immunostaining against TH protein. Differentiation was induced by withdrawal of bFGF a day after viral infection and AQ was added for 2 hours during the differentiation period. Immunocytochemical analyses for TH ( FIG. 14A ) and yields of TH+/DAPI cells ( FIG. 14B ) for each treatment group were obtained following in vitro differentiation for 3d and 9d. Significantly different from control in 3 independent cultures.
- FIG. 14C Schematic representation of the location of primers used in the rat TH promoter (upper panel). Primer sequences are shown in materials and methods.
- ChIP assay shows AQ- or CQ-dependent Nurr1 recruitment to the TH promoters NL1 and NL3. Rat PC12 cells were treated with 20 ⁇ M AQ or 70 ⁇ M CQ for 15 hrs. ChIP assay was carried out with IgG or ⁇ -Nurr1 (E-20) antibody. *p ⁇ 0.05 and **p ⁇ 0.005 versus untreated. Results are expressed as the average of three independent experiments. Error bars represent standard deviations. ( FIGS.
- FIG. 14D-14F Primary cultures of rat mesencephalic DA neurons were treated with 20 ⁇ M 6-OHDA for 24 hr in the presence or absence of 5 ⁇ M AQ and 20 ⁇ M CQ.
- FIG. 14D The number of TH-positive neurons and
- FIG. 14E the rate of [ 3 H]DA uptake were measured.
- FIG. 14F Cell survival was measured by the MTT reduction assay in DA cells treated with 6-OHDA alone or in combination with AQ. Values from each treatment were expressed as a percentage of untreated control for the MTT assay.
- FIG. 14G AQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of proinflammatory cytokines.
- FIG. 15A-15F show effects of AQ treatments on 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model of PD.
- FIG. 15A Schematic representation of the administration of AQ to 6-OHDA lesioned rats. Unilateral striatal 6-OHDA lesioned rats were treated with AQ or saline for 2 weeks, starting from 1 day prior to lesioning. The grey shade indicates L-DOPA treatment for 2 weeks as control of AIMs test.
- FIG. 15B Amphetamine-induced rotational test was performed at 4 and 6 weeks (right panel) after 6-OHDA lesion. There was significant difference in the number of amphetamine-induced rotational behavior between the two groups at 4 and 6 weeks.
- FIG. 15D Stereological counting in AQ-treated rats show that approximately 60% of TH + neurons are spared in the lesion side, whereas it remained about 10% in saline-treated animals.
- FIG. 15F Treatment of 6-OHDA-lesioned rats with L-DOPA, but not with AQ, exhibited severe side effects, as measured by AIMs scores. Rats were monitored for four types of AIMs (Axial, Forelimb, Orolingual, and Locomoter AIMS) at 2 and 6 weeks post lesioning. Each AIM behavior was monitored and scored with 0-4 scale and summed. Bars represent the mean ⁇ SEM ( # p ⁇ 0.06, *p ⁇ 0.01, **p ⁇ 0.0003, ***p ⁇ 0.0001).
- FIGS. 16A-16D show that AQ and CQ activate the transcriptional activity of full-length Nurr1 ( FIGS. 16A and 16B ) and Nurr1 LBD ( FIGS. 16C and 16D in a dose-dependent manner.
- FIG. 17 shows the effect of Nurr1-specific siRNA on the transcriptional activity of full-length Nurr1.
- FIG. 18 show that structure activity relationship (SAR) analysis indicates that 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline can be an essential feature for transactivation function of Nurr1.
- the inventors examined the function of related quinoline compounds for potential activation of Nurr1. None of the quinoline compounds (without 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline) tested here exhibited any detectable transactivation of the Nurr1 LBD over a wide range of concentrations. Bars represent means ⁇ SEM from three independent experiments.
- FIG. 19 shows the target selectivity of AQ for LBDs of various NRs.
- 30 ⁇ M AQ robustly activates LBD function of Nurr1, but not other NRs tested here, indicating a high specificity.
- the positive reactivity of these NR constructs was confirmed by the known activators (2 nM dexamethasone, 20 nM retinoic acid. 2 ⁇ M GW3965, 50 nM GW7647, and 5 nM GW1929 for GR, RXR, LXR, PPAR ⁇ , and PPAR ⁇ , respectively).
- the basal level of transcriptional activity was normalized to 1. Bars represent means ⁇ SEM from three independent experiments.
- NR4A1 nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group A member 1, GR; glucocorticoid receptor, LXR; liver X receptor-alpha.
- RXR retinoid X receptor-alpha, PPAR ⁇ ; peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-alpha, PPAR ⁇ ; peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma
- FIGS. 20A-20C shows that AQ does not interact with Nur77-LBD.
- FIG. 20A AQ showed no interaction with Nur77-LBD as evaluated by SPR analysis. Sensorgrams were obtained from injection of a series of AQ concentrations over immobilized Nur77-LBD proteins.
- FIGS. 20B and 20C Fluorescence spectra of Nur77-LBD in the presence of increasing concentrations of AQ (0, 0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 ⁇ M) ( FIG.
- FIG. 21 shows results of real time PCR analysis showing that AQ treatment enhances expression of the mDA-specific genes (e.g., tyrosine hydroxylase (TH), dopamine transporter (DAT), vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT), and aromatic amino acid decarboxylase (AADC)) during in vitro differentiation of neural stem cells.
- mDA-specific genes e.g., tyrosine hydroxylase (TH), dopamine transporter (DAT), vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT), and aromatic amino acid decarboxylase (AADC)
- FIGS. 22A and 22B shows effect of AQ and CQ on expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes.
- FIG. 22A AQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines in murine microglial BV-2 cell that treated with 10 ng/ml LPS for 4 hrs in the presence or absence of AQ (10 and 15 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 22B CQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of proinflammatory cytokines.
- FIGS. 24A-24J AQ reduces microglial activation in 6-OHDA-injected rat brains. Rats were administered saline ( FIGS. 24A, 24B, 24E, and 24F ) or AQ ( FIGS. 24C, 24D, 24G, and 24H ) for 2 weeks, then were sacrificed and brains sectioned. Brain sections including the SN ( FIGS. 24A-24D ) and STR regions ( FIGS. 24E-H ) were immunostained with anti-Iba-1 antibody and Iba-1 + cells were counted in both lesion and intact sides. FIGS.
- FIGS. 25A-25D show that AQ treatment to ak/ak mice resulted in functional improvements in nigrostriatal-specific motor behavior tests such as Pole Test ( FIG. 25A ), Beam Test ( FIG. 25B ), Cylinder Test ( FIG. 25C ), and Rotarod Test ( FIG. 25D ).
- L-Dopa treatment was used as positive control. Bars represent the mean f SEM (*p ⁇ 0.05, **p ⁇ 0.01, ***p ⁇ 0.001).
- FIG. 26 shows that AQ reduces inflammation in the SN of ak/ak mice, ak/ak mice were administered saline or AQ for 2 weeks. Mice were sacrificed and their brains sectioned. Sections of SN regions from wild type and ak/ak mice were immunostained with anti-CD11b and anti-THantibodies. Stereological counting of CD11b+ microglia was performed in the SN area of ak/ak mice and presented as a percentage of the cell number in the wild type. Data represent the mean t SEM (** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 27 show that some derivatives of CQ retaining the 4-amino-7-chloro quinolone structure, as shown in FIG. 2 , exhibit significantly higher efficacy than the starting compound, CQ. While the EC 50 of CQ is approximately 60 ⁇ M (see FIG. 16 ), these four derivatives' EC 50 is less than one-tenth of CQ.
- One object of the invention is to develop a method for the preparation aminoquinoline based hybrids in which 4-aminoquinoline, 8-aminoquinoline, mefloquine, amidoquine, are covalently attached to pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine C7/C5 curcuminods, heteroaromatics, aromatics, amino acids, peptides, sugar, steroids, or any other antimalarial pharmacophores and all related possible combinations.
- Another object of the invention is to synthesis aminoquinoline based hybrids in which aminoquinoline is attached with various pharamacophores which are known for their antimalarial activity.
- An additional object of this invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for the treatment of malarial using any delivery agent. Yet another object of the invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treatment of disease when a decrease Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease. Still another object of the invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder. Still another aspect of the invention is using these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treating inflammation or inflammation associated disorder. Yet another object of the invention is to attach these aminoquinoline based hybrids to biocompatible polymers, dendimers and nano materials for the treatment of infectious diseases.
- the compounds of formula (I)-(V) disclosed herein are based on the 4-aminoquinoline or the 8-aminoquinoline skeleton. Accordingly, in some embodiments, Z 1 is N and Z 2 is CR 4 (e.g., the 4-aminoquinoline skeleton). In some other embodiments, Z 1 is CR 14 and Z 2 is N (e.g., the 8-aminoquinoline skeleton).
- variables R 12 -R 17 can all be the same, all different or any combinations of same and different.
- at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 can be H.
- R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , and R 17 are all H.
- R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , and R 17 are all same;
- Z 1 is N and Z 2 is CH.
- R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , and R 17 are all H;
- Z 1 is N and Z 2 is CH.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is not H. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is halogen, alkyl, cyclyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, SO 2 R 10 , amino, alkylamino, amino acid, or carbohydrate.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- R 16 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- R 17 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted.
- R 16 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted.
- R 17 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is CO 2 H.
- R 16 is CO 2 H.
- R 17 is CO 2 H.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R 17 is hydroxyl. In some other embodiments, R 17 is hydroxyl.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is alkoxy.
- R 16 is alkoxy.
- R 17 is alkoxy.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is thiol or alkylthio.
- R 16 is thiol or alkylthio.
- R 17 is thiol or alkylthio.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is amino or alkylamino.
- R 16 is amino or alkylamino.
- R 17 is amino or alkylamino.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R 12 -R 17 is cyano.
- R 16 is cyano.
- R 17 is cyano.
- R 18 is a hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
- R 18 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 18 is a 4-substituted phenyl. In one embodiment R 18 is
- R 104 is linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- R 104 is Br.
- R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , and R 17 are H; R 16 is chloro; Z 1 is N; and Z 2 is CH. In some other embodiments, R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 are H, Z 1 is CH; and Z 2 is N.
- R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 are H, Z 1 is N; and Z 2 is CH.
- variables R 21 -R 28 can all be the same, all different or any combinations of same and different.
- at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R 21 -R 28 can be H.
- R 21 , R 22 , R 24 , R 25 , R 27 and R 28 are all H.
- at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight)) of R 21 -R 28 is not H.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R 21 -R 28 is halogen, alkyl, cyclyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, SO 2 R 10 , amino, alkylamino, amino acid, or carbohydrate.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R 21 -R 28 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- R 23 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R 21 -R 28 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R 21 -R 28 is methoxy. In some embodiments, R 21 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy. In one embodiment, R 26 is methoxy.
- R 21 , R 22 , R 24 , R 25 , R 27 and R 28 are all H; R 23 is Cl; and R 26 methoxy.
- the variables X, Y, and Z can all be same, all different, or any combination of same and different, e.g., all three can be same, two same and one different, or all three are different.
- X, Y, and Z call can be the same; X and Y can be same while Z is different; X and Z can be the same while Y is different; Y and Z can be the same while X is different; or X, Y, Z are all different.
- At least one (e.g., one, two, or all three) of X, Y, and Z are CH. In some embodiments, X, Y, and Z are all CH. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, or all three) of X, Y, and Z are N.
- Various combinations of X, Y, and Z variables include: X, Y, and Z all are N; X and Y are N, and Z is CH; X and Z are N.
- variables A and B can be the same or different.
- A is N and B is CH; A is CH and B is N; or A and B both are N.
- R is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halogen, heterocyclyl, amino, arylamino, cyclylamino, and alkylamino, each of which can be optionally substituted. In one embodiment. R is methyl.
- variables R 10 and R 11 can be same or different.
- R 10 and R 11 can be selected independently from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —NH(CH 2 )x-OH (wherein x is an integer from 0 to 10), halogen, heterocyclyl, amino, arylamino, cyclylamino, and alkylamino, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- R 10 can be selected from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino; Chloro
- R 11 can be selected from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino; Chloro
- R 10 and R 11 can be selected independently from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino
- one of R 10 and R 11 is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 3-hydroxypropyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 2-hydroxyethyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-ethylphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-fluorophenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-hydroxybutyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-methoxyphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is phenylamino; one is 4-piperidinyl and the other is phenylamino; one is chloro and the other is 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; one is chloro and the other is 4-ethylpiperazinyl; one is chloro and the other is 4-ethylpiperazinyl; one is chlor
- both R 10 and R 11 are chloro; both are phenylamino; both are 4-morpholinyl; both are 2-methylphenyl amino; both are cyclohexyl amino, or both are hydrogen.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is hydrogen or methyl and the other is cycloproylamine; cyclopentylamine; cyclohexylamine; cycloheptylamine; 1-adamantylamine; pyrrolidinyl; 4-thiomorpholinyl; 4-alkyl-piperazinyl; pyrazolyl; 1H-pyrazolyl; imidazolyl; N-imidazolyl; 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazolyl; or 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazolyl.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is
- q is an integer from 0 to 20. In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In one embodiment, q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is H or methyl and the other is
- q is an integer from 0 to 20. In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In one embodiment, q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is
- one of R 10 and R 11 is H methyl or chloro and the other is
- one of R 10 and R 11 is
- R 100 and R 101 are independently amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, or heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, each of of which can be optionally substituted.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is H, methyl or chloro and the other is
- R 100 and R 101 are independently amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of which can be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R 100 and R 101 both are same. In some embodiments, R 100 and R 101 are different.
- R 18 is optionally substituted aryl.
- R 18 can be an optionally substituted phenyl.
- R 18 is 4-bromophenyl.
- one of R 10 and R 11 is
- R 103 is amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of of which can be optionally substituted.
- R 103 is amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of of which can be optionally substituted.
- R 103 is amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of of which can be optionally substituted.
- R 103 is amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid
- Z 103 is CH 2 , O, NH, N-methyl, N-ethyl, or S.
- R 11 is
- the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IA):
- the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IB), (IC), (ID) or (IE):
- t is an integer from 0 to 20, and the other variables are as defined above.
- t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
- the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IF) or (IG):
- a and c are independently an integer from 0 to 20; c is an integer from 0 to 5; R p is absent or linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, carboxy, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, thiocarbonyl, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted; and the other variables are as defined above.
- a is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- b is 0, 1, or 2.
- c is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- R 10 is hydrogen or methyl.
- R p is absent. In some other embodiments, R p is methyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, or methoxy.
- a compound of formula (IV) is of formula (IVA)
- a compound of formula (V) is of formula (VA):
- a compound of formula (VI) is of formula (VIA) or (VIB):
- d is an integer from 0 to 20; and the other variables are as defined above.
- d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- linker refers to an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound.
- Linkers typically comprise a direct bond or an atom such as oxygen or sulfur, a unit such as NR N′ , C(O), C(O)NH, SO, SO 2 , SO 2 NH or a chain of atoms, such as substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocyclylalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylarylalkenyl, alkylarylalkenyl, alky
- linker can vary considerably, and many variations of the linker are within the scope of the inventions disclosed herein.
- linker can comprise a wide variety of structures. In many embodiments it is desirable that the linker be of sufficient size and character that it provides some space and/or flexibility in the connection between the two parts of the molecule the linker is connecting together, but does not become of such high molecular weight so as to impair the water solubility or trans-membrane absorbability of the resulting compounds.
- the linker is selected from the group consisting of branched or linear alkylene, branched or linear alkenylene, branched or linear alkynylene, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, O, NH, S. S. SS, SO 2 .
- the linker is —(CH 2 ) n — or —CH(CH 3 )—(CH 2 ) n —, wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20.
- n is 1.
- n is 2.
- n is 3.
- n is 4.
- n is 5.
- n is 6.
- n is 7.
- n is 8.
- the linker is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
- m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some other embodiments m is 1. In yet some other embodiment, m is 2. In yet still some other embodiments, m is 3.
- the linker is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
- p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 2. In some embodiments, p is 0. In some other embodiments, p is 1. In yet some other embodiment, p is 2. In yet still some other embodiments, p is 3.
- Hetero-Bifunctional Cross Linking Agents Spacer Arm Length after Reactive Advantages and crosslinking Linker Toward Applications (angstroms)
- SMPT Primary amines Greater stability 11.2 Sulfhydryls SPDP Primary amines Thiolation 6.8 Sulfhydryls Cleavable cross-linking LC-SPDP Primary amines Extended spacer 15.6 Sulfhydryls arm Sulfo-LC-SPDP Primary amines Extended spacer 15.6 Sulfhydryls arm Water soluble SMCC Primary amines Stable maleimide 11.6 Sulfhydryls reactive group Enzyme-antibody conjugation Hapten-carrier protein conjugation Sulfo-SMCC Primary amines Stable maleimide 11.6 Sulfhydryls reactive group Enzyme-antibody conjugation MBS Primary amines Enzyme-antibody 9.9 Sulfhydryls conjugation Hapten-carrier protein conjugation S
- a compound of the invention is as shown in Table 2.
- R 1 R 2 1. H, Me, Cl, CN, CF 3 2.
- R 1 can be same H, F, Cl, OMe, Et 3.
- R 1 can be same H, Me, Cl, CN, CF 3 4.
- R1 can be same R 2 H, Me R 3 H, F, Cl, OMe, Et 5.
- R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 6.
- R1 can be same — 7.
- R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 8.
- R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 9.
- R1 can be same No R 2
- the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 3.
- SM 488B C 16 H 15 Cl 2 N 5 348.23 3.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 6.
- SM 504A C 20 H 23 Cl 2 N 5 404.34 3.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 19.
- SM 504B C 20 H 23 Cl 2 N 5 404.34 2.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 20.
- SM 505 C 25 H 33 ClN 6 453.02 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 21.
- SM 695A C 15 H 12 Cl 3 N 5 368.65 7.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 24.
- SM 695B C 15 H 12 Cl 3 N 5 368.65 5.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 25.
- SM 696 C 19 H 20 Cl 2 N 6 O 419.31 5.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 26.
- SM 697 C 20 H 22 Cl 2 N 6 417.33 6.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 27.
- SM 699 C 20 H 22 Cl 2 N 6 417.33 6.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 28.
- SM 700 C 19 H 20 Cl 2 N 6 O 419.31 7.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 29.
- SM 702 C 21 H 25 Cl 2 N 7 446.38 3.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 31.
- SM 703 C 20 H 23 Cl 2 N 7 432.35 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 32.
- SM 704 C 21 H 25 Cl 2 N 7 446.38 4.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 33.
- SM 710B C 16 H 14 Cl 3 N 5 382.67 6.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 35.
- SM 130 C 27 H 31 ClN 8 O 3 551.04 11.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 89.
- SM 132 C 28 H 33 ClN 8 O 3 567.07 12.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 90.
- SM 133 C 25 H 22 Cl 3 N 9 554.86 2.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 91.
- SM 137 C 18 H 21 Cl 2 N 7 406.31 2.2 DMSO AQ- triazine 94.
- the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 4.
- the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 5.
- the compounds described herein can be present and optionally administered in the form of salts, hydrates and prodrugs that are converted in vivo into the compounds described herein.
- the compounds described herein possess a free base form
- the compounds can be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid, e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide; other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, etc.; and alkyl and monoarylsulfonates such as ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate and benzenesulfonate; and other organic acids and their corresponding salts such as acetate, tartrate, maleate, succinate, citrate, benzoate, salicylate and ascorbate.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide
- other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, nit
- Further acid addition salts amenable to the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, adipate, alginate, arginate, aspartate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chloride, chlorobenzoate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, fumarate, galacterate (frommucic acid), galacturonate, glucoheptaoate, gluconate, glutamate, glycerophosphate, hemisuccinate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isethionate, iso-butyrate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, mal
- a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base.
- bases include alkali metal hydroxides including potassium, sodium and lithium hydroxides; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as barium and calcium hydroxides; alkali metal alkoxides, e.g. potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate; and various organic bases such as ammonium hydroxide, piperidine, diethanolamine and N-methylglutamine.
- aluminum salts of the compounds of the present invention are alkali metal hydroxides including potassium, sodium and lithium hydroxides; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as barium and calcium hydroxides; alkali metal alkoxides, e.g. potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate; and various organic bases such as ammonium hydroxide, piperidine, diethanolamine and N-methylglutamine.
- aluminum salts of the compounds of the present invention are also included.
- Organic base salts include, but are not limited to, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium and zinc salts.
- Organic base salts include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, e.g., arginine, betaine, caffeine, chloroprocaine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine), dicyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, iso-propylamine, lidocaine, lysine, meglumine.
- the free acid forms will typically differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free acid forms for the purposes of the present invention.
- Compounds of the present invention that comprise basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as C 1 -C 4 alkyl halides, e.g., methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl and tert-butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; di(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) sulfates, e.g., dimethyl, diethyl and diamyl sulfates; C 10 -C 18 alkyl halides, e.g., decyl, dodecyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; and aryl(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) halides, e.g., benzyl chloride and phenethyl bromide.
- Such salts permit the preparation of both water-soluble and oil-soluble compounds described herein.
- Prodrug derivatives of compounds described herein can be prepared by modifying substituents of compounds described herein that are then converted in vivo to a different substituent. It is noted that in many instances, the prodrugs themselves also fall within the scope of the range of compounds described herein.
- prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a compound with a carbamylating agent (e.g., 1,1-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate, para-nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like) or an acylating agent. Further examples of methods of making prodrugs are described in Saulnier et al., 1994 , Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters . Vol. 4, p. 1985.
- Hydrates of the compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran or methanol.
- the compounds of the present disclosure can be used in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”, as used herein, is intended to encompass any compound described herein that is utilized in the form of a salt thereof, especially where the salt confers on the compound improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of compound or a different salt form of the compound.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salt form can also initially confer desirable pharmacokinetic properties on the compound that it did not previously possess, and may even positively affect the pharmacodynamics of the compound with respect to its therapeutic activity in the body.
- a pharmacokinetic property that can be favorably affected is the manner in which the compound is transported across cell membranes, which in turn may directly and positively affect the absorption, distribution, biotransformation and excretion of the compound. While the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is important, and various anatomical, physiological and pathological factors can critically affect bioavailability, the solubility of the compound is usually dependent upon the character of the particular salt form thereof, which it utilized.
- an aqueous solution of the compound will provide the most rapid absorption of the compound into the body of a subject being treated, while lipid solutions and suspensions, as well as solid dosage forms, will result in less rapid absorption of the compound.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like.
- inorganic acids such as sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like
- organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic
- Exemplary salts also include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, succinate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like.
- Suitable acids which are capable of forming salts with the compounds of the disclosure include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; and organic acids such as 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), acetic acid, anthranilic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid,
- Suitable bases capable of forming salts with the compounds of the disclosure include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and the like; and organic bases such as mono-, di- and tri-alkyl and aryl amines (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropyl amine, methyl amine, dimethyl amine. N-methylglucamine, pyridine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, and the like), and optionally substituted ethanol-amines (e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like),
- inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and the like
- organic bases such as mono-, di- and tri-alkyl and aryl amines (e.g., triethylamine, di
- the compounds according to the disclosure can be prepared by synthetic processes which are known to those skilled in the art, particularly in view of the state of the art and the specific preparatory examples provided below herein. Suitable modification to starting materials by methods well known in the art can also be employed. It is noted, however, that the compounds described herein can also be synthesized by other synthetic routes that others may devise.
- a racemic mixture of a compound may be reacted with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds.
- the diastereomers may then be separated in order to recover the optically pure enantiomers.
- Dissociable complexes may also be used to resolve enantiomers (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts).
- Diastereomers typically have sufficiently distinct physical properties (e.g., melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) that they can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities.
- diastereomers can typically be separated by chromatography or by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility.
- separation/resolution techniques A more detailed description of techniques that can be used to resolve stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981).
- the compounds described herein showed significant in vitro/in vivo activity against Plasmodium falciparum , without any toxicity. Accordingly, in one aspect, the compounds disclosed herein are useful for treatment of infectious diseases such as malarial or any other disease in question.
- the compounds described herein are also unexpectedly, surprisingly agonists of orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1. Accordingly, the compounds described herein can be administered to a subject as part of a therapeutic application. In general, the method can be characterized as including a step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound to a subject in need thereof.
- the compounds and method disclosed herein can be used in treating a subject for a disease state in which a decreased Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease.
- Disease states in which Nurr1 activity is decreased include, but are not limited to, neurodegerartive diseases, inflammation diseases or disorders, restless leg syndrome, and the like.
- the compounds and methods disclosed herein can also be used in treating a subject for a disease for which a dopamine agonist is a useful treatment, for example restless leg syndrome.
- the disclosure also provides a method for causing the differentiation of a stem cell, e.g., a human embryonic stem cell, into a dopaminergic neuron by contacting the stem cell with a compound described herein that is present in an amount sufficient to induce differentiation of the stem cell.
- a stem cell e.g., a human embryonic stem cell
- the stem cell can be contacted with the compounds described herein in a cell culture e.g., in vitro or ex vivo, or administrated to a subject, e.g., in vivo.
- a compound described herein can be administrated to a subject to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose neurodegenerative disorders, including those described herein.
- contacting or “contact” as used herein in connection with contacting a stem cell includes subjecting the cell to an appropriate culture media which comprises the indicated compound. Where the stem cell is in vivo, “contacting” or “contact” includes administering the compound in a pharmaceutical composition to a subject via an appropriate administration route such that the compound contacts the stem cell in vivo.
- an amount sufficient to induce differentiation” of a stem cell is meant the amount of a compound of the invention required to cause an undifferentiated stem cell to differentiate into a desired cell type, e.g., a neuron.
- Differentiation is meant the process whereby an unspecialized stem cell acquires the features of a specialized cell, e.g., a nerve cell. Differentiation can also refer to the restriction of the potential of a cell to self-reneW and is generally associated with a change in the functional capacity of the cell. Differentiation of a stem cell can be determined by methods well known in the art, including analysis for cell markers or morphological features associated with cells of a defined differentiated state. Examples of such markers and features include measurement of glycoprotein, alkaline phosphatase, and carcinoembryonic antigen expression, where an increase in any one of these proteins is an indicator of differentiation.
- Stem cell is meant any cell with the potential to self-renew and, under appropriate conditions, differentiate into a dedicated progenitor cell or a specified cell or tissue.
- Stem cells can be pluripotent or multipotent.
- Stem cells include, but are not limited to embryonic stem cells, embryonic germ cells, adult stem cells, and umbilical cord blood cells.
- Stem cells are unique cell populations that have the ability to divide (self-renew) for indefinite periods of time, and, under the right conditions or signals, to differentiate into the many different cell types that make up an organism.
- Stem cells derived from the inner cell mass of the blastocyst are known as embryonic stem (ES) cells.
- ES embryonic stem
- EG embryonic germ
- Both of these types of stem cells are known as pluripotent cells because of their unique ability to differentiate into derivatives of all three embryonic germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm).
- the pluripotent stem cells can further specialize into another type of multipotent stem cell often derived from adult tissues.
- Multipotent stem cells are also able to undergo selfrenewal and differentiation, but unlike embryonic stem cells, are committed to give rise to cells that have a particular function.
- adult stem cells include hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), which can proliferate and differentiate to produce lymphoid and myeloid cell types; bone marrow derived stem cells (BMSC), which can differentiate into adipocytes, chondrocytes, osteocytes, hepatocytes, cardiomyocytes and neurons; neural stem cells (NSC), which can differentiate into astrocytes, neurons, and oligodendrocytes; and peripheral blood stem cells.
- HSC hematopoietic stem cells
- BMSC bone marrow derived stem cells
- NSC neural stem cells
- Multipotent stem cells have also been derived from epithelial and adipose tissues and umbilical cord blood (UC
- ES cells derived from the inner cell mass of preimplantation embryos, have been recognized as the most pluripotent stem cell population and are therefore the preferred cell for the methods of the invention. These cells are capable of unlimited proliferation ex vivo, while maintaining the capacity for differentiation into a Wide variety of somatic and extra-embryonic tissues.
- ES cells can be male Q(Y) or female (XX); female ES cells are preferred.
- Multipotent, adult stem cells can also be used in the methods of the invention.
- Preferred adult stem cells include hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). Which can proliferate and differentiate throughout life to produce lymphoid and myeloid cell types; bone marroW-derived stem cells (BMSC), which can differentiate into various cell types including adipocytes, chondrocytes, osteocytes, hepatocytes, cardiomyocytes and neurons; and neural stem cells (NSC). Which can differentiate into astrocytes, neurons, and oligodendrocytes.
- Multipotent stem cells derived from epithelial and adipose tissues and umbilical cord blood cells can also be used in the methods of the invention.
- Stem cells can be derived from source, e.g., any mammal including, but not limited to, mouse, human, and primates. Following acquisition of stem cells, these cells can be used directly in the methods disclosed herein. For example, umbilical cord blood cells can be acquired in sufficient quantity to use directly for therapeutic purposes. Alternatively, stem cells can first be expanded in order to increase the number of available cells. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,338,942, content of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Exemplary mouse strains for stem cell preparation include 129, C57BL/6, and a hybrid strain (Brook et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
- ES cells can be directly derived from the blastocyst or any other early stage of development, or can be a “cloned” stem cell line derived from somatic nuclear transfer and other similar procedures.
- General methods for culturing mouse, human, or primate ES cells from a blastocyst can be found in Appendix C of the NIH report on stem cells entitled Stem Cells: Scientific Progress and Future Research Directions (June 2001), content of which is incorporated herein by reface.
- the inner cell mass of a preimplantation blastocyst is removed from the trophectoderm that surrounds it.
- the small plastic culture dishes used to grow the cells contain growth medium supplemented with fetal calf serum, and are sometimes coated with a “feeder” layer of nondividing cells.
- the feeder cells are often mouse embryonic fibroblast (MEF) cells that have been chemically inactivated so they will not divide. Additional reagents, such as the cytokine leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), can also be added to the culture medium for mouse ES cells. Second, after several days to a week, proliferating colonies of cells are removed and dispersed into new culture dishes, each of which may or may not contain an MEF feeder layer.
- MEF mouse embryonic fibroblast
- the MEF feeder layer is not included. Under these ex vivo conditions, the ES cells aggregate to form colonies. In the third major step required to generate ES cell lines, the individual, nondifferentiating colonies are dissociated and replated into new dishes, a step called passage. This replating process establishes a “line” of ES cells. The line of cells is termed “clonal” if a single ES cell generates it. Limiting dilution methods can be used to generate a clonal ES cell line.
- Reagents needed for the culture of stem cells are commercially available, for example, from Invitrogen, Stem Cell Technologies, R&D Systems, and Sigma Aldrich, and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0235159 and 2005/0037492 and Appendix C of the NIH report, Stem Cells: Scientific Progress and Future Research Directions, supra.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein can be administered to a subject.
- Methods of administering compounds to a subject are known in the art and easily available to one of skill in the art.
- neurodegenerative disorder any disease or disorder caused by or associated with the deterioration of cells or tissues of the nervous system.
- exemplary neurodegenerative disorders are polyglutamine expansion disorders (e.g., HD, dentatorubropallidoluysian atrophy.
- Kennedy's disease also referred to as spinobulbar muscular atrophy
- spinocerebellar ataxia e.g., type 1, type 2, type 3 (also referred to as Machado-Joseph disease), type 6, type 7, and type 17)
- other trinucleotide repeat expansion disorders e.g., fragile X syndrome, fragile XE mental retardation, Friedreich's ataxia, myotonic dystrophy, spinocerebellar ataxia type 8, and spinocerebellar ataxia type 12
- Alexander disease Alper's disease, Alzheimer disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), ataxia telangiectasia.
- Batten disease also referred to as Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease
- Canavan disease Cockayne syndrome
- corticobasal degeneration Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
- ischemia stroke Krabbe disease
- Lewy body dementia multiple sclerosis, multiple system atrophy
- Parkinson's Disease Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease
- Pick's disease primary lateral sclerosis
- Refsum's disease Sandhoff disease.
- Schilder's disease spinal cord injury, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA). SteeleRichardson-Olszewski disease, and Tabes dorsalis.
- the neurodegenerative disease or disorder is Parkinson's Disease.
- trembling e.g., an involuntary, rhythmic tremor of one arm or one leg; muscular rigidity, stiffness, or discomfort; general slowness in any of the activities of daily living, e.g., akinesia or bradykinesia; difficulty with walking, balance, or posture; alteration in handwriting; emotional changes; memory loss; speech problems; and difficulty sleeping.
- Review of a subject's symptoms, activity, medications, concurrent medical problems, or possible toxic exposures can be useful in making a PD diagnosis.
- a subject can be tested for the presence or absence of genetic mutations that can indicate an increased likelihood of having Parkinson's Disease.
- the presence of one or more specific mutations or polymorphisms in the NURR1, alpha-synuclein, parkin, MAPT, DJ-1, PINK1, SNCA, NAT2, or LRRK2 genes can be used to diagnose a subject as having or being at risk of having Parkinson's Disease. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003-0119026 and 2005-0186591; Bonifati, Minerva Med. 96:175-186, 2005; and Cookson et al., Curr. Opin. Neurol. 18:706-711, 2005, content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- stem cells described herein can be used for the treatment of diseases treatable through transplantation of differentiated cells derived from ES cells.
- Stem cells of the invention or produced using the methods disclosed herein can be used to treat neurodegenerative diseases, such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, or traumatic injury to the brain or spinal cord in any subject. e.g. a human.
- the compounds disclosed herein also inhibit or reduce the expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes in primary microglia derived from P1 rat brains. Accordingly, the compounds disclosed herein can also be used for treating diseases or disorders characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory mediators and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory mediator gene expression. Accordingly, in another aspect the disclosure provides a method for treating a subject suffering from a disease or disorder characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory mediators and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory mediator gene expression, the method comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the subject.
- pro-inflammatory mediators include, but are not limited to, pro-inflammatory cytokines, leukocytes, leukotiens, prostaglandins and other mediators involved in the initiation and maintenance of inflammation.
- Pro-inflammatory cytokines and inflammation mediators include, but are not limited to, IL-1-alpha, IL-1-beta, IL-6, IL-8, IL-11, IL-12, IL-17, IL-18, TNF-alpha, leukocyte inhibitory factor (LIF), IFN-gamma, Oncostatin M (OSM), ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF).
- LIF leukocyte inhibitory factor
- OSM Oncostatin M
- CNTF ciliary neurotrophic factor
- TGF-beta TGF-beta
- GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
- iNOS granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
- chemokines that chemoattract inflammatory cells.
- a number of assays for in vivo state of inflammation are known in the art which can be utilized for measuring pro-inflammatory mediator levels. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,108,899 and 5,550,139, contents of both of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- the disease, disorder, or disease condition characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory cytokines and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokine gene expression is an autoimmune disease, neurodegenerative disease, inflammation, an inflammation associated disorder, a disease characterized by inflammation, or a pathogen or non-pathogen infection.
- autoimmune disease refers to disease or disorders wherein the immune system of a subject, e.g., a mammal, mounts a humoral or cellular immune response to the subject's own tissue or to antigenic agents that are not intrinsically harmful to the subject, thereby producing tissue injury in such a subject.
- disorders include, but are not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), mixed connective tissue disease, scleroderma, Sjögren's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, and Type I diabetes.
- neurodegenerative disease or disorder includes any disease disorder or condition that affects neuronal homeostasis, e.g., results in the degeneration or loss of neuronal cells.
- Neurodegenerative diseases include conditions in which the development of the neurons, i.e., motor or brain neurons, is abnormal, as well as conditions in which result in loss of normal neuron function.
- neurodegenerative disorders include Alzheimer's disease and other tauopathies such as frontotemporal dementia, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism, frontotemporal lobe dementia, pallidopontonigral degeneration, progressive supranuclear palsy, multiple system tauopathy, multiple system tauopathy with presenile dementia, Wilhelmsen-Lynch disease, disinhibition-dementia-park-insonism-amytrophy complex.
- tauopathies such as frontotemporal dementia, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism, frontotemporal lobe dementia, pallidopontonigral degeneration, progressive supranuclear palsy, multiple system tauopathy, multiple system tauopathy with presenile dementia, Wilhelmsen-Lynch disease, disinhibition-dementia-park-insonism-amytrophy complex.
- Pick's disease or Pick's disease-like dementia, corticobasal degeneration, frontal temporal dementia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis, Friedreich's ataxia, Lewybody disease, spinal muscular atrophy, and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17.
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- Friedreich's ataxia Lewybody disease
- spinal muscular atrophy and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17.
- the term “inflammation” refers to any cellular processes that lead to the activation of caspase-1, or caspase-5, the production of cytokines IL-I, IL-6, IL-8, TNF-alpha, iNOS, and/or the related downstream cellular events resulting from the actions of the cytokines thus produced, for example, fever, fluid accumulation, swelling, abscess formation, and cell death.
- the term “inflammation” refers to both acute responses (i.e., responses in which the inflammatory processes are active) and chronic responses (i.e., responses marked by slow progression and formation of new connective tissue). Acute and chronic inflammation may be distinguished by the cell types involved. Acute inflammation often involves polymorphonuclear neutrophils; whereas chronic inflammation is normally characterized by a lymphohistiocytic and/or granulomatous response.
- inflammation includes reactions of both the specific and non-specific defense systems.
- a specific defense system reaction is a specific immune system reaction response to an antigen (possibly including an autoantigen).
- a non-specific defense system reaction is an inflammatory response mediated by leukocytes incapable of immunological memory. Such cells include granulocytes, macrophages, neutrophils and eosinophils. Examples of specific types of inflammation include, but are not limited to, diffuse inflammation, focal inflammation, croupous inflammation, interstitial inflammation, obliterative inflammation, parenchymatous inflammation, reactive inflammation, specific inflammation, toxic inflammation and traumatic inflammation.
- pathogen infection refers to infection with a pathogen.
- pathogen refers to an organism, including a microorganism, which causes disease in another organism (e.g., animals and plants) by directly infecting the other organism, or by producing agents that causes disease in another organism (e.g., bacteria that produce pathogenic toxins and the like).
- pathogens include, but are not limited to bacteria, protozoa, fungi, nematodes, viroids and viruses, or any combination thereof, wherein each pathogen is capable, either by itself or in concert with another pathogen, of eliciting disease in vertebrates including but not limited to mammals, and including but not limited to humans.
- pathogen also encompasses microorganisms which may not ordinarily be pathogenic in a non-immunocompromised host.
- viral pathogens include Herpes simplex virus (HSV)1, HSV2, Epstein Barr virus (EBV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), human Herpes virus (HHV) 6, HHV7, HHV8, Varicella zoster virus (VZV), hepatitis C, hepatitis B, HIV, adenovirus, Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus (EEEV), West Nile virus (WNE), JC virus (JCV) and BK virus (BKV).
- HSV Herpes simplex virus
- EBV Epstein Barr virus
- CMV human Herpes virus
- HHV human Herpes virus
- HHV7 human Herpes virus
- VZV Varicella zoster virus
- hepatitis C hepatitis B
- HIV adenovirus
- EEEV Eastern Equ
- microorganism includes prokaryotic and eukaryotic microbial species from the Domains of Archaea, Bacteria and Eucarya, the latter including yeast and filamentous fungi, protozoa, algae, or higher Protista.
- microbial cells and “microbes” are used interchangeably with the term microorganism.
- bacteria refers to a domain of prokaryotic organisms. Bacteria include at least 11 distinct groups as follows: (1) Gram-positive (gram+) bacteria, of which there are two major subdivisions: (i) high G+C group (Actinomycetes. Mycobacteria, Micrococcus , others) (ii) low G+C group ( Bacillus, Clostridia, Lactobacillus . Staphylococci, Streptococci, Mycoplasmas); (2) Proteobacteria.
- Gram+ Gram+
- high G+C group Actinomycetes. Mycobacteria, Micrococcus , others
- low G+C group Bacillus, Clostridia, Lactobacillus . Staphylococci, Streptococci, Mycoplasmas
- Proteobacteria Proteobacteria.
- Gram-negative bacteria include cocci, nonenteric rods, and enteric rods.
- the genera of Gram-negative bacteria include, for example, Neisseria, Spirillum, Pasteurella, Brucella, Yersnia, Francisella, Haemophilus, Bordetella, Escherichia, Salmonella, Shigella, Klebsiella, Proteus, Vibrio, Pseudomonas, Bacteroides, Acetobacter, Aerobacter, Agrobacterium, Azotobacter, Spirilla, Serratia, Vibrio, Rhizobium, Chlamydia, Rickettsia, Treponema, and Fusobacterium.
- Gram-positive bacteria include cocci, nonsporulating rods, and sporulating rods.
- the genera of Grampositive bacteria include, for example, Actinomyces, Bacillus, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Erysipelothrix, Lactobacillus, Listeria, Mycobacterium, Myxococcus, Nocardia, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus , and Streptomyces.
- the term “specific defense system” is intended to refer to that component of the immune system that reacts to the presence of specific antigens. Inflammation is said to result from a response of the specific defense system if the inflammation is caused by, mediated by, or associated with a reaction of the specific defense system. Examples of inflammation resulting from a response of the specific defense system include the response to antigens such as rubella virus, autoimmune diseases such as lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, Reynaud's syndrome, multiple sclerosis etc., delayed type hypersensitivity response mediated by T-cells, etc. Chronic inflammatory diseases and the rejection of transplanted tissue and organs are further examples of inflammatory reactions of the specific defense system.
- a reaction of the “non-specific defense system” is intended to refer to a reaction mediated by leukocytes incapable of immunological memory. Such cells include granulocytes and macrophages.
- inflammation is said to result from a response of the nonspecific defense system, if the inflammation is caused by, mediated by, or associated with a reaction of the non-specific defense system.
- inflammation which result, at least in part, from a reaction of the non-specific defense system include inflammation associated with conditions such as: adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) or multiple organ injury syndromes secondary to septicemia or trauma; reperfusion injury of myocardial or other tissues; acute glomerulonephritis; reactive arthritis; dermatoses with acute inflammatory components; acute purulent meningitis or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders; thermal injury; hemodialysis; leukophoresis; ulcerative colitis; Crohn's disease; necrotizing enterocolitis; granulocyte transfusion associated syndromes; and cytokine-induced toxicity.
- ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
- multiple organ injury syndromes secondary to septicemia or trauma reperfusion injury of myocardial or other tissues
- acute glomerulonephritis reactive arthritis
- dermatoses with acute inflammatory components acute purulent meningitis or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders
- thermal injury hemodialysis
- leukophoresis ulcerative colitis
- the inflammation-associated disorder or disease characterized by inflammation is selected from the group consisting of asthma, autoimmune diseases, chronic prostatitis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowl diseases, pelvic inflammatory disease, reperfusion injury, arthritis, silicosis, vasculitis, inflammatory myopathies, hypersensitivities, migraine, psoriasis, gout, artherosclerosis, and any combinations thereof.
- Exemplary inflammatory diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic inflammatory disease, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, vasculitis, and allergic inflammation such as allergic asthma, atopic dermatitis, and contact hypersensitivity.
- Other examples of auto-immune-related diseases or disorders include but should not be construed to be limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis (MS), systemic lupus erythematosus.
- Graves' disease overactive thyroid
- Hashimoto's thyroiditis underactive thyroid
- Type I diabetes mellitus celiac disease. Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
- Guillain-Barre syndrome primary biliary sclerosis/cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune hepatitis, Raynaud's phenomenon, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, Goodpasture's syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, polymyalgia rheumatica, temporal arteritis/giant cell arteritis, chronic fatigue syndrome CFS), psoriasis, autoimmune Addison's Disease, ankylosing spondylitis, Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Myasthenia gravis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, optic
- an anti-inflammation treatment aims to prevent or slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological change or disorder, such as the development or progression of the inflammation.
- Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of inflammation disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.
- An anti-inflammation treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
- An anti-inflammation treatment can also completely suppress the inflammation response.
- level of at least one pro-inflammatory mediator in the subject undergoing treatment is reduced by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50% relative to a reference level.
- a reference level can be the level of the pro-inflammatory mediator in the subject before onset of treatment regime.
- the compounds, compositions, and methods disclosed herein can also be used for research purposes for the study of differentiation or development, and for the generation of transgenic animals useful for research purposes.
- the stem cells and methods of their use described herein can be used, for example, to create and test animal models of Parkinson's Disease or other neurological disorders.
- the stem cells and methods of the invention can also be used to study the effects of a particular compound on stem cell differentiation, development, and tissue generation or regeneration.
- the compounds described herein can be provided in pharmaceutically acceptable (e.g., sterile) compositions.
- pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- These pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprise an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents.
- compositions of the present disclosure can be specifically formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), lozenges, dragees, capsules, pills, tablets (e.g., those targeted for buccal, sublingual, and/or systemic absorption), boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous (e.g., bolus or infusion) or epidural injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension, or sustained-release formulation; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment, or a controlled-release patch or spray applied to the skin; (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam; (5) sublingually; (6) ocularly; (7) transdermatitis or intrarectally,
- compounds can be implanted into a patient or injected using a drug delivery system. See, for example, Urquhart, et al., Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 24: 199-236 (1984); Lewis, ed. “Controlled Release of Pesticides and Pharmaceuticals” (Plenum Press, New York, 1981); U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919; and U.S. Pat. No. 35 3,270,960, content of all of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically acceptable or “pharmacologically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- animal e.g., human
- compositions should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biological Standards.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid (e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid), or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- manufacturing aid e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid
- solvent encapsulating material involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as cornstarch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as ethyl
- wetting agents coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, disintegrating agents, binders, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, protease inhibitors, plasticizers, emulsifiers, stabilizing agents, viscosity increasing agents, film forming agents, solubilizing agents, surfactants, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation.
- excipient “carrier”, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or the like are used interchangeably herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or oils.
- non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions, or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
- oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, and fish-liver oil.
- Solutions or suspensions can also include one or more of the following components; a sterile diluent, including water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol and other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents, including benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants, including ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents, including ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, including acetates, citrates and phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity, including sodium chloride and dextrose.
- the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, including hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide.
- Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils can also be used.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- compositions can further comprise binders (e.g., acacia, cornstarch, gelatin, carbomer, ethyl cellulose, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, povidone), disintegrating agents (e.g., cornstarch, potato starch, alginic acid, silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, guar gum, sodium starch glycolate, Primogel), buffers (e.g., tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate) of various pH and ionic strength, additives such as albumin or gelatin to prevent absorption to surfaces, detergents (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80, Pluronic F68, bile acid salts), protease inhibitors, surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate), permeation enhancers, solubilizing agents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene binders (e
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the disclosure are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
- a pharmaceutical composition typically contains an amount of at least 0.01 weight % of active ingredient, i.e., a compound of this disclosure, per weight of total pharmaceutical composition. Generally out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 0.01% to 99% of the compound, preferably from about 5% to about 70%, most preferably from 10% to about 30%.
- a weight % is a ratio by weight of active ingredient to total composition. Thus, for example, 0.1 weight % is 0.1 grams of the compound per 100 grams of total composition.
- compositions that contain an active component are well understood in the art, for example, by mixing, granulating, or tablet-forming processes.
- the active therapeutic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient.
- the active agents are mixed with additives customary for this purpose, such as vehicles, stabilizers, or inert diluents, and converted by customary methods into suitable forms for administration, such as tablets, coated tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions and the like as detailed above.
- glucuronic acid L-lactic acid, acetic acid, citric acid or any pharmaceutically acceptable acid/conjugate base with reasonable buffering capacity in the pH range acceptable for intravenous administration can be used as buffers.
- Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed.
- a pH range for the intravenous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
- Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of the active agent in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations.
- the choice of appropriate buffer and pH of a formulation, depending on solubility of one or more compounds to be administered, is readily made by a person having ordinary skill in the art.
- Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed in the subcutaneous formulation.
- a pH range for the subcutaneous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of a solid, gel or liquid.
- the formulation can be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like.
- oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets that can be enteric-coated, sugarcoated or film-coated.
- capsules include hard or soft gelatin capsules.
- Granules and powders can be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent forms. Each can be combined with other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
- the compound described herein can be provided as solid dosage forms, preferably capsules or tablets.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can optionally contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature; a binder; a diluent; a disintegrating agent; a lubricant; a glidant; a sweetening agent; and a flavoring agent.
- binders examples include, but are not limited to, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, sucrose and starch paste.
- lubricants examples include, but are not limited to, talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid.
- diluents examples include, but are not limited to, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
- glidants examples include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide.
- disintegrating agents examples include, but are not limited to, crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, cornstarch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose.
- coloring agents examples include, but are not limited to, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble FD and C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate.
- sweetening agents examples include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin, and any number of spray-dried flavors.
- flavoring agents examples include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate.
- wetting agents examples include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- anti-emetic coatings examples include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates.
- film coatings examples include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000 (PEG 4000) and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- the salt of the compound can optionally be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach.
- the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
- the composition can also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
- dosage unit form When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can optionally additionally comprise a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
- dosage unit forms can optionally additionally comprise various other materials that modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
- Compounds according to the present invention can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like.
- a syrup can optionally comprise, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
- the compounds described herein can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action.
- a compound is used for treating caner, it can be used with other anti-cancer agents.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be included in tablets comprising the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and wetting agents.
- Enteric-coated tablets because of the enteric-coating, resist the action of stomach acid and dissolve or disintegrate in the neutral or alkaline intestines.
- Sugar-coated tablets can be compressed tablets to which different layers of pharmaceutically acceptable substances are applied.
- Film-coated tablets can be compressed tablets that have been coated with polymers or other suitable coating. Multiple compressed tablets can be compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle utilizing the pharmaceutically acceptable substances previously mentioned.
- Coloring agents can also be used in tablets. Flavoring and sweetening agents can be used in tablets, and are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
- liquid oral dosage forms examples include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules.
- aqueous solutions examples include, but are not limited to, elixirs and syrups.
- elixirs refer to clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers examples include, but are not limited to solvents.
- solvents Particular examples include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup.
- syrups refer to concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose. Syrups can optionally further comprise a preservative.
- Emulsions refer to two-phase systems in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid. Emulsions can optionally be oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in emulsions include, but are not limited to non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that can be used in non-effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that can be used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
- Coloring and flavoring agents can optionally be used in all of the above dosage forms.
- preservatives include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
- emulsifying agents that can be used include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- suspending agents include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum and acacia.
- Diluents include lactose and sucrose.
- Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin.
- wetting agents that can be used include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- organic acids that can be used include citric and tartaric acid.
- Sources of carbon dioxide that can be used in effervescent compositions include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
- Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water-soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof.
- flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant taste sensation.
- the solution or suspension in for example propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides, is preferably encapsulated in a gelatin capsule.
- a gelatin capsule Such solutions, and the preparation and encapsulation thereof, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545, content of all of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- the solution e.g., for example, in a polyethylene glycol
- a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier e.g. water
- liquid or semi-solid oral formulations can be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g. propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells.
- Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. Re 28,819 and 4,358,603, content of both of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- compositions designed to administer the compounds described herein by parenteral administration generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously.
- injectables can be prepared in any conventional form, for example as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
- excipients that can be used in conjunction with injectables according to the present invention include, but are not limited to water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol.
- the injectable compositions can also optionally comprise minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances 50 such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins.
- Implantation of a slow release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained is also contemplated herein.
- the percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject.
- Parenteral administration of the formulations includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations.
- Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as the lyophilized powders described herein, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry
- insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions.
- the solutions can be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
- suitable carriers include, but are not limited to physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
- PBS physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline
- thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can optionally be used in parenteral preparations include, but are not limited to aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
- aqueous vehicles examples include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection, Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, Dextrose and Lactated Ringers Injection.
- nonaqueous parenteral vehicles examples include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil.
- Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations can be added to parenteral preparations, particularly when the preparations are packaged in multiple-dose containers and thus designed to be stored and multiple aliquots to be removed.
- antimicrobial agents include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride.
- Examples of isotonic agents that can be used include sodium chloride and dextrose.
- Examples of buffers that can be used include phosphate and citrate.
- antioxidants that can be used include sodium bisulfate.
- Examples of local anesthetics that can be used include procaine hydrochloride.
- Examples of suspending and dispersing agents that can be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
- Examples of emulsifying agents that can be used include Polysorbate 80 (TWEEN 80).
- a sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA.
- Pharmaceutical carriers can also optionally include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
- the concentration of the compound in the parenteral formulation can be adjusted so that an injection administers a pharmaceutically effective amount sufficient to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
- Injectables can be designed for local and systemic administration.
- Unit-dose parenteral preparations can be packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration should be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
- the compounds described herein can optionally be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or can be derivatized to produce a more soluble active product or to produce a prodrug.
- the form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle.
- the effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease state and can be empirically determined.
- the compounds described herein can also be prepared as lyophilized powders, which can be reconstituted for administration as solutions, emulsions and other mixtures.
- the lyophilized powders can also be formulated as solids or gels.
- Sterile, lyophilized powder can be prepared by dissolving the compound in a sodium phosphate buffer solution containing dextrose or other suitable excipient. Subsequent sterile filtration of the solution followed by lyophilization under standard conditions known to those of skill in the art provides the desired formulation.
- the lyophilized powder can optionally be prepared by dissolving dextrose, sorbitol, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent, about 1-20%, preferably about 5 to 15%, in a suitable buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, typically, about neutral pH.
- a compound described herein is added to the resulting mixture, preferably above room temperature, more preferably at about 30-35° C., and stirred until it dissolves.
- the resulting mixture is diluted by adding more buffer to a desired concentration.
- the resulting mixture is sterile filtered or treated to remove particulates and to insure sterility, and apportioned into vials for lyophilization.
- Each vial can contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the compound described herein.
- Topical mixtures can be used for local and systemic administration.
- the resulting mixture can be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
- the compounds described herein can be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923, which describe aerosols for delivery of a steroid useful for treatment inflammatory diseases, particularly asthma).
- These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a micro fine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose.
- the particles of the formulation will typically have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
- the compounds described herein can also be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracisternal or intraspinal application.
- Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the compound alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered.
- rectal administration can also be used.
- pharmaceutical dosage forms for rectal administration are rectal suppositories, capsules and tablets for systemic effect.
- Rectal suppositories are used herein mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum that melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable substances utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point. Examples of bases include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax.
- Rectal suppositories can be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding.
- the typical weight of a rectal suppository is about 2 to 3 gm. Tablets and capsules for rectal administration can be manufactured using the same pharmaceutically acceptable substance and by the same methods as for formulations for oral administration.
- kits and other articles of manufacture for treating infectious diseases or neurodegenerative diseases or disorders.
- a kit is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with instructions.
- the instructions can indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
- the kit can also comprise packaging materials.
- the packaging material can comprise a container for housing the composition.
- the kit can also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
- the kit can comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
- an article of manufacture comprises a composition comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with packaging materials.
- the packaging material can comprise a container for housing the composition.
- the container can optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition.
- the kit can also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition.
- the kit can comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
- the packaging material used in kits and articles of manufacture according to the present invention can form a plurality of divided containers such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet.
- the container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a “refill” of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule.
- the container that is employed will depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension.
- kits can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form.
- tablets can be contained in a bottle that is in turn contained within a box.
- the kit includes directions for the administration of the separate components.
- the kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral, topical, transdermal and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
- Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or can have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed.
- the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet.
- the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
- kits are a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use.
- the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen.
- a memory-aid is a mechanical counter that indicates the number of daily doses that has been dispensed.
- a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
- the compounds described herein can be used or administrated to a subject in combination with another compound, e.g., a pharmaceutically active agent or treatment modality for a particular indication.
- a pharmaceutically active compound include, but are not limited to, those found in Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, 13′ h Edition, Eds. T. R. Harrison et al.
- Such compounds can additively or synergistically combine with the compounds described herein in the methods disclosed herein, e.g., to differentiate stem cells and/or treat a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject.
- the inventors have discovered that the combination of compounds disclosed herein, e.g., 7-chloro-4-aminoquinoline compounds with forskoline unexpectedly, surprisingly shows a synergistic effect on stimulating the transcriptional activity through the ligand binding domain of Nurr1 and enhancing the contrasting dual function of Nurr1.
- the term “synergistic” as used herein is defined to mean a combination of components wherein the activity of the combination is greater than the additive of the individual activities of each component of the combination.
- the activity of the combination is at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 3-fold, at least 4-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold or greater than the additive of the individual activities of each component of the combination.
- a compound disclosed herein can be used in combination with a dopamine agonist. Without wishing to be bound by a theory, it is believed that the combination of a compound disclosed herein with a dopamine agonist shows a synergistic effect on stimulating the transcriptional activity through the ligand binding domain of Nurr1 and enhancing the contrasting dual function of Nurr1.
- the term “dopamine agonist” refers to compounds that activate and/or stimulate one or more dopamine receptors and/or increase levels of dopamine (such as L-dopa or drugs which inhibit dopamine metabolism) and/or stimulate a dopamine signaling pathway and/or reduce levels of norepinephrine, and/or inhibit a norepinephrine signaling pathway.
- dopamine agonist also includes analogs of dopamine molecules which exhibit at least some biological activity in common with native human dopamine receptors. As such, the term “dopamine agonist” encompasses dopaminergic agents.
- the term “dopaminergic agent” refers to compounds which mimic the action of dopamine.
- dopaminergic agent is intended to encompass dopamine, derivatives of dopamine, and compounds which have dopamine like actions on dopamine receptors.
- exemplary analogs of dopamine include the ergolines and the aporphines such apomorphine, pergolide, bromocriptine and lisuride).
- Dopamine agonists are primarily used for the treatment of Parkinson's disease due to their neuroprotective effects on dopaminergic neurons.
- a dopamine agonist can act via one of several pathways.
- a dopamine agonist can activate or potentiate D1 dopamine receptors and/or Dj-like receptors such as D1 and D5 dopamine receptors and/or D2 dopamine receptors (e.g., D2, D2 short and D2 long receptors, D4, and D4 dopamine receptors) and/or D3 dopamine receptors and/or D4 dopamine receptors.
- D1 dopamine receptors and/or Dj-like receptors such as D1 and D5 dopamine receptors and/or D2 dopamine receptors (e.g., D2, D2 short and D2 long receptors, D4, and D4 dopamine receptors) and/or D3 dopamine receptors and/or D4 dopamine receptors.
- a dopamine agonist can act by inhibiting one or more enzyme involved in biosynthesis and/or transformation and/or breakdown of dopamine.
- Exemplary dopamine agonists include, but are not limited to, L-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (L-Dopa); ( ⁇ )-7- ⁇ [2-(4-Phenylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl]propylamino ⁇ -5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol; (+)-4-propyl-9-hydroxynaphthoxazine ((+)PHNO); (E)-1-aryl-3-(4-pyridinepiperazin-1-yl)propanone oximes; (R)-3-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)phenol (PF-219,061); (R,R)—S32504; 2-(N-phenylethyl-N-propylamino)-5-hydroxytetralin; 2-bromo-a-ergocriptine (bromocriptine); 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-6-(2-propen-1-yl)-4H
- Exemplary beta-3 adrenergic receptor agonists include, but are not limited to, DPDMS; dopexamine; AJ-9677; AZ-40140; BMS187413; BMS-194449; BMS-210285; BRL-26830A; BRL-28410; BRL-35135; BRL-37344; CGP 12177; CL-316243; CP-114271; CP-331648; CP-331679; D-7114; FR-149175; GW-2696; GW-427353; ICI-198157; L-750355; L-796568; LY-377604; N-5984; SB-226552; SR-58611A; SR-59062A; SWR0342SA; ZD-2079; and analogs, derivatives, enantiomers, metabolites, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the dopamine agonist inhibits the dopamine beta-hydroxylase.
- Dopamine beta-hydroxylase converts dopamine to norepinephrine.
- intracellular dopamine is increased while norepinephrine is decreased.
- Exemplary inhibitors of DBH include, but are not limited to fusaric acid; 1,1′,1′′, 1 ′′′-[disulfanediylbis-(carbonothioylnitrilo)]tetraethane (disulflram); 2-Hydroxy-2,4,6-cycloheptatrien-1-one (tropolone, also referred to as 2-Hydroxytropone or Purpurocatechol); 5-(aminomethyl)-1-[(2 S)-5,7-difluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]-1,3-dihydro-2H-imidazole-2-thione (Nepicastat, INN, or SYN117)); 1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)imidazole-2-thiol; FLA-63; diethyldithiocarbamate; betachlorophenethylamine; 4-hydroxybenzyl cyanide; 2-hal
- inhibitors of dopamine beta-hydroxylase include, but are not limited to U.S. Pat. No. 4,487,761; 4,634,711; 4,719,223; 4,743,613; 4,749,717; 4,761,415; 4,762,850; 4,798,843; 4,810,800; 4,835,154; 4,839,371; 4,859,779; 4,876,266; 4.882.348; 4,906,668; 4,935,438; 4,963,568; 4,992,459; 5,100,912; 5,189,052; 5,597,832; 6,407,137; 6,559,186; 7,125,904; 7,576,081, content of all of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Cabergoline (Dostinex®) is a long-acting ergot derivative agonist with a high affinity for D2 receptors.
- Bromocriptine (Parlodel®) is an ergot alkaloid dopamine receptor agonist. It is a strong D2 receptor agonist and a weak DI receptor antagonist. It stimulates both pre- and post-synaptic receptors.
- Pergolide (Permax®) is a semisynthetic, clavine ergot derivative dopamine agonist. In contrast to bromocriptine, it is a strong D2 receptor agonist and a weak D1 receptor agonist.
- Ropinirole (Requip®) is a potent, non-ergoline dopamine agonist.
- Pramipexole (Mirapex®) is a synthetic amino-benzothiazol derivative and a non-ergot D2/D3 agonist.
- Quinagolide (1-propylbenzo[g]quinolin-3-yl)-Norprolac®; formerly CV 205-502) is another, non-ergot, non-ergoline, benzoquinoline dopaminergic agonist that blocks prolactin release.
- a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with the dopamine agonist.
- the compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with the dopamine agonist.
- a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with an agent known in the art for treatment of inflammation or inflammation associated disorders or infections.
- exemplary anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs—such as aspirin, ibuprofen, or naproxen, corticosteroids (such as prednisone), anti-malarial medication (such as hydrochloroquine), methotrexate, sulfasalazine, leflunomide, anti-TNF medications, cyclophosphamise, mycophenolate, dexamethasone, rosiglitazone, prednisolone, corticosterone, budesonide, estrogen, estrodiol, sulfasalazine, fenfibrate, provastatin, simvastatin, proglitazone, acetylsalicylic acid, mycophenolic acid, mesalamine
- co-administering refers to the administration of a compound disclosed herein and a second compound, e.g. a dopamine agonist, forskolin, or colfosin, wherein the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered simultaneously, or at different times, as long as they work additively or synergistically to increase stem cell differentiation.
- a compound disclosed herein and a second compound e.g. a dopamine agonist, forskolin, or colfosin
- the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations.
- the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered within any time of each other.
- the compounds can be administered within 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours, 5 hours, 4 hours, 3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hours, 45 minutes, 30 minute, 25 minutes, 20 minutes, 15 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes or less of each other.
- either compound can be administered first.
- co-administration does not require the two compounds to be administered by the same route.
- each can be administered independently or as a common dosage form.
- the two compounds can be administered in any ratio to each other by weight or moles.
- two compounds can be administered in a ratio of from about 50:1, 40:1, 30:1, 25:1, 20:1, 15:1, 10:1, 5:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1:1.75, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1 to 1:1.25, 1:1.5, 1.75, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:10, 1:15, 1:20, 1:20, 1:30, 1:40, or 1:50.
- the ratio can be based on the effective amount of either compound.
- a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with forskloin or colfosin.
- amodiaquine or chloroquine can be co-adminstered with forskloin or colfosin. In some other embodiments,
- a compound disclosed herein is co-adminstered amodiaquine or chloroquine can be co-adminstered with a dopamine agonist.
- methods comprising co-administering a compound disclosed herein can provide novel mechanism-based neuroprotective therapy that could have disease-modifying effects in (neuro)inflammatory diseases such as PD and AD as well as auto-immune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and lupus disease.
- neuro neuroinflammatory diseases
- AD neurodegenerative disease
- auto-immune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and lupus disease.
- dopamine agonists such as L-Dopa leads to severe side effects while AQ or CQ did not induce any such side effects, their combined use will reduce or eliminate the side effects by dopamine agonists.
- the invention can be defined by any of the following numbered paragraphs:
- compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof are used in reference to compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof, that are essential to the invention, yet open to the inclusion of unspecified elements, whether essential or not.
- “decrease”. “reduced”. “reduction”, “decrease” or “inhibit” are all used herein generally to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. However, for avoidance of doubt, “reduced”, “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example a decrease by at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% decrease (e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample), or any decrease between 10-100% as compared to a reference level.
- a 100% decrease e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample
- the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” are all used herein to generally mean an increase by a statically significant amount; for the avoidance of any doubt, the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” means an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level.
- statically significant refers to statistical significance and generally means at least two standard deviations (2SD) away from a reference level.
- the term refers to statistical evidence that there is a difference. It is defined as the probability of making a decision to reject the null hypothesis when the null hypothesis is actually true.
- aliphatic means a moiety characterized by a straight or branched chain arrangement of constituent carbon atoms and can be saturated or partially unsaturated with one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five or more) double or triple bonds.
- alicyclic means a moiety comprising a nonaromatic ring structure.
- Alicyclic moieties can be saturated or partially unsaturated with one or more double or triple bonds.
- Alicyclic moieties can also optionally comprise heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternized or oxidized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized.
- alicyclic moieties include, but are not limited to moieties with C 3 -C 8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene, and cyclooctadiene.
- C 3 -C 8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene
- aromatic means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp 2 hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2.
- An aromatic ring can be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms (e.g., aryl) or can include carbon and non-carbon atoms (e.g., heteroaryl).
- alkyl means a straight or branched, saturated aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms.
- C x alkyl and C x -C y alkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl includes alkyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, and the like).
- Alkyl represented along with another radical means a straight or branched, saturated alkyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated or when no atoms are indicated means a bond, e.g., (C 6 -C 10 )aryl(C 0 -C 3 )alkyl includes phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl 3-phenylpropyl, and the like.
- Backbone of the alkyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N. O, or S.
- a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer.
- preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- alkyl (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- lower alkyl as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths. Throughout the application, preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
- Substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF3, —CN and the like.
- alkenyl refers to unsaturated straight-chain, branched-chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- C x alkenyl and C x -C y alkenyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
- C 2 -C 6 alkenyl includes alkenyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons and at least one double bond, e.g., vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methylallyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, and the like).
- Alkenyl represented along with another radical means a straight or branched, alkenyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated.
- Backbone of the alkenyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N, O, or S.
- alkynyl refers to unsaturated hydrocarbon radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- C x alkynyl and C x -C y alkynyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
- C 2 -C 6 alkynyl includes alkynls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons and at least one triple bond, e.g., ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, isopentynyl, 1,3-hexa-diyn-yl, n-hexynyl, 3-pentynyl, 1-hexen-3-ynyl and the like.
- Alkynyl represented along with another radical e.g., as in arylalkynyl
- Alkynyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated.
- Backbone of the alkynyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N, O, or S.
- alkylene alkenylene
- alkynylene alkynylene
- C 1 -C 6 alkylene includes methylene, (—CH 2 —), ethylene (—CH 2 CH 2 —), trimethylene (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), tetramethylene (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), 2-methyltetramethylene (—CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 —), pentamethylene (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —) and the like).
- alkylidene means a straight or branched unsaturated, aliphatic, divalent radical having a general formula ⁇ CR a R b .
- C x alkylidene and C x -C y alkylidene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain.
- C 2 -C 6 alkylidene includes methylidene ( ⁇ CH 2 ), ethylidene ( ⁇ CHCH 3 ), isopropylidene ( ⁇ C(CH 3 ) 2 ), propylidene ( ⁇ CHCH 2 CH 3 ), allylidene ( ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ CH 2 ), and the like).
- heteroalkyl refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, 0, N, Si, P, Se, B, and S, wherein the phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
- halogen refers to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- halogen radioisotope or “halo isotope” refers to a radionuclide of an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- halogen-substituted moiety or “halo-substituted moiety”, as an isolated group or part of a larger group, means an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic moiety, as described herein, substituted by one or more “halo” atoms, as such terms are defined in this application.
- halo-substituted alkyl includes haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, perhaloalkyl and the like (e.g.
- halosubstituted (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl includes chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dichloroethyl, and the like).
- aryl refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic fused aromatic ring system.
- C x aryl and C x -C y aryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system.
- Exemplary aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3
- heteroaryl refers to an aromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered fused bicyclic, or 11-14 membered fused tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N. O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively.
- C x heteroaryl and C x -C y heteroaryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system.
- Heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzo[b]furan, benzo[b]thiophene, benzimidazole, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, quinazoline, thieno[2,3-c]pyridine, thieno[3,2-b]pyridine, thieno[2, 3-b]pyridine, indolizine, imidazo[1,2a]pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, quinolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, indoline, benzoxazole, benzopyrazole, benzothiazole, imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, furyl or furanyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, thiophenyl or thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinolinyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, 2-amino-4-oxo-3,4-dihydropteridin-6-yl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
- 1, 2, 3, or 4 hydrogen atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent.
- cyclyl or “cycloalkyl” refers to saturated and partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 12 carbons, for example, 3 to 8 carbons, and, for example, 3 to 6 carbons.
- C x cyclyl and C x -C y cyclyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system.
- the cycloalkyl group additionally can be optionally substituted, e.g., with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents.
- C 3 -C 10 cyclyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,5-cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, adamantan-1-yl, decahydronaphthyl, oxocyclohexyl, dioxocyclohexyl, thiocyclohexyl, 2-oxobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-1-yl, and the like.
- Aryl and heteroaryls can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents at one or more positions, for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF3, —CN, or the like.
- heterocyclyl refers to a nonaromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively).
- C x heterocyclyl and C x -C y heterocyclyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system.
- 1, 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms of each ring can be substituted by a substituent.
- exemplary heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4-piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, perhydropyrrolizinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl and the like.
- bicyclic and tricyclic refers to fused, bridged, or joined by a single bond polycyclic ring assemblies.
- cyclylalkylene means a divalent aryl, heteroaryl, cyclyl, or heterocyclyl.
- fused ring refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure when the ring atoms that are common to both rings are directly bound to each other.
- Non-exclusive examples of common fused rings include decalin, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, furan, benzofuran, quinoline, and the like.
- Compounds having fused ring systems can be saturated, partially saturated, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aromatics, heteroaromatics, and the like.
- carbonyl means the radical —C(O)—. It is noted that the carbonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different carbonyl groups including acids, acid halides, amides, esters, ketones, and the like.
- carboxy means the radical —C(O)O—. It is noted that compounds described herein containing carboxy moieties can include protected derivatives thereof, i.e., where the oxygen is substituted with a protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
- cyano means the radical —CN.
- heteroatom refers to an atom that is not a carbon atom. Particular examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and halogens.
- a “heteroatom moiety” includes a moiety where the atom by which the moiety is attached is not a carbon. Examples of heteroatom moieties include —N ⁇ , —NR N —, —N + (O ⁇ ) ⁇ , —O—, —S— or —S(O) 2 —, —OS(O) 2 —, and —SS—, wherein R N is H or a further substituent.
- hydroxy means the radical —OH.
- mine derivative means a derivative comprising the moiety —C(NR)—, wherein R comprises a hydrogen or carbon atom alpha to the nitrogen.
- nitro means the radical —NO 2 .
- oxaaliphatic means an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic, as defined herein, except where one or more oxygen atoms (—O—) are positioned between carbon atoms of the aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic respectively.
- oxoaliphatic means an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic, as defined herein, substituted with a carbonyl group.
- the carbonyl group can be an aldehyde, ketone, ester, amide, acid, or acid halide.
- aromatic means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp 2 hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2.
- An aromatic ring can be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms (e.g., aryl) or can include carbon and non-carbon atoms (e.g., heteroaryl).
- substituted refers to independent replacement of one or more (typically 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of the hydrogen atoms on the substituted moiety with substituents independently selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituents” or otherwise specified.
- a non-hydrogen substituent can be any substituent that can be bound to an atom of the given moiety that is specified to be substituted.
- substituents include, but are not limited to, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, aldehyde, alicyclic, aliphatic, alkanesulfonamido, alkanesulfonyl, alkaryl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylamino, alkylcarbanoyl, alkylene, alkylidene, alkylthios, alkynyl, amide, amido, amino, amino, aminoalkyl, aralkyl, aralkylsulfonamido, arenesulfonamido, arenesulfonyl, aromatic, aryl, arylamino, arylcarbanoyl, aryloxy, azido, carbamoyl, carbonyl, carbonyls (including ketones, carboxy, carboxylates, CF 3 , cyano (CN), cycloalkyl, cyclo
- alkoxyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto.
- Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- An “ether” is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, and —O-alkynyl.
- Aroxy can be represented by —O-aryl or O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined below.
- the alkoxy and aroxy groups can be substituted as described above for alkyl.
- aralkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto.
- the “alkylthio” moiety is represented by one of —S-alkyl, —S— alkenyl, and —S-alkynyl.
- Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
- alkylthio also encompasses cycloalkyl groups, alkene and cycloalkene groups, and alkyne groups.
- Arylthio refers to aryl or heteroaryl groups.
- sulfinyl means the radical —SO—. It is noted that the sulfinyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfinyl groups including sulfinic acids, sulfinamides, sulfinyl esters, sulfoxides, and the like.
- sulfonyl means the radical —SO 2 —. It is noted that the sulfonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfonyl groups including sulfonic acids, sulfonamides, sulfonate esters, sulfones, and the like.
- thiocarbonyl means the radical —C(S)—. It is noted that the thiocarbonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different thiocarbonyl groups including thioacids, thioamides, thioesters, thioketones, and the like.
- amino means —NH 2 .
- alkylamino means a nitrogen moiety having at least one straight or branched unsaturated aliphatic, cyclyl, or heterocyclyl radicals attached to the nitrogen.
- representative amino groups include —NH 2 , —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NH(C 1 -C 10 alkyl), —N(C 1 -C 10 alkyl) 2 , and the like.
- alkylamino includes “alkenylamino,” “alkynylamino,” “cyclylamino.” and “heterocyclylamino.”
- arylamino means a nitrogen moiety having at least one aryl radical attached to the nitrogen. For example —NHaryl, and —N(aryl) 2 .
- heteroarylamino means a nitrogen moiety having at least one heteroaryl radical attached to the nitrogen. For example —NHheteroaryl, and —N(heteroaryl) 2 .
- two substituents together with the nitrogen can also form a ring.
- the compounds described herein containing amino moieties can include protected derivatives thereof. Suitable protecting groups for amino moieties include acetyl, tertbutoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
- aminoalkyl means an alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl as defined above, except where one or more substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (—N—) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl.
- an (C 2 -C 6 ) aminoalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more nitrogen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
- a C 1 alkyl indicates that there is one carbon atom but does not indicate what are the substituents on the carbon atom.
- a C 1 alkyl comprises methyl (i.e., —CH 3 ) as well as —CR a R b R c where R a , R b , and R c can each independently be hydrogen or any other substituent where the atom alpha to the carbon is a heteroatom or cyano.
- CF 3 , CH 2 OH and CH 2 CN are all C 1 alkyls.
- derivative refers to a chemical substance related structurally to another, i.e., an “original” substance, which can be referred to as a “parent” compound.
- a “derivative” can be made from the structurally-related parent compound in one or more steps.
- the general physical and chemical properties of a derivative can be similar to or different from the parent compound.
- polyamine refers to molecules comprising two or more amines.
- Polyamines can be aliphatic, straight-chain amines derived biosynthetically from amino acids. Several polyamines are reviewed in Marton et al. (1995) Ann. Rev. Pharm. Toxicol. 35:55-91, content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Polyamines cadaverine and putrescine are diamines produced by decarboxylation of lysine or omithine, respectively. Putrescine is converted to spermidine, and spermidine to spermine, by the addition of an aminopropyl group.
- Polyamine analog is defined as an organic cation structurally similar but non-identical to polyamines such as spermine and/or spermidine and their precursor, diamine putrescine.
- Polyamine analogs which can be branched or unbranched, include, but are not limited to, BE-4444 [1,19bis(ethylamino)-5,10,15-triazanonadecane]; BE-333 [N1, N11-diethylnorspermine; DENSPM; 1,11-bis(ethylamino)4,8-diazaundecane; thermine; Warner-Parke-Davis]; BE-33 [N1,N7-bis (ethyl) norspermidine]; BE-34 [N1,N8-bis (ethyl) spermidine]; BE-44 [N1,N9-bis (ethyl) homospermidine]; BE-343 [N1,N12-bis (ethyl) spermine; diethylspermine-N1-N12; DESPM]; BE-373 [N,N′-bis(3-ethylamino) propyl)-1,7-heptane diamine, Me
- the compounds described herein can be in the form of a prodrug.
- prodrug refers to compounds that can be converted via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis) to compound described herein.
- prodrug also refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- a prodrug can be inactive when administered to a subject, i.e. an ester, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis to the free carboxylic acid or free hydroxyl.
- the prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in an organism.
- prodrug is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject.
- Prodrugs of an active compound, as described herein may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound.
- Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively.
- a compound comprising a hydroxy group can be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound.
- Suitable esters that can be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, formates, benzoates, maleates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like.
- a compound comprising an amine group can be administered as an amide, e.g., acetamide, formamide and benzamide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
- an amide e.g., acetamide, formamide and benzamide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
- Bundgaard “Bioreversible derivatization of drugs—principle and applicability to improve the therapeutic effects of drugs”, Arch. Pharm. Chemi 86(1): 1-39 (1979); Bundgaard H. “Improved drug delivery by the prodrug approach”, Controlled Drug Delivery 17: 179-96 (1987); Bundgaard H. “Prodrugs as a means to improve the delivery of peptide drugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev. 8(1): 1-38 (1992); Fleisher et al. “Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev.
- protected derivatives means derivatives of compounds described herein in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with protecting groups. Protected derivatives are useful in the preparation of compounds or in themselves can be active. A comprehensive list of suitable protecting groups can be found in T. W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
- “Isomers” mean any compound having identical molecular formulae but differing in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and stereoisomers that are nonsuperimposable mirror images are termed “enantiomers” or sometimes “optical isomers”. A carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a “chiral center”. A compound with one chiral center has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality. A mixture of the two enantiomeric forms is termed a “racemic mixture”.
- a compound that has more than one chiral center has 2 n-1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers.
- Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as ether an individual diastereomers or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a “diastereomeric mixture”.
- a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration of that chiral center. Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center.
- Enantiomers are characterized by the absolute configuration of their chiral centers and described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog.
- enantiomer is used to describe one of a pair of molecular isomers which are mirror images of each other and non-superimposable.
- Other terms used to designate or refer to enantiomers include “stereoisomers” (because of the different arrangement or stereochemistry around the chiral center; although all enantiomers are stereoisomers, not all stereoisomers are enantiomers) or “optical isomers” (because of the optical activity of pure enantiomers, which is the ability of different pure enantiomers to rotate planepolarized light in different directions).
- Enantiomers generally have identical physical properties, such as melting points and boiling points, and also have identical spectroscopic properties. Enantiomers can differ from each other with respect to their interaction with plane-polarized light and with respect to biological activity.
- R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s).
- the designations may appear as a prefix or as a suffix; they may or may not be separated from the isomer by a hyphen; they may or may not be hyphenated; and they may or may not be surrounded by parentheses.
- racemic mixture refers to a mixture of the two enantiomers of one compound.
- An ideal racemic mixture is one wherein there is a 50:50 mixture of both enantiomers of a compound such that the optical rotation of the (+) enantiomer cancels out the optical rotation of the ( ⁇ ) enantiomer.
- solving or “resolution” when used in reference to a racemic mixture refers to the separation of a racemate into its two enantiomorphic forms (i.e., (+) and ( ⁇ ); 65 (R) and (S) forms).
- the terms can also refer to enantioselective conversion of one isomer of a racemate to a product.
- the enantiomeric excess is defined as * F(+) ⁇ F( ⁇ )* and the percent enantiomeric excess by 100x* F(+) ⁇ F( ⁇ )*.
- the “purity” of an enantiomer is described by its ee or percent ee value (% ee).
- a purified enantiomer or a “pure enantiomer” or a “resolved enantiomer” or “a compound in enantiomeric excess”
- the terms are meant to indicate that the amount of one enantiomer exceeds the amount of the other.
- both (or either) of the percent of the major enantiomer e.g. by mole or by weight or by volume
- the percent enantiomeric excess of the major enantiomer may be used to determine whether the preparation represents a purified enantiomer preparation.
- enantiomeric purity or “enantiomer purity” of an isomer refers to a qualitative or quantitative measure of the purified enantiomer; typically, the measurement is expressed on the basis of ee or enantiomeric excess.
- substantially purified enantiomer “substantially resolved enantiomer” “substantially purified enantiomer preparation” are meant to indicate a preparation (e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrate, or intermediate) wherein one enantiomer has been enriched over the other, and more preferably, wherein the other enantiomer represents less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, and more preferably less than 5%, and still more preferably, less than 2% of the enantiomer or enantiomer preparation.
- a preparation e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrate, or intermediate
- purified enantiomer “resolved enantiomer” and “purified enantiomer preparation” are meant to indicate a preparation (e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrates or intermediates) wherein one enantiomer (for example, the R-enantiomer) is enriched over the other, and more preferably, wherein the other enantiomer (for example the S-enantiomer) represents less than 30%, preferably less than 20%, more preferably less than 10% (e.g. in this particular instance, the R-enantiomer is substantially free of the S-enantiomer), and more preferably less than 5% and still more preferably, less than 2% of the preparation.
- a preparation e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrates or intermediates
- one enantiomer for example, the R-enantiomer
- the other enantiomer for example the S-enantiomer
- the R-enantiomer represents less than 30%,
- a purified enantiomer may be synthesized substantially free of the other enantiomer, or a purified enantiomer may be synthesized in a stereo-preferred procedure, followed by separation steps, or a purified enantiomer may be derived from a racemic mixture.
- enantioselectivity also called the enantiomeric ratio indicated by the symbol “E,” refers to the selective capacity of an enzyme to generate from a racemic substrate one enantiomer relative to the other in a product racemic mixture; in other words, it is a measure of the ability of the enzyme to distinguish between enantiomers.
- a nonselective reaction has an E of 1, while resolutions with E's above 20 are generally considered useful for synthesis or resolution.
- the enantioselectivity resides in a difference in conversion rates between the enantiomers in question. Reaction products are obtained that are enriched in one of the enantiomers; conversely, remaining substrates are enriched in the other enantiomer. For practical purposes it is generally desirable for one of the enantiomers to be obtained in large excess. This is achieved by terminating the conversion process at a certain degree of conversion.
- the terms “effective” and “effectiveness” includes both pharmacological effectiveness and physiological safety.
- Pharmacological effectiveness refers to the ability of the treatment to result in a desired biological effect in the patient.
- Physiological safety refers to the level of toxicity, or other adverse physiological effects at the cellular, organ and/or organism level (often referred to as side-effects) resulting from administration of the treatment.
- Less effective means that the treatment results in a therapeutically significant lower level of pharmacological effectiveness and/or a therapeutically greater level of adverse physiological effects.
- the compounds described herein are effective in treating various types of cancer.
- “decrease”. “reduced”. “reduction”. “decrease” or “inhibit” are all used herein generally to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. However, for avoidance of doubt, “reduced”, “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example a decrease by at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% decrease (e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample), or any decrease between 10-100% as compared to a reference level.
- a 100% decrease e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample
- the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” are all used herein to generally mean an increase by a statically significant amount, for the avoidance of any doubt, the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” means an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level.
- statically significant refers to statistical significance and generally means at least two standard deviation (2SD) away from a reference level.
- the term refers to statistical evidence that there is a difference. It is defined as the probability of making a decision to reject the null hypothesis when the null hypothesis is actually true.
- a “subject” means a human or animal. Usually the animal is a vertebrate such as a primate, rodent, domestic animal or game animal. Primates include chimpanzees, cynomolgous monkeys, spider monkeys, and macaques, e.g., Rhesus. Rodents include mice, rats, woodchucks, ferrets, rabbits and hamsters. Domestic and game animals include cows, horses, pigs, deer, bison, buffalo, feline species, e.g., domestic cat, canine species.
- Patient or subject includes any subset of the foregoing, e.g., all of the above, but excluding one or more groups or species such as humans, primates or rodents.
- the subject is a mammal, e.g., a primate, e.g., a human.
- the terms, “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
- the terms, “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
- a subject can be male or female.
- the subject is a mammal.
- the mammal can be a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow, but are not limited to these examples. Mammals other than humans can be advantageously used as subjects that represent animal models of human diseases and disorders.
- compounds, compositions and methods described herein can be used to treat domesticated animals and/or pets.
- administer refers to the placement of a composition into a subject by a method or route which results in at least partial localization of the composition at a desired site such that desired effect is produced.
- a compound or composition described herein can be administered by any appropriate route known in the art including, but not limited to, oral or parenteral routes, including intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), pulmonary, nasal, rectal, and topical (including buccal and sublingual) administration.
- Exemplary modes of administration include, but are not limited to, injection, infusion, instillation, inhalation, or ingestion.
- injection includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intraventricular, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, sub capsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, intracerebro spinal, and intrasternal injection and infusion.
- the compositions are administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
- Administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
- penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
- Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
- the compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- therapeutically-effective amount means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound described herein which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect in at least a sub-population of cells in a subject at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- therapeutically effective amount means that amount which, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- an effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. Generally, the actual effective amount can vary with the specific compound, the use or application technique, the desired effect, the duration of the effect and side effects, the subject's history, age, condition, sex, as well as the severity and type of the medical condition in the subject, and administration of other pharmaceutically active agents. Accordingly, an effective dose of compound described herein is an amount sufficient to produce at least some desired therapeutic effect in a subject.
- the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
- the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of use or administration utilized.
- the effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the therapeutic which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
- Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- the effects of any particular dosage can be monitored by a suitable bioassay.
- the effective plasma concentration for a compound as disclosed herein can be about 0.01 ⁇ M to about 10 ⁇ M, about 0.2 ⁇ M to about 5 ⁇ M, or about 0.8 to about 3 ⁇ M in a subject, such as a rat, dog, or human.
- compositions are administered so that a compound of the disclosure herein is used or given at a dose from 1 ⁇ g/kg to 1000 mg/kg; 1 ⁇ g/kg to 500 mg/kg; 1 ⁇ g/kg to 150 mg/kg, 1 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg, 1 ⁇ g/kg to 50 mg/kg, 1 ⁇ g/kg to 20 mg/kg, 1 ⁇ g/kg to 10 mg/kg, 1 ⁇ g/kg to 1 mg/kg, 100 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg, 100 ⁇ g/kg to 50 mg/kg, 100 ⁇ g/kg to 20 mg/kg, 100 ⁇ g/kg to 10 mg/kg, 100 ⁇ g/kg to 1 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg.
- ranges given here include all intermediate ranges, for example, the range 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg includes 1 mg/kg to 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 4 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 5 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 6 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 7 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 8 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 9 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, and the like.
- a dose (either as a bolus or continuous infusion) of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, or 0.5 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg. It is to be further understood that the ranges intermediate to those given above are also within the scope of this disclosure, for example, in the range 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, for example use or dose ranges such as 2 mg/kg to 8 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg to 7 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg to 6 mg/kg, and the like.
- the compounds described herein can be administered at once, or can be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment will be a function of the location of where the composition is parenterally administered, the carrier and other variables that can be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values can also vary with the age of the individual treated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens can need to be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the formulations. Hence, the concentration ranges set forth herein are intended to be exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed formulations.
- the compound can be administered as a single bolus or multiple boluses, as a continuous infusion, or a combination thereof.
- the compound can be administered as a single bolus initially, and then administered as a continuous infusion following the bolus.
- the rate of the infusion can be any rate sufficient to maintain effective plasma concentration.
- Some contemplated infusion rates include from 1 ⁇ g/kg/min to 100 mg/kg/min, or from 1 ⁇ g/kg/hr to 1000 mg/kg/hr.
- Rates of infusion can include 0.2 to 1.5 mg/kg/min, or more specifically 0.25 to 1 mg/kg/min, or even more specifically 0.25 to 0.5 mg/kg/min. It will be appreciated that the rate of infusion can be determined based upon the dose necessary to maintain effective plasma concentration and the rate of elimination of the compound, such that the compound is administered via infusion at a rate sufficient to safely maintain a sufficient effective plasma concentration of compound in the bloodstream.
- co-administration are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
- treatment is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, said patient having a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease.
- treating can include suppressing, inhibiting, preventing, treating, or a combination thereof.
- Treating refers, inter alia, to increasing time to sustained progression, expediting remission, inducing remission, augmenting remission, speeding recovery, increasing efficacy of or decreasing resistance to alternative therapeutics, or a combination thereof.
- “Suppressing” or “inhibiting”, refers, inter alia, to delaying the onset of symptoms, preventing relapse to a disease, decreasing the number or frequency of relapse episodes, increasing latency between symptomatic episodes, reducing the severity of symptoms, reducing the severity of an acute episode, reducing the number of symptoms, reducing the incidence of disease-related symptoms, reducing the latency of symptoms, ameliorating symptoms, reducing secondary symptoms, reducing secondary infections, prolonging patient survival, or a combination thereof.
- the symptoms are primary, while in another embodiment symptoms are secondary.
- Primary refers to a symptom that is a direct result of a disorder, e.g., diabetes
- secondary refers to a symptom that is derived from or consequent to a primary cause.
- Symptoms may be any manifestation of a disease or pathological condition.
- treatment includes any administration of a compound described herein and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease; (ii) inhibiting the disease in an subject that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology); or (iii) ameliorating the disease in a subject that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
- treatment delaying or preventing the onset of such a disease or disorder, reversing, alleviating, ameliorating, inhibiting, slowing down or stopping the progression, aggravation or deterioration the progression or severity of a condition associated with such a disease or disorder.
- the symptoms of a disease or disorder are alleviated by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50%.
- treatment, prevention or amelioration of neurodegenerative disorder is meant delaying or preventing the onset of such a disorder (e.g. death of motor neurons), at reversing, alleviating, ameliorating, inhibiting, slowing down or stopping the progression, aggravation or deterioration the progression or severity of such a condition.
- the symptom of a neurodegenerative disorder is alleviated by at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50%.
- the symptom of a neurodegenerative disease is alleviated by more than 50%.
- the symptom of a neurodegenerative disorder is alleviated by 80%, 90%, or greater.
- Efficacy of treatment is determined in association with any known method for diagnosing the disorder. Alleviation of one or more symptoms of the disorder indicates that the compound confers a clinical benefit. Any of the therapeutic methods described to above can be applied to any suitable subject including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
- embryonic stem cell is meant a cell, derived from an embryo at the blastocyst stage, or before substantial differentiation of the cell into the three germ layers, that can self renew and displays morphological characteristics of undifferentiated cells, distinguishing them from differentiated cells of embryonic or adult origin. Exemplary morphological characteristics include high nuclear/cytoplasmic ratios and prominent nucleoli under a microscope. Under appropriate conditions known to the skilled artisan, embryonic stem cells can differentiate into cells or tissues of the three germ layers: endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm. Assays for identification of an embryonic stem cell include the ability to form a teratoma in a suitable host or to be stained for markers of an undifferentiated cell such as Oct-4.
- an amount sufficient to treat is meant the amount of a compound required to improve, inhibit, or ameliorate a condition of a subject, or a symptom of a disease, in a clinically relevant manner. Any improvement in the subject is considered sufficient to achieve treatment.
- Nurr1 biological activity is meant any activity known to be caused in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo by a Nurr1 polypeptide.
- such activity could include activating transcription of tyrosine hydroxylase.
- “Nurr1 nucleic acid” and “Nurr1 gene” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a nucleic acid that encodes all or a portion of a Nurr1 polypeptide, or is substantially identical to all or a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of Genbank Accession No. ABOl 7586 (Ichinose et a., Gene 230:233-239, 1999), or analog thereof.
- “Nurr1 polypeptide” is meant a polypeptide substantially identical to all or a portion of the polypeptide sequence of Genbank Accession No. BAA75666, or analog thereof, and having Nurr1 biological activity.
- the activity of (12i, 12j, 12l and 12m) was 7-8 fold higher than CQ and 2 fold higher than artemisinin in CQ-sensitive strain revealing their strong potency.
- structure activity relationship (SAR) study demonstrated no obvious trend of activity with increasing or decreasing carbon spacer from C2 to C6 but changing the amino groups for a particular C2 (12e, 12i), C3 (12b, 12f, 12j, 12m), C4 (12c, 12k, 12n) or C6 (12d, 12h, 12l) spacer changes the activity significantly in a decreasing order of 4-ethyl piperazine>4-methyl piperazine>morpholine>piperidine.
- Plasmid constructs The pTH2600LUC reporter construct contains the 2.6 kb upstream sequences of the rat tyrosine hydroxylase gene in front of a firefly luciferase gene in pGL3-basic vector.
- a Nurr1-expression plasmid, pSV40Nurr1 was kindly provided by Dr Orla M. Connelly at Baylor College of Medicine (Houston, Tex., USA).
- Full-length mouse Nurr1 cDNA was amplified by RT-PCR from pSV40Nurr1 using forward 5′-GCTTTCAAGCTTATGCCTfGTGTTCAGGCGCAGTATGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1) and reverse 5′-GTCAATCTCGAGGAAAGGTAAGGTGTCCAGGAAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 2) oligonucleotides.
- the amplified PCR fragment was cut with Hind III and Xho I and then cloned into the plasmid pCDNA3.1/myc-His (Invitrogen), resulted in the expression of a C-terminal myc-tagged fusion protein and named with pCMVNurr1-myc.
- the Nurr1 LBD fragment from amino acid position 328 to amino acid position 598 was PCR-amplified and subcloned into pZeoSV (Invitrogen) containing the GAL4 DNA binding domain.
- GR ⁇ glucocorticoid receptor-a
- LXR ⁇ liver X receptor-a
- the reporter plasmid, p8xGAL-Luc was constructed by cloning synthetic oligonucleotides to generate 8 tandem repeat GAL4 binding sites (5′-CTCGGAGGACAGTACTCCG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 3)) 1 upstream of the luciferase in pGV-B2 (Toyo Ink) plasmid. 4 copies of NL3 (5′-GATCGAAAACAAAAGGTCACTTAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 4); bold indicates a consensus NBRE motif) 2 were inserted into upstream of the minimal promoter of TATA-Luciferase, resulting in p4x(NL3)-Luc.
- Mouse SRC-1 and human SRC-3 cDNAs were amplified by PCR using pYX-mSRC1 (Open Biosystem, MMM1013-9498102) and pCR-TOPO hSRC3 (Open Biosystem, MHS4426-99625636) as a template, respectively.
- Amplified cDNAs were subcloned into pCMV 2B (Stratagene) and resulted in the expression of an NH2-terminal flag-tagged fusion protein.
- the VP16/SRC1 and VP16/SRC3 hybrid were constructed by inserting the transactivation domain of the VP16 protein upstream of SRC1 and SRC3, respectively.
- Nurr1-LBD, RXR-LBD, and Nur77-LBD were amplified by PCR using 5-AAA AAACATATGGTTAAAGAAGTGGTTCG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5) and 5′-GTCAATCTCGAGTTAGAAAGGTAAGGTGTCCAGGAAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 6) for Nurr1 LBD, 5′-GAG GTG CAT ATG ACC AGC AGC GCC AAC GAG GAC ATG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 7) and 5-AAA AAA CTC GAG CTA AGT CAT TTG GTG CGG CGC CTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 8) for RXR LBD, and 5′-AAA CCC CAT ATG AAG CAG CCC CCA GAT GCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 9) and 5-AAA AAA CTC GAG TCA GAA GGG CAG CGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 10) for Nur77 LBD (bold letters indicate the restriction enzyme site) and then sub
- DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
- All culture media contained 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
- DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
- Transfections were carried out by the Lipofectamine plus (Invitrogen) according to the manufacture's protocol. Total DNA amount was 0.5 ⁇ g per well with 0.1 ⁇ g of pRSV- ⁇ -gal as an internal control.
- the following primary antibodies were used: rabbitanti-Nurr1 (Santa Cruz; 1:3000), mouse anti-myc (Roche: 1:3000), mouse anti-flag (Roche 1:3000), rabbit anti-caspase3 (Cell Signalling; 1:1000), and mouse anti-actin (Sigma 1:5000).
- the membrane was incubated with 1:3000-dilution of horseradish peroxidase-conjugated anti-mouse or anti-rabbit immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibody (Amersham). Detection was achieved using an enhanced-chemiluminescent substrate (Amersham).
- BIAcore analysis Binding experiments were performed with the surface Plasmon Resonance-based biosensor instrument BIAcore 3000 (BIAcore AB, Uppsala). Immobilization of the purified proteins on the sensor surface was performed following the standard amine coupling procedure according to manufacturer's instructions. The final immobilization response of each protein was 6000resonance units. A reference surface was generated simultaneously under the same conditions with BSA and used as a blank to correct for instrument and buffer artifacts. AQ and kanamycin were injected at variable concentrations at 20 ⁇ l/min flow rate, and binding to the protein immobilized on the chip was monitored in real-time.
- Each sensorgram consists of an association phase (60-160 see), reflecting binding of the injected AQ to the protein, followed by a dissociation phase (after 160 see), during which the running buffer is passed over the chip and the bound AQ is being washed off the protein surface. Binding data were analyzed using the BIAcore 3000 CONTROL® software and the BIAEVALUATION® software.
- Fluorescence quenching assay Fluorescence quenching assay. Fluorescence spectra were measured using a SHIMADZU fluorescence spectrophotometer (model RF-5310PC, SHIMADZU). The proteins (15 ng/ ⁇ l) were incubated with different concentrations of AQ or kanamycin (0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 ⁇ M in PBS buffer, pH7.0). Protein quenching was monitored at 25° C. by using 5 nm of excitation and 5 nm of emission slit-width. The excitation wavelength was 280 nm, and the emission spectra were measured between 290 and 430 nm.
- Filter binding assay Aliquots (100 ⁇ l) of an assay mixture containing 0.32 ⁇ M Nurr-LBD and 3.9-1000 nM [ 3 H]-CQ (Moravek Biochemicals, CA) in binding buffer (25 mM sodium acetate buffer (pH 5.2)) were incubated at 4° C. for overnight. Non-specific binding was determined in parallel in the presence of a 1000-fold molar excess of unlabeled CQ. GF/C filters were wet with in binding buffer and placed on a 48-place filter manifold. 100 ⁇ g of assay mixture containing the [ 3 H]-CQ and Nurr1-LBD was applied on the surface of the filter.
- Dopamine-uptake assay For measuring [3H]Dopamine uptake following 6-OHDA treatment in the presence or absence of AQ, DA neurons were rinsed with Krebs Ringers solution, incubated in Krebs Ringers solution containing 1 mM ascorbate, 2 mM pi-alanine, 100 ⁇ M pargyline at 37° C. for 5 min in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere, and further incubated with 25 nM [ 3 H]Dopamine (45 Ci/mmol: Amersham Pharmacia) for 15 min. Control DA neurons were treated with the above medium in the presence of a dopamine uptake blocker, 10 ⁇ M mazindol (Sigma). Cells were then washed with ice-cold Krebs Ringers solution and lysed with 0.5 M NaOH. Radioactivity was quantified by a liquid scintillation counter (Beckman, Fullerton. Calif.).
- PC12 cells were initially incubated at a density of 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells in poly-D-lysine-coated 24-well dishes and subsequently switched to serum-free N-2-defined medium containing 6-OHDA with or without AQ.
- Cell viabilities were determined by the conventional MTT reduction assay. After incubation for indicated times, cells were treated with the MTT solution (final concentration. 1 mg/ml, Sigma) for 1 h. Formazan grains formed in intact cells were solubilized with MTT Solubilization. Solution containing 10% Triton X-100 plus 0.1 N HCl in anhydrous isopropanol for 24 h and then absorbance at 570 nm was measured with amicroplate reader (Molecular Devices, Menlo Park, Calif.).
- DA neurons were plated at 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 cells per 9 mm diameter glass cover slip precoated with 100 ⁇ g/ml poly-D-lysine (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and 4 ⁇ g/ml laminin (Invitrogen). DA neurons were maintained at 37° C.
- DA neurons were washed with MEM and treated with various experimental reagents for the time periods indicated. Reagents used were 6-OHDA (Sigma), N-acetyl-cysteine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-Val-Ala-Asp-fluoromethylketone (Z-VAD-fmk; Enzyme Systems Products, Livermore, Calif.).
- BV-2 cells a microglial-like mouse cell line, were thawed and passaged until logarithmic growth was achieved.
- BV-2 cells were washed with DMEM and treated with LPS (Sigma) in the presence or absence of AQ (Sigma). The plates were at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% CO 2 /95% air for the listed period of time. Cells from each single well were withdrawn for RNA extraction.
- NPCs Neural precursor cells from dissection of rat embryos days 14 cortices (E14) were proliferated in N2 medium supplemented with 20 ng/mL basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn., USA).
- bFGF basic fibroblast growth factor
- NPCs were dissociated in Ca 2+ /Mg 2+ -fee Hank's balanced salt solution (CMF-HBSS, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and re-plated onto coverslips (12 mm diameter; Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, N.C.) at 32,000 cells/coverslip pre-coated with poly-L-omithine (PLO; 15 mg/ml, Sigma, St Louis, Mo.) at 37° C. overnight followed by fibronectin (FN; 1 mg/ml, Sigma) overnight.
- CMF-HBSS Ca 2+ /Mg 2+ -fee Hank's balanced salt solution
- coverslips (12 mm diameter; Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, N.C.
- coverslips (12 mm diameter; Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, N.C.
- NPCs Prior to drug treatment, NPCs were transduced with Nurr1-expressing retrovirus of MOI 5 in the presence of polybrene (1 ⁇ g/ml, Sigma), cultured overnight in N2, and then differentiated. Getting started chemical treatment (every day for 2 hours), bFGF was not added anymore 3 .
- mice anti-Iba-1 Abeam; 1:500
- goat anti-FoxA2 SCBT: 1:200
- sheep anti-tyrosine hydroxylase TH
- TH sheep anti-tyrosine hydroxylase
- rabbit anti-TH Pel-Freez 1:200
- goat anti-FoxA2 Millipore; 1:200
- sheep anti-AADC Greenipore: 1:500
- the tissues were washed three times in PBS and incubated for 2 h with the secondary fluorescence-conjugated goat anti-mouse and rabbit antibody (DAKO, Denmark, Cy3, FITC, both dilutions at 1:1,000) and tissues were washed and mounted in Vectorshield.
- IL-1p forward 5′-GCA ACT GTT CCT GAA CTC AAC T-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 11), reverse 5-ATC TIT TG GGT CCG TCA ACT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 12), IL-6; forward 5′-TAG TCC TIC CTA CCC CAA TIT CC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 13), reverse 5′-TTG GTC CTT AGC CAC TCC TTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 14) iNOS; forward 5′-ACA TCG ACC CGT CCA CAG TAT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 15), reverse 5′-CAG AGG GGT AGG CTT GTC TC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 16).
- PC12 cells were grown in 150 mm dishes in the absence or presence of 20 ⁇ M AQ or 75 ⁇ M CQ for 15 hrs. Cells were washed with PBS, fixed with 1% formaldehyde, lysed, and sonicated according to the manufacturer's instruction (Active Motif). 25 ⁇ g of soluble chromatin DNA were co-immunoprecipitated 1 ⁇ g of Nurr1 specific antibody (E-20, Santa Cruz) or control antibody (rabbit IgG, santa Cruz).
- ChIP DNA was subjected to quantitative real-time PCR using the following primer pairs: NL1: 5′-GCG TGG AGA GGA TGC GCA GG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 31) and 5′-AGT GCA AGC TGG TGG TCC CG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 32); NL3: 5-TCC TTA GAG ATC CTG TIT CC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 33) and 5-TCA GCT GGT CCC CAT GTA AG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 34). Values are shown as fold induction compared to mock treated control cells.
- 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model of PD 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model of PD.
- 6-8 intrastriatal 6-OHDA-lesioned rats 6-8 using male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 240-300 g at the beginning of experiments.
- the rats were anesthetized with Ketamine [4.5 mg/kg, intraperitoneal (i.p.)] mixed with Rumpun (1.5 mg/kg, i.p.) and given a unilateral stereotaxic injection of 6-OHDA (20 ⁇ g/5 ⁇ l with 0.2 mg/ml L-ascorbic acid; Sigma, St.
- AIMs Abnormal Involuntary Movements
- Rats were monitored for four types of AIMs 10 : Axial (dystonic posturing of neck and torso twisted toward the side of the body contralateral to the lesion). Forelimb (contralateral forelimb movements that are “rapid” and “purposeless”), Orolingual (repetitive jaw openings and tongue protrusions), and Locomoter (walking in a contralateral circular motion) AIMs. Rats were observed for 2 minutes at every 20 minute mark within a 2 hour period.
- each AIMs behavior was monitored and scored with 0-4 scale (0: no abnormal behavior at all; 1: present for less than 50% of observation time; 2: present for over 50% of observation time; 3: present for the entire observation period but interrupted by external stimulus; 4: present for the entire observation period and not interrupted by external stimulus).
- the AIMs scores for the 2 hour period in each category were summed (maximum score is 24).
- Behavioral studies in ak/ak mice Either 20 mg/kg of AQ (AQ group) or the saline (Saline group) was intraperitoneally injected (I.P.) twice per day for two weeks. 8 mg/kg of L-DOPA (L-DOPA group) in 0.5% DMSO was injected (I.P.) once per day for two weeks. The L-DOPA group was given 12.5 mg/kg benserazide 20 min prior to administration of L-DOPA.
- Pole Test A vertical wooden pole 50 cm in length and 1 cm in diameter was used for Pole Test. Each mouse was gently placed head upwards on top of the pole which is placed on each animal's home cage. Each mouse ran tree trials per session during 2 training sessions. On the testing day, mice ran three trials. Two parameters (the meantime to orient downward and the total travel mean time) were used for the statistical analysis.
- Challenging Beam Traversal Test A 1 m length of plastic beam was used for Challenging Beam Traversal Test. The starting width of the beam was 3.5 cm and it gradually narrowed in 1 c increments to 0.5 cm at the other end site of the beam. Animals were trained to walk from the wide end to the other end for 2 sessions, three trials per session before testing. A mesh grid was removed during the training period. On the testing day, a mesh grid (1 cm square) covering the beam surface was equipped leaving a ⁇ 1 cm room between the grid and the beam surface. On the testing day, mice ran three trials. Two parameters (the mean number of steps taken by each animal and the mean time to traverse across three trials) were collected and used for statistical analysis.
- Cylinder Test A small transparent cylinder (height, 15.5 cm, diameter, 12.7 cm) was used to evaluate somatosensory motor function. Mice were placed in the cylinder and their rears were counted for 5 minutes. The forelimb touching the Plexiglas wall (a vertical movement) is defined as a full rear. The mean number of forelimb use was calculated for the statistical analysis. Each mouse ran Cylinder task for one session and no training sessions were necessary.
- Rota rod test The Rota rod equipment (Med-Associates, Inc. Albans, Vt., USA) was used to measure motor coordination. The Rota rod is accelerated from 4 to 40 revolutions per minute (RPMs) over 4 min. The mean latency to fall off from the Rota rod was measured for the statistical analysis. Each mouse runs 3 consecutive trials daily with 10 min interval between trials for 3 consecutive sessions.
- Nurr1 is a potential target for Parkinson's disease (PD).
- PD Parkinson's disease
- PD primarily caused by selective degeneration of midbrain dopamine (mDA) neurons
- mDA midbrain dopamine
- Currently available pharmacological treatments e.g., L-DOPA
- L-DOPA pharmacological treatments
- NR4A2 orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1
- NR4A2 is essential not only for development and maintenance of mDA neurons 4-7 but also for their protection from inflammation-induced death 8 .
- Nurr1 siRNA but not scrambled RNAs, reduced luciferase activation by >60%, suggesting that transcriptional activation by AQ and CQ is indeed through modulation of Nurr1 function ( FIGS. 3C and 17 ).
- the inventors next tested if various quinoline compounds have similar Nurr1-activating function. Remarkably, none of these compounds showed any detectable transactivation function in a wide range of concentrations ( FIG. 18 ). Since only AQ and CQ contain the 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline entity, these results further support its SAR. In addition, AQ and CQ were unable to induce the transcriptional activity of other nuclear receptors (NRs), showing high selectivity ( FIG. 19 ).
- NRs nuclear receptors
- NRs steroid receptor coactivators
- the inventors purified the Nurr1 LBD polypeptide (amino acid 328-598) and analyzed their physical binding using the Biacore S51 SPR sensor, which has a higher sensitivity and improved fluidics, enabling the monitoring of small signal changes derived from binding of compounds to proteins.
- AQ specifically bound to Nurr1-LBD in a dose-dependent manner but not to the LBDs of other NRs such as Nur77 or RXR.
- the Nurr1-LBD displayed maximal fluorescence at 336 nm whereas AQ itself had no fluorescence at this wavelength.
- fluorescence intensity gradually decreased ( FIG. 3G ).
- Nur77-LBD and RXR-LBD's fluorescence emission was not quenched by AQ over a wide range of concentrations ( FIGS. 3G and 20B ).
- the ionvetors performed a radioligand binding assay using [ 3 H]-CQ.
- the [ 3 H]-CQ showed saturable binding to Nurr1-LBD with a dissociation constant (K d ) of 0.27 ⁇ M and a maximal binding capacity (B max ) of 13.9 ⁇ M ( FIG. 13H ).
- competition-binding assay showed that unlabeled AQ/CQ can compete for binding with [H]-CQ with K i values of 246 and 88 nM for AQ and CQ, respectively ( FIG. 13I ).
- unlabeled primaquine which could't enhance the Nurr1 transcriptional function ( FIG. 18 ) was unable to compete.
- Nurr1 has opposite transrepression activity in microglia and astrocytes 8
- the inventors also analyzed the effect of AQ on expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes in primary microglia derived from P1 rat brains.
- LPS inflammation-inducing lipopolysaccharide
- IL-10, IL-6, TNF- ⁇ and iNOS all cytokine genes tested (IL-10, IL-6, TNF- ⁇ and iNOS) was dramatically induced ( FIG. 14G ).
- AQ treatment prominently reduced the expression of all these genes in a dose dependent manner (>10-fold).
- AQ and CQ showed very similar effects for repressing these cytokine genes in both primary microglia and BV-2 microglial cell line ( FIG. 22 ).
- our data show that AQ and CQ are able to enhance the contrasting dual roles of Nurr1: (1) they increase Nurr1's transactivation of mDA-specific genes in mDA neurons and (2) they also further enhance Nurr1's transrepression of pro-inflammatory cytokine gene expression in microglia.
- the number of TH neurons in the lesion side of AQ-treated rats was approximately 60% of those from the intact side at 6 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion (p ⁇ 0.0003), whereas it remained less than 20% in saline-treated animals.
- these spared TH + cells co-expressed other DA markers such as FoxA2 and AADC ( FIG. 23 ).
- the inventors also examined microglial activation by immunohistochemistry of the microglial marker Iba-1. As shown in FIGS. 15E and 24 , microglial activation was prominently observed in the ipsilateral SN and STR regions of 6-OHDA lesioned rats.
- AIMs abnormal involuntary movements
- AQ treatment can also improve motor dysfunction in the aphakia mouse (ak/ak), that was shown to be a valid mouse model of PD 22 -. Since the great majority of A9 dopamine neurons (>80%) are selectively degenerated in the SN of the ak/ak mouse starting from birth, it can be considered to be a severe PD situation. Following 2 weeks of AQ treatment, the inventors performed a battery of behavioral tests sensitive to nigrostriatal impairment 22 . Remarkably, the inventors discovered that ak/ak mice's motor deficits were significantly improved in all these tests (i.e., Pole, Challenging Beam, Cylinder, and Rotarod tests) by AQ treatment ( FIGS. 25A-25D ).
- AQ and CQ are two small molecules, which can activate Nurr1 through direct interaction with its LBD.
- AQ administration significantly improved motor impairments in 6-OHDA lesioned rodent models of PD without dyskinesia-like side effects.
- the data presented herein shows that these compounds enhanced the contrasting dual functions of Nurr1-activation of mDA neuron-specific function (e.g., TH expression) and repression of microglial activation and neurotoxic cytokine gene expression—leading to a significant neuroprotective effect in a rodent model of PD.
- Nurr1 lacks a ‘classical’ binding pocket due to the presence of bulky hydrophobic side chain residues, and is thought to be a ligand-independent and constitutively active NR 15,16 .
- certain ligands are able to “worm” their way into the interior of proteins and to squeeze into buried LBD by inducing or exploiting transient conformational changes, thus creating a cavity 17,18 , suggesting the possibility that Nurr1 may become an “adopted” NR 19 .
- a previous study demonstrated that administration of CQ to monkeys protected them from MPTP-induced parkinsonian motor abnormalities 21 .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/404,964, filed Jan. 12, 2017, which is a divisional application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/382,727, filed on Sep. 3, 2014, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,567,316, which is a 35 U.S.C. § 371 National Stage Entry Application of International Application No. PCT/US2013/028329, filed Feb. 28, 2013, which designates the U.S., and which claims benefit under one or more of 35 U.S.C. § 119(a)-119(d) of Indian Patent Application No. 661/DEL/2012, filed Mar. 7, 2012, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under grant no. MH048866 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- The sequence listing of the present application has been submitted electronically via EFS-Web as an ASCII formatted sequence listing with the file name: “Sequence Listing”, creation date of Apr. 26, 2021 and a size of 8,539 bytes. The sequence listing submitted via EFS-Web is part of the specification and is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The present disclosure relates generally to aminoquinoline and aminoacridine based hybrids, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments that include such aminoquinoline and aminoacridine based hybrids, and methods of using such compounds for diagnosing and/or treating infections, neurodegerative diseases or disorders, inflammation, and/or inflammation associated diseases and disorders.
- PD, primarily caused by selective degeneration of midbrain dopamine (mDA) neurons, is the most prevalent movement disorder, affecting 1-2% of the global population over the age of 651-3. Currently available pharmacological treatments (e.g., L-DOPA) are largely symptomatic and lose their efficacy over time, with accompanying severe side effects such as dyskinesia. Thus, there is an unmet clinical need to develop mechanism-based and/or disease-modifying treatments2,3. The orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1 (also known as NR4A2) is essential not only for development and maintenance of mDA neurons4-7 but also for their protection from inflammation-induced death8. Furthermore, previous studies showed decreased Nurr1 expression in postmortem brains of PD patients9 and functional mutant forms in rare familial PD cases10, strongly suggesting that Nurr1 is a promising target for the development of novel disease-modifying therapeutics for PD11. Thus, there is a need in the art for agonists of Nurr1.
- In continuation of inventors efforts to develop new structurally diverse molecular scaffolds for the treatment of malaria [Rawat, D. S. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 1446; Rawat, D. S. Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2009, 17, 5632; Rawat, D. S. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2011, 46, 2816; Manohar, S., Khan, S. I., Rawat, D. S. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2010, 20, 322; Manohar, S., Khan, S. I., Rawat, D. S. Chem. Biol. Drug Des. 2011, 78, 124; Manohar, S., Rajesh, U. C., Khan, S. I., Tekwani, B. L., Rawat, D. S. ACS Med. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 555; and Manohar, S., Khan, S. I., Rawat, D. S. Chem. Biol. Drug Des., Accepted, 2013 (DOI: 10.1111/cbdd.12108)], an effort has been initiated to link 4-aminoquinoline and pyrimidine entities together via flexible linker so that molecule has enough flexibility to fit in the binding site of the target and as a result this kind of hybrid molecules may show better antimalarial activity.
- In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) (VI), (VII), (VIII), or (IX):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- A and B are independently CR18 or N;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R28 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted;
- ----- forms a cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- The compounds disclosed herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, esters, stereoisomer mixtures, and enantiomers thereof.
- The disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient.
- In yet another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating a disease state when a decrease Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- In one aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- In yet another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.
- In still another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating inflammation or inflammation associated disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
- In yet still another aspect, the disclosure provides a kit that includes a compound disclosed herein together with instructions for administering the compound to subject in need thereof.
- The disclosure further provides a method for causing differentiation of a cell, e.g., a stem cell, into a dopaminergic neuron by contacting the cell with a compound disclosed herein.
- The disclosure additionally features a method for treating a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject, comprising: co-administering: (i) a composition containing stem cells into the subject and (ii) a compound disclosed herein in an amount sufficient to induce differentiation of the stem cells.
- In some embodiments, the neurodegereative disease is Parkinson's disease (PD).
- The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
-
FIG. 1 shows the structures of amordiaquine (AQ) and chloroquine (CQ). -
FIG. 2 shows structure of some exemplary aminoquinoline-pyrimidine analogs according to embodiments of the compounds disclosed herein. -
FIGS. 3-12 show exemplary embodiments of the compounds of the invention. -
FIGS. 13A-13I show identification of amodiaquine (AQ) and chloroquine (CQ) as Nurr1 activators. (FIG. 13A ) Chemical structures of three hit compounds that activate Nurr1's transcriptional function. Notably, all compounds contain an identical scaffold, 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline (highlighted by red color), strongly suggesting a structure-activity relationship regarding Nurr1 activation. (FIG. 13B ) AQ and CQ increase the transcriptional activity of Nurr1-based reporter constructs: full-length Nurr1-dependent (fNurr; left panel) and Nurr1 LBD-dependent (right panel) transcriptional activities. The basal level of transcriptional activity was normalized to 1. The bars represent means±SEM from three independent experiments. (FIG. 13C ) Effect of Nurr1 specific siRNA on Nurr1 LBD's transactivation activity. A knock-down of Nurr1 expression by treatment with Nurr1-specific siRNA reduced the reporter gene activity of the Nurr1 LBD construct, suggesting that this activity is mediated through Nurr1. (FIG. 13D ) Human neuroblastoma SK-N-BE(2)C cells were transfected with the N-terminal flag-tagged SRC1 or SRC3 and the C-terminal myc-tagged full-length Nurr1. Twenty hours after transfection, cells were treated with 30 μM AQ or 100 μM CQ for 16 hours. Cell lysates were immunoprecipitated (IP) using anti-flag antibodies and analyzed by immunoblotting (IB) using anti-myc antibodies. (FIG. 13E ) Effect of SRC proteins on AQ and CQ-induced Nurr1 transactivation. SK-N-BE(2)C cells were transfected with VP16-SRC1 or VP16-SRC3, an effector plasmid (pSV GAL(DBD)-N(LBD)), and a reporter plasmid (p8xUAS-Luc), and were treated with 30 μM AQ or 100 μM CQ for 16 hours. The fold induction was derived by comparing each luciferase activity to basal level obtained by non-SRC transfection. (FIG. 13F ) AQ showed highly specific interaction with Nurr1 LBD as evaluated by surface plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis. The sensorgrams were obtained from injection of a series of concentrations of AQ over immobilized Nurr1-LBD and RXR-LBD. The concentrations (μM) are shown next to the arrows. (FIG. 13G ) Fluorescence spectra of Nurr1-LBD and RXR-LBD in the presence of increasing concentrations of AQ following excitation at 280 nm in PBS (pH 7.2). The arrows indicate signal changes as AQ concentration increases (0, 0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 μM). (FIG. 13H ) Saturation binding of the recombinant Nurr1-LBD protein using [3H]-CQ. Nurr1-LBD protein was incubated for overnight at 4° C. with increasing concentrations (3.9, 7.8, 15.5, 31, 62.5, 125, 250, 500, 1000 nM) of [3H]-CQ. Non-specific binding was determined in the presence of a 1000-fold molar excess of unlabeled CQ. Specific binding was calculated as the difference of total and non-specific binding. The insert indicates Scatchard analysis of the specific binding. (FIG. 13l ) Competition of AQ, CQ and primaquine (PQ) with [3H]-CQ for binding to the Nurr1-LBD. Increasing concentrations of unlabeled AQ. CQ or PQ were incubated with 500 nM [3H]-CQ and Nurr1-LBD. The data represent the average of triplicate from three independent experiments. All graphs, Kd, Ki, and Bmax values were generated using the non-linear regression program Prism version 5.02. -
FIGS. 14A-14G show functional effects of AQ and CQ. (FIGS. 14A and 14B ) AQ stimulated the generation and gene expression of DA neurons from neural progenitors isolated from E14.5 rat cortex in a dose-dependent manner. Cortical precursors were transduced with Nurr1-expressing retrovirus and the TH+ cells were visualized by immunostaining against TH protein. Differentiation was induced by withdrawal of bFGF a day after viral infection and AQ was added for 2 hours during the differentiation period. Immunocytochemical analyses for TH (FIG. 14A ) and yields of TH+/DAPI cells (FIG. 14B ) for each treatment group were obtained following in vitro differentiation for 3d and 9d. Significantly different from control in 3 independent cultures. (FIG. 14C ) Schematic representation of the location of primers used in the rat TH promoter (upper panel). Primer sequences are shown in materials and methods. ChIP assay shows AQ- or CQ-dependent Nurr1 recruitment to the TH promoters NL1 and NL3. Rat PC12 cells were treated with 20 μM AQ or 70 μM CQ for 15 hrs. ChIP assay was carried out with IgG or α-Nurr1 (E-20) antibody. *p<0.05 and **p<0.005 versus untreated. Results are expressed as the average of three independent experiments. Error bars represent standard deviations. (FIGS. 14D-14F ) Primary cultures of rat mesencephalic DA neurons were treated with 20 μM 6-OHDA for 24 hr in the presence or absence of 5 μM AQ and 20 μM CQ. (FIG. 14D ) The number of TH-positive neurons and (FIG. 14E ) the rate of [3H]DA uptake were measured. (FIG. 14F ) Cell survival was measured by the MTT reduction assay in DA cells treated with 6-OHDA alone or in combination with AQ. Values from each treatment were expressed as a percentage of untreated control for the MTT assay. (FIG. 14G ) AQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of proinflammatory cytokines. Primary microglia from P1 rat brains were treated with 1 ng/ml LPS for 4 hrs in the presence or absence of AQ (10 and 20 μM). Levels of mRNA expression were analyzed by quantitative real-time PCR and normalized with GAPDH. Each bar represents means±SEM of n=4-5. *p0.05. **p<0.01. ***p<0.001. compared to the LPS only-treated group. -
FIG. 15A-15F show effects of AQ treatments on 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model of PD. (FIG. 15A ) Schematic representation of the administration of AQ to 6-OHDA lesioned rats. Unilateral striatal 6-OHDA lesioned rats were treated with AQ or saline for 2 weeks, starting from 1 day prior to lesioning. The grey shade indicates L-DOPA treatment for 2 weeks as control of AIMs test. (FIG. 15B ) Amphetamine-induced rotational test was performed at 4 and 6 weeks (right panel) after 6-OHDA lesion. There was significant difference in the number of amphetamine-induced rotational behavior between the two groups at 4 and 6 weeks. (FIG. 15C ) TH+ fibers and neurons were plentiful in the ST and SN of normal site whereas their marked depletion was observed in the right ST and SN by 6-OHDA lesioning. In contrast, abundant TH-immunopositive cells were spared not only in the striatum and but also in the SN in AQ-treated group, when examined at 6 weeks post lesion. Scale bar: black=200, while=100, red=20 μm. (FIG. 15D ) Stereological counting in AQ-treated rats show that approximately 60% of TH+ neurons are spared in the lesion side, whereas it remained about 10% in saline-treated animals. (FIG. 15E ) Iba1+ microglial activation by 6-OHDA lesion was dramatically decreased by AQ treatment. Scale bar: while=50, red=10 μm. (FIG. 15F ) Treatment of 6-OHDA-lesioned rats with L-DOPA, but not with AQ, exhibited severe side effects, as measured by AIMs scores. Rats were monitored for four types of AIMs (Axial, Forelimb, Orolingual, and Locomoter AIMS) at 2 and 6 weeks post lesioning. Each AIM behavior was monitored and scored with 0-4 scale and summed. Bars represent the mean±SEM (#p<0.06, *p<0.01, **p<0.0003, ***p<0.0001). -
FIGS. 16A-16D show that AQ and CQ activate the transcriptional activity of full-length Nurr1 (FIGS. 16A and 16B ) and Nurr1 LBD (FIGS. 16C and 16D in a dose-dependent manner. -
FIG. 17 shows the effect of Nurr1-specific siRNA on the transcriptional activity of full-length Nurr1. -
FIG. 18 show that structure activity relationship (SAR) analysis indicates that 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline can be an essential feature for transactivation function of Nurr1. The inventors examined the function of related quinoline compounds for potential activation of Nurr1. None of the quinoline compounds (without 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline) tested here exhibited any detectable transactivation of the Nurr1 LBD over a wide range of concentrations. Bars represent means±SEM from three independent experiments. -
FIG. 19 shows the target selectivity of AQ for LBDs of various NRs. 30 μM AQ robustly activates LBD function of Nurr1, but not other NRs tested here, indicating a high specificity. The positive reactivity of these NR constructs was confirmed by the known activators (2 nM dexamethasone, 20 nM retinoic acid. 2 μM GW3965, 50 nM GW7647, and 5 nM GW1929 for GR, RXR, LXR, PPARα, and PPARγ, respectively). The basal level of transcriptional activity was normalized to 1. Bars represent means±SEM from three independent experiments. (Nur77; NR4A1;nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group Amember 1, GR; glucocorticoid receptor, LXR; liver X receptor-alpha. RXR; retinoid X receptor-alpha, PPARα; peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-alpha, PPARγ; peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma) -
FIGS. 20A-20C shows that AQ does not interact with Nur77-LBD. (FIG. 20A ) AQ showed no interaction with Nur77-LBD as evaluated by SPR analysis. Sensorgrams were obtained from injection of a series of AQ concentrations over immobilized Nur77-LBD proteins. (FIGS. 20B and 20C ) Fluorescence spectra of Nur77-LBD in the presence of increasing concentrations of AQ (0, 0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 μM) (FIG. 20B ), or of RXR-LBD in the presence of increasing concentration of 9-cis retinoic acid (0, 0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 μM) as a positive control (FIG. 20C ) following the excitation at 280 nm at PBS (pH 7.2). -
FIG. 21 shows results of real time PCR analysis showing that AQ treatment enhances expression of the mDA-specific genes (e.g., tyrosine hydroxylase (TH), dopamine transporter (DAT), vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT), and aromatic amino acid decarboxylase (AADC)) during in vitro differentiation of neural stem cells. mRNAs from each treatment group were obtained following in vitro differentiation for 9d. -
FIGS. 22A and 22B shows effect of AQ and CQ on expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes. (FIG. 22A ) AQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines in murine microglial BV-2 cell that treated with 10 ng/ml LPS for 4 hrs in the presence or absence of AQ (10 and 15 μM). (FIG. 22B ) CQ suppresses LPS-induced expression of proinflammatory cytokines. Primary microglia from P1 rat brains were treated with 10 ng/ml LPS for 4 hrs in the presence or absence of 10 μM CQ. Levels of mRNA expression were analyzed by quantitative real-time PCR and normalized with GAPDH. Each bar represents means±SEM of n=6. *p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.001. compared to the LPS only-treated group. -
FIG. 23 shows that spared TH+ cells in the lesioned hemisphere of 6-OHDA rats following AQ treatments co-expressed mature DA neuronal markers such as FoxA2 and AADC. Scale bar=100 μm. -
FIGS. 24A-24J . AQ reduces microglial activation in 6-OHDA-injected rat brains. Rats were administered saline (FIGS. 24A, 24B, 24E, and 24F ) or AQ (FIGS. 24C, 24D, 24G, and 24H ) for 2 weeks, then were sacrificed and brains sectioned. Brain sections including the SN (FIGS. 24A-24D ) and STR regions (FIGS. 24E-H ) were immunostained with anti-Iba-1 antibody and Iba-1+ cells were counted in both lesion and intact sides.FIGS. 241-24J are bargraphs showing percentage of Iba-1+ cells in lesioned side/Iba-1+ cells in intact side for SN and STR regions respectively. Data represent the mean t SEM. (** p<10.01, *** p<0.001). Scale bar=200 μm. -
FIGS. 25A-25D show that AQ treatment to ak/ak mice resulted in functional improvements in nigrostriatal-specific motor behavior tests such as Pole Test (FIG. 25A ), Beam Test (FIG. 25B ), Cylinder Test (FIG. 25C ), and Rotarod Test (FIG. 25D ). L-Dopa treatment was used as positive control. Bars represent the mean f SEM (*p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.001). -
FIG. 26 shows that AQ reduces inflammation in the SN of ak/ak mice, ak/ak mice were administered saline or AQ for 2 weeks. Mice were sacrificed and their brains sectioned. Sections of SN regions from wild type and ak/ak mice were immunostained with anti-CD11b and anti-THantibodies. Stereological counting of CD11b+ microglia was performed in the SN area of ak/ak mice and presented as a percentage of the cell number in the wild type. Data represent the mean t SEM (** p<0.01). -
FIG. 27 show that some derivatives of CQ retaining the 4-amino-7-chloro quinolone structure, as shown inFIG. 2 , exhibit significantly higher efficacy than the starting compound, CQ. While the EC50 of CQ is approximately 60 μM (seeFIG. 16 ), these four derivatives' EC50 is less than one-tenth of CQ. - One object of the invention is to develop a method for the preparation aminoquinoline based hybrids in which 4-aminoquinoline, 8-aminoquinoline, mefloquine, amidoquine, are covalently attached to pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine C7/C5 curcuminods, heteroaromatics, aromatics, amino acids, peptides, sugar, steroids, or any other antimalarial pharmacophores and all related possible combinations. Another object of the invention is to synthesis aminoquinoline based hybrids in which aminoquinoline is attached with various pharamacophores which are known for their antimalarial activity. An additional object of this invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for the treatment of malarial using any delivery agent. Yet another object of the invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treatment of disease when a decrease Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease. Still another object of the invention is to use these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treating a neurodegenative disease or disorder. Still another aspect of the invention is using these aminoquinoline based hybrids for treating inflammation or inflammation associated disorder. Yet another object of the invention is to attach these aminoquinoline based hybrids to biocompatible polymers, dendimers and nano materials for the treatment of infectious diseases. Further object of the invention is to use these compounds for the treatment of antimalarial as such or in combination of any other antimalarial drugs. The foregoing has outlined some of the pertinent objectives of the invention. These objectives should be construed to be merely illustrative of some of the more prominent features and applications of the intended invention. Many other beneficial results can be obtained by applying the disclosed invention in a different manner or modifying the invention within the scope of disclosure. Accordingly, other objectives and a full understanding of the invention and the detailed description of the preferred embodiment in addition to the scope of invention are to be defined by the claims.
- As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, the compounds of formula (I)-(V) disclosed herein are based on the 4-aminoquinoline or the 8-aminoquinoline skeleton. Accordingly, in some embodiments, Z1 is N and Z2 is CR4 (e.g., the 4-aminoquinoline skeleton). In some other embodiments, Z1 is CR14 and Z2 is N (e.g., the 8-aminoquinoline skeleton).
- Without limitations, variables R12-R17 can all be the same, all different or any combinations of same and different. In one non-limiting example, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 can be H. In some embodiments, R12, R13, R15, and R17 are all H. In some embodiments, R12, R13, R15, and R17 are all same; Z1 is N and Z2 is CH. In one embodiment, R12, R13, R15, and R17 are all H; Z1 is N and Z2 is CH.
- In another non-limiting example, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is not H. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is halogen, alkyl, cyclyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, SO2R10, amino, alkylamino, amino acid, or carbohydrate.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F. In some embodiments, R16 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F. In some other embodiments, R17 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is C1-C6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R16 is C1-C6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted. In some other embodiments, R17 is C1-C6 alkyl, which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is CO2H. In some embodiments, R16 is CO2H. In some other embodiments, R17 is CO2H.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R17 is hydroxyl. In some other embodiments, R17 is hydroxyl.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is alkoxy. In some embodiments, R16 is alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R17 is alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is thiol or alkylthio. In some embodiments, R16 is thiol or alkylthio. In some other embodiments, R17 is thiol or alkylthio.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is amino or alkylamino. In some embodiments, R16 is amino or alkylamino. In some other embodiments, R17 is amino or alkylamino.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, or all six) of R12-R17 is cyano. In some embodiments, R16 is cyano. In some other embodiments, R17 is cyano.
- In some embodiments, R18 is a hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
- In some embodiments, R18 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R18 is a 4-substituted phenyl. In one embodiment R18 is
- wherein R104 is linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R104 is Br.
- In some embodiments, R12, R13, R15, and R17 are H; R16 is chloro; Z1 is N; and Z2 is CH. In some other embodiments, R12, R13, R15, R16, and R17 are H, Z1 is CH; and Z2 is N.
- In still some other embodiments, R12, R13, R15, R16, and R17 are H, Z1 is N; and Z2 is CH.
- Without limitations, variables R21-R28 can all be the same, all different or any combinations of same and different. In one non-limiting example, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R21-R28 can be H. In some embodiments, R21, R22, R24, R25, R27 and R28 are all H. In another non-limiting example, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight)) of R21-R28 is not H. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R21-R28 is halogen, alkyl, cyclyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, SO2R10, amino, alkylamino, amino acid, or carbohydrate.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R21-R28 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F. In some embodiments, R23 is halogen, e.g., Br, Cl, or F.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R21-R28 is C1-C6 alkoxy. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or all eight) of R21-R28 is methoxy. In some embodiments, R21 is C1-C6alkoxy. In one embodiment, R26 is methoxy.
- In one embodiment, R21, R22, R24, R25, R27 and R28 are all H; R23 is Cl; and R26 methoxy.
- In the ring comprising the variables X, Y, and Z, the variables X, Y, and Z can all be same, all different, or any combination of same and different, e.g., all three can be same, two same and one different, or all three are different. For example, X, Y, and Z call can be the same; X and Y can be same while Z is different; X and Z can be the same while Y is different; Y and Z can be the same while X is different; or X, Y, Z are all different.
- In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, or all three) of X, Y, and Z are CH. In some embodiments, X, Y, and Z are all CH. In some embodiments, at least one (e.g., one, two, or all three) of X, Y, and Z are N. Various combinations of X, Y, and Z variables include: X, Y, and Z all are N; X and Y are N, and Z is CH; X and Z are N. and Y is CH; X is N, and Y and Z are CH; X is CH, and Y and Z are N; X and Z are CH, and Y is N; X and Y are CH, and Z is N; and X, Y, and Z all are CH. Thus, the compounds disclosed herein can comprise any one of the various combinations disclosed in this paragraph.
- In the ring comprising variables A and B, the variables A and B can be the same or different. In some embodiments, A is N and B is CH; A is CH and B is N; or A and B both are N.
- In some embodiments, R is H, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, heterocyclyl, amino, arylamino, cyclylamino, and alkylamino, each of which can be optionally substituted. In one embodiment. R is methyl.
- Without limitations, variables R10 and R11 can be same or different. In some embodiments, R10 and R11 can be selected independently from the group consisting of H, C1-C6alkyl, —NH(CH2)x-OH (wherein x is an integer from 0 to 10), halogen, heterocyclyl, amino, arylamino, cyclylamino, and alkylamino, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, R10 can be selected from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino; Chloro; cycloheptylamino; cyclohexylamino; cyclopenylamino; diethylamino; dimethylamino; hydrogen; hydroxymethyl amino; methyl; phenylamino; piperazinyl; and piperidinyl, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, R11 can be selected from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino; Chloro; cycloheptylamino; cyclohexylamino; cyclopenylamino; diethylamino; dimethylamino; hydrogen; hydroxymethyl amino; methyl; phenylamino; piperazinyl; and piperidinyl, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, R10 and R11 can be selected independently from the group consisting of 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; 2-alkylaminoethyl amino; 2-aminoethyl amino; 2-hydroxyethyl amino; 2-methylphenyl amino; 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; 3-alkylaminopropyl amino; 3-aminopropyl amino; 3-hydroxypropyl amino; 4-alkylaminobutyl amino; 4-aminopropyl amino; 4-ethylphenyl amino; 4-ethylpiperazinyl; 4-bromophenyl amino; 4-chlorophenyl amino; 4-fluorophenyl amino; 4-hydroxybutyl amino; 4-methoxyphenyl amino; 4-methylphenyl amino; 4-methylpiperazinyl; 4-morpholinyl; 5-hydroxypentyl amino; 6-hexylapentyl amino; alkylaminobutyl amino; aminomethyl amino; Chloro; cycloheptylamino; cyclohexylamino; cyclopenylamino; diethylamino; dimethylamino; hydrogen; hydroxymethyl amino; methyl; phenylamino; piperazinyl; and piperidinyl, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 3-hydroxypropyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 2-hydroxyethyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-ethylphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-fluorophenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-hydroxybutyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is 4-methoxyphenyl amino; one is 4-morpholinyl and the other is phenylamino; one is 4-piperidinyl and the other is phenylamino; one is chloro and the other is 2-(7-chloro-4-quinolinylamino)-ethyl amino; one is chloro and the other is 4-ethylpiperazinyl; one is chloro and the other is 4-ethylpiperazinyl; one is chloro and the other is 4-methylpiperazinyl; one is chloro and the other is 4-methylpiperazinyl; one is chloro and the other is 4-morpholinyl; one is chloro and the other is diethylamino; one is chloro and the other is piperidinyl; one is chloro and the other one is phenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-methoxyphenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 2-hydroxyethyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 3-hydroxypropyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-bromophenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-chlorophenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-fluorophenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-hydroxybutyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-methylphenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 4-morpholinyl; one is hydrogen and the other is 5-hydroxypentyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is 6-hydroxyhexyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is chloro; one is hydrogen and the other is phenyl amino; one is hydrogen and the other is piperidinyl; one is methyl and the other is 4-methoxyphenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 2-hydroxyethyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 3-hydroxypropyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-bromophenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-chlorophenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-ethylpiperazinyl; one is methyl and the other is 4-fluorophenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-hydroxybutyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-methylphenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 4-methylpiperazinyl; one is methyl and the other is 4-morpholinyl; one is methyl and the other is 5-hydroxypentyl amino; one is methyl and the other is 6-hydroxyhexyl amino; one is methyl and the other is chloro; one is methyl and the other is phenyl amino; one is methyl and the other is piperidinyl; one is piperidinyl 2-hydroxyethyl amino; one is piperidinyl and the other is 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl amino; one is piperidinyl and the other is 3-hydroxypropyl amino; one is piperidinyl and the other is 4-ethylphenyl amino; one is piperidinyl and the other is 4-fluorophenyl amino; one is piperidinyl and the other is 4-hydroxybutyl amino; or one is piperidinyl and the other is 4-methoxyphenyl amino.
- In some embodiments, both R10 and R11 are chloro; both are phenylamino; both are 4-morpholinyl; both are 2-methylphenyl amino; both are cyclohexyl amino, or both are hydrogen.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is hydrogen or methyl and the other is cycloproylamine; cyclopentylamine; cyclohexylamine; cycloheptylamine; 1-adamantylamine; pyrrolidinyl; 4-thiomorpholinyl; 4-alkyl-piperazinyl; pyrazolyl; 1H-pyrazolyl; imidazolyl; N-imidazolyl; 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazolyl; or 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazolyl.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is
- wherein q is an integer from 0 to 20. In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In one embodiment, q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is H or methyl and the other is
- wherein q is an integer from 0 to 20. In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In one embodiment, q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is H methyl or chloro and the other is
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is
- wherein R100 and R101 are independently amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, or heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, each of of which can be optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is H, methyl or chloro and the other is
- wherein R100 and R101 are independently amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of which can be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R100 and R101 both are same. In some embodiments, R100 and R101 are different.
- In some embodiments, R18 is optionally substituted aryl. For example, R18 can be an optionally substituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R18 is 4-bromophenyl.
- In one embodiment, one of R10 and R11 is
- wherein R103 is amino, alkylamino, cycloamino, heterocyclyamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, heterocyclyl linked by a ring nitrogen, or amino acid, each of of which can be optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R103 is
- wherein Z103 is CH2, O, NH, N-methyl, N-ethyl, or S.
- In some embodiments, R11 is
- In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IA):
- wherein the variables are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IB), (IC), (ID) or (IE):
- wherein t is an integer from 0 to 20, and the other variables are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, t is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
- In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is of formula (IF) or (IG):
- wherein a and c are independently an integer from 0 to 20; c is an integer from 0 to 5; Rp is absent or linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, carboxy, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, thiocarbonyl, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted; and the other variables are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, a is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- In some embodiment, b is 0, 1, or 2.
- In some embodiments, c is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- In some embodiments of formula (IF) or (IG), R10 is hydrogen or methyl.
- In some embodiments of formula (IF) or (IG), Rp is absent. In some other embodiments, Rp is methyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, or methoxy.
- In some embodiments, a compound of formula (IV) is of formula (IVA)
- wherein the variables are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, a compound of formula (V) is of formula (VA):
- wherein variable are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, a compound of formula (VI) is of formula (VIA) or (VIB):
- wherein d is an integer from 0 to 20; and the other variables are as defined above.
- In some embodiments, d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
- As used herein, the term “linker” refers to an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound. Linkers typically comprise a direct bond or an atom such as oxygen or sulfur, a unit such as NRN′, C(O), C(O)NH, SO, SO2, SO2NH or a chain of atoms, such as substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocyclylalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylarylalkenyl, alkylarylalkynyl, alkenylarylalkyl, alkenylarylalkenyl, alkenylarylalkynyl, alkynylarylalkyl, alkynylarylalkenyl, alkynylarylalkynyl, alkylheteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroarylalkenyl, alkylheteroarylalkynyl, alkenylheteroarylalkyl, alkenylheteroarylalkenyl, alkenylheteroarylalkynyl, alkynylheteroarylalkyl, alkynylheteroarylalkenyl, alkynylheteroarylalkynyl, alkylheterocyclylalkyl, alkylheterocyclylalkenyl, alkylhererocyclylalkynyl, alkenylheterocyclylalkyl, alkenylheterocyclylalkenyl, alkenylheterocyclylalkynyl, alkynylheterocyclylalkyl, alkynylheterocyclylalkenyl, alkynylheterocyclylalkynyl, alkylaryl, alkenylaryl, alkynylaryl, alkylheteroaryl, alkenylheteroaryl, alkynylhereroaryl, where one or more methylenes can be interrupted or terminated by O, S, S(O), SO2, N(RN′)2, C(O), cleavable linking group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; where RN′ is hydrogen, acyl, aliphatic or substituted aliphatic.
- The exact structure and size of the linker can vary considerably, and many variations of the linker are within the scope of the inventions disclosed herein. As used herein, the “linker” can comprise a wide variety of structures. In many embodiments it is desirable that the linker be of sufficient size and character that it provides some space and/or flexibility in the connection between the two parts of the molecule the linker is connecting together, but does not become of such high molecular weight so as to impair the water solubility or trans-membrane absorbability of the resulting compounds.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, the linker is selected from the group consisting of branched or linear alkylene, branched or linear alkenylene, branched or linear alkynylene, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, O, NH, S. S. SS, SO2. O-alkylene, NH-alkylene, S-alkylene, amino acid, carbohydrate, and any combinations thereof.
- In some embodiments, the linker is —(CH2)n— or —CH(CH3)—(CH2)n—, wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some other embodiments, n is 3. In yet some other embodiment, n is 4. In yet still some other embodiments, n is 5. In some other embodiments, n is 6. In still some other embodiments, n is 7. In one embodiment, n is 8.
- In some embodiments, the linker is
- wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some other embodiments m is 1. In yet some other embodiment, m is 2. In yet still some other embodiments, m is 3.
- In some embodiments, the linker is
- wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 2. In some embodiments, p is 0. In some other embodiments, p is 1. In yet some other embodiment, p is 2. In yet still some other embodiments, p is 3.
- Additional exemplary linkers that can be used are shown in Table 1.
-
TABLE 1 Examples of hetero-bifunctional cross linking agents. Hetero-Bifunctional Cross Linking Agents Spacer Arm Length after Reactive Advantages and crosslinking Linker Toward Applications (angstroms) SMPT Primary amines Greater stability 11.2 Sulfhydryls SPDP Primary amines Thiolation 6.8 Sulfhydryls Cleavable cross-linking LC-SPDP Primary amines Extended spacer 15.6 Sulfhydryls arm Sulfo-LC-SPDP Primary amines Extended spacer 15.6 Sulfhydryls arm Water soluble SMCC Primary amines Stable maleimide 11.6 Sulfhydryls reactive group Enzyme-antibody conjugation Hapten-carrier protein conjugation Sulfo-SMCC Primary amines Stable maleimide 11.6 Sulfhydryls reactive group Enzyme-antibody conjugation MBS Primary amines Enzyme-antibody 9.9 Sulfhydryls conjugation Hapten-carrier protein conjugation Sulfo-MBS Primary amines Water soluble 9.9 Sulfhydryls SIAB Primary amines Enzyme-antibody 10.6 Sulfhydryls conjugation Sulfo-SIAB Primary amines Water soluble 10.6 Sulfhydryls SMPB Primary amines Extended spacer 14.5 Sulfhydryls arm Enzyme-antibody conjugation Sulfo-SMPB Primary amines Extended spacer 14.5 Sulfhydryls arm Water-soluble EDC/Sulfo-NHS Primary amines Hapten- carrier 0 Carboxyl groups conjugation ABH Carbohydrates Reacts with sugar 11.9 Non-selective moieties - In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is as shown in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Embodiments of compounds of the inventions. S. Variable groups No. Prototype Structure R1 R2 1. H, Me, Cl, CN, CF3 2. R1 can be same H, F, Cl, OMe, Et 3. R1 can be same H, Me, Cl, CN, CF 34. R1 can be same R2 H, Me R3 H, F, Cl, OMe, Et 5. R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 6. R1 can be same — 7. R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 8. R1 can be same H, Me, Cl 9. R1 can be same No R2 - In some embodiments, the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 3.
-
TABLE 3 Some exemplary compounds of the invention. CLASS OF S. MOL. MOL. QUANT SOLU- COM- NO. CODE STRUCTURE FOR. WT. (mg) BILITY POUND 1. SM 484A C17H17Cl2N5 362.26 5.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 2. SM 484B C17H17Cl2N5 362.26 5.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 3. SM 485C22H27ClN6 410.94 4.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 4. SM 488A C16H15Cl2N5 348.23 1.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 5. SM 488B C16H15Cl2N5 348.23 3.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 6. SM 489 C20H23ClN6O 398.89 1.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 7. SM 490C21H25ClN6 396.92 3.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 8. SM 491 C21H26ClN7 411.93 4.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 9. SM 493 C21H25ClN6O 412.92 3.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 10. SM 494 C22H28ClN7 425.96 2.3 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 11. SM 497C23H30ClN7 439.98 1.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 12. SM 498A C18H19Cl2N5 376.28 6.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 13. SM 498BC18H19Cl2N5 376.28 8.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 14. SM 499 C23H29ClN6 424.97 4.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 15. SM 500C22H27ClN6O 426.94 4.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 16. SM 501 C23H30ClN7 439.98 3.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 17. SM 502 C24H32ClN7 454.01 3.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 18. SM 504A C20H23Cl2N5 404.34 3.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 19. SM 504B C20H23Cl2N5 404.34 2.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 20. SM 505 C25H33ClN6 453.02 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 21. SM 506 C24H31ClN6O 455.00 3.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 22. SM 507 C25H34ClN7 468.04 2.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 23. SM 695A C15H12Cl3N5 368.65 7.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 24. SM 695B C15H12Cl3N5 368.65 5.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 25. SM 696 C19H20Cl2N6O 419.31 5.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 26. SM 697 C20H22Cl2N6 417.33 6.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 27. SM 699 C20H22Cl2N6 417.33 6.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 28. SM 700 C19H20Cl2N6O 419.31 7.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 29. SM 701 C20H23Cl2N7 432.35 5.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 30. SM 702 C21H25Cl2N7 446.38 3.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 31. SM 703 C20H23Cl2N7 432.35 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 32. SM 704 C21H25Cl2N7 446.38 4.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 33. SM 710A C16H14Cl3N5 382.67 6.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 34. SM 710B C16H14Cl3N5 382.67 6.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 35. SM 711 C21H24Cl2N6 431.36 4.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 36. SM 712 C20H22Cl2N6O 433.33 6.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 37. SM 713 C21H25Cl2N7 446.38 4.3 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 38. SM 714 C22H27Cl2N7 460.40 5.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 39. SM 715 C21H24Cl2N6 431.36 6.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 40. SM 716 C20H22Cl2N6O 433.33 6.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 41. SM 717 C21H25Cl2N7 446.38 2.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 42. SM 718 C22H27Cl2N7 460.40 3.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 43. SM 719A C16H15Cl2N5 348.23 5.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 44. SM 719B C16H15Cl2N5 348.23 8.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 45. SM 720 C21H25ClN6 396.92 5.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 46. SM 721 C20H23ClN6O 398.89 5.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 47. SM 722 C21H26ClN7 411.93 1.3 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 48. SM 723 C22H28ClN7 425.96 4.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 49. SM 724 C21H25ClN6 396.92 5.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 50. SM 725 C20H23ClN6O 398.89 6.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 51. SM 726 C21H26ClN7 411.93 5.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 52. SM 727 C22H28ClN7 425.96 7.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 53. SM 728A C15H13Cl2N5 334.20 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 54. SM 728B C15H13Cl2N5 334.20 5.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 55. SM 730 C20H23ClN6 382.89 6.6 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 56. SM 731 C19H21ClN6O 384.86 4.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 57. SM 732 C20H23ClN6 382.89 4.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 58. SM 733 C19H21ClN6O 384.86 1.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 59. SM 734 C20H24ClN7 397.90 3.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 60. SM 332 C25H27ClN8O2 506.99 1.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 61. SM 334 C24H24ClFN8O 494.95 1.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 62. SM 335 C26H29ClN8O 505.01 3.2 DMSO AQ- triazine 63. SM 336 C24H25ClN8O 476.96 4.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 64. SM 337 C26H29ClN8O2 521.01 8.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 65. SM 339 C25H26ClFN8O 508.98 3.8 DMSO AQ- triazine 66. SM 340 C27H31ClN8O 519.04 3.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 67. SM 341 C25H27ClN8O 490.99 3.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 68. SM 345 C22H29ClN8O2 472.97 1.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 69. SM 349 C23H31ClN8O2 487.00 3.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 70. SM 350 C21H27ClN8O2 458.94 5.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 71. SM 351 C22H29ClN8O2 472.97 3.2 DMSO AQ- triazine 72. SM 352 C20H25ClN8O2 444.92 3.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 73. SM 353 C21H27ClN8O2 458.94 3.2 DMSO AQ- triazine 74. SM 356 C27H31ClN8O2 535.04 3.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 75. SM 357 C26H28ClFN8O 523.00 3.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 76. SM 358 C28H33ClN8O 533.07 3.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 77. SM 359 C26H29ClN8O 505.01 4.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 78. SM 360C22H29ClN8O2 472.97 5.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 79. SM 361 C23H31ClN8O2 487.00 5.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 80. SM 362 C24H33ClN8O2 501.02 4.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 81. SM 365 C21H27ClN8O 442.95 4.8 DMSO AQ- triazine 82. SM 367 C23H31ClN8O 471.00 3.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 8.3 SM 370 C22H29ClN8O 456.97 5.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 84. SM 372 C24H33ClN8O 485.02 1.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 85. SM 373 C23H31ClN8O 471.00 3.8 DMSO AQ- triazine 86. SM 375 C25H35ClN8O 499.05 4.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 87. SM 129 C26H23ClN8 482.97 1.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 88. SM 130 C27H31ClN8O3 551.04 11.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 89. SM 132 C28H33ClN8O3 567.07 12.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 90. SM 133 C25H22Cl3N9 554.86 2.7 DMSO AQ- triazine 91. SM 135 C20H23Cl2N7O 448.35 3.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 92. SM 136 C20H17C12N7 426.30 2.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 93. SM 137 C18H21Cl2N7 406.31 2.2 DMSO AQ- triazine 94. SM 140C32H41ClN8O3 622.17 5.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 95. SM 142 C22H27ClN8O2 470.96 2.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 96. SM 143 C23H29ClN8O2 484.98 2.3 DMSO AQ- triazine 97. SM 144 C28H27ClN8 511.02 4.4 DMSO AQ- triazine 98. SM 146 C29H29ClN8 525.05 3.5 DMSO AQ- triazine 99. SM 148 C32H35ClN8 567.13 4.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 100. SM 151 C29H29ClN8 525.05 74 DMSO AQ- triazine 101. SM 189 C26H35ClN8 496.06 2.1 DMSO AQ- triazine 102. SM 190 C27H37ClN8 509.09 8.0 DMSO AQ- triazine 103. ATH 158 C32H35ClN8O3 615.13 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 104. ATH 159 C33H37ClN8O3 629.15 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 105. ATH 164 C36H36ClN9O2 662.18 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 106. ATH 165 C28H29ClN8O2 545.04 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 107. ATH 166 C29H31ClN8O2 559.06 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 108 ATH 170 C37H38ClN9O3 692.21 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 109. ATH 171 C38H40ClN9O3 706.24 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 110. ATH 178 C39H41ClN10O 701.26 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 111. ATH 179 C40H43ClN10O 715.29 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 112. ATH 182 C30H31ClN8O3 587.07 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 113 ATH 184 C31H33ClN8O3 601.10 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 114. ATH 189 C31H33ClN8O2 585.10 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 115. ATH 191 C32H35ClN8O2 599.13 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 116. ATH 192 C33H37ClN8O3 629.15 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 117. ATH 194 C34H39ClN8O3 643.18 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 118. ATH 195 C28H29ClN8O2 545.04 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 119. ATH 196 C29H31ClN8O2 559.06 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 120. ATH 198 C37H38ClN9O2 676.21 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 121. ATH 200C32H35ClN8O2 599.13 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 122. ATH 201 C33H37ClN8O2 613.15 5.0 DMSO ACR- triazine 123. ATH 214 C25H25ClN6O2 476.96 8.7 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 124. ATH 218 C17H15Cl2N5 360.24 7.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 125. ATH 220 C24H23ClN6O 446.93 8.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 126. ATH 223 C23H20ClFN6 434.90 11.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 127. ATH 226 C23H20BrClN6 495.80 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 128. ATH 227 C23H20Cl2N6 451.35 7.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 129. ATH 228 C21H23ClN6O 410.90 7.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 130. ATH 231 C22H25ClN6 408.93 7.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 131. ATH 232 C23H21ClN6 416.91 9.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 132. ATH 236 C23H27ClN6 422.95 7.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 133. ATH 237 C18H17Cl2N5 374.27 8.5 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 134 ATH 239 C22H25ClN6O 424.93 6.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 135. ATH 240C23H27ClN6 422.95 7.9 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 136. ATH 241 C24H29ClN6 436.98 7.4 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 137. ATH 244 C26H27ClN6O2 490.98 7.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 138. ATH 245 C25H25ClN6O 460.96 7.1 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 139. ATH 247 C24H22ClFN6 448.92 6.2 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 140. ATH 252 C21H23ClN6 394.90 9.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 141. ATH 254 C19H21ClN6O 384.86 7.3 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 142. ATH 255 C20H23ClN6O 398.89 8.3 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 143. ATH 256 C22H25ClN6 408.93 8.8 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine 144. ATH 257 C19H21ClN6O 384.86 7.0 DMSO AQ- pyrimidine - In some embodiments, the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 4.
-
TABLE 4 Some exemplary compounds of the invention. S. Solu- Quan- No. Code Structure Mol. formula Mol. Wt. bility tity 1 DKG805 C22H21ClN6 404.15162 DMSO 11.0 mg 2 DKG806 C23H23ClN6 418.16727 DMSO 11.2 mg 3 DKG807 C24H25ClN6 432.18292 DMSO 11.1 mg 4 DKG809 C21H18BrClN6 468.04648 DMSO 11.8 mg 5 DKG810 C22H20BrClN6 482.06213 DMSO 16.0 mg 6 DKG811 C23H22BrClN6 496.07778 DMSO 10.8 mg 7 DKG813 C21H18Cl2N6 424.09700 DMSO 11.0 mg 8 DKG814 C22H20Cl2N6 438.11265 DMSO 16.2 mg 9 DKG815 C23H22Cl2N6 452.12830 DMSO 16.8 mg 10 DKG817 C21H18ClFN6 408.12655 DMSO 14.5 mg 11 DKG818 C22H20ClFN6 422.14220 DMSO 16.0 mg 12 DKG819 C23H22ClFN6 436.15785 DMSO 15.6 mg 13 DKG821 C21H19ClN6 390.13597 DMSO 11.8 mg 14 DKG822 C22H21ClN6 404.15162 DMSO 11.0 mg 15 DKG823 C23H23ClN6 418.16727 DMSO 17.8 mg 16 DKG825 C22H21ClN6O 420.14654 DMSO 14.4 mg 17 DKG826 C23H23ClN6O 434.16219 DMSO 13.5 mg 18 DKG827 C24H25ClN6O 448.17784 DMSO 15.6 mg 19 DKG829 C23H23ClN6O2 450.15710 DMSO 20.8 mg 20 DKG830 C24H25ClN6O2 464.17275 DMSO 16.5 mg 21 DKG831 C25H27ClN6O2 478.18840 DMSO 19.2 mg 22 DKG833 C22H21ClN6 404.15162 DMSO 12.8 mg 23 DKG834 C23H23ClN6 418.16727 DMSO 15.2 mg 24 DKG835 C24H25ClN6 432.18292 13.5 mg 25 DKG837 C23H23ClN6O 434.16219 DMSO 17.6 mg 26 DKG838 C24H25ClN6O 448.17784 DMSO 12.5 mg 27 DKG839 C25H27ClN6O 462.19349 DMSO 12.1 mg 28 DKG845 C21H18Cl2N6 424.09700 DMSO 18.8 mg 29 DKG846 C23H22Cl2N6 452.12830 DMSO 17.6 mg 30 DKG847 C24H24Cl2N6 466.14395 DMSO 15.2 mg 31 DKG849 C22H20BrClN6 482.06213 DMSO 15.4 mg 32 DKG850 C23H22BrClN6 496.07778 DMSO 16.6 mg 33 DKG851 C24H24BrClN6 510.09343 DMSO 16.5 mg 34 DKG853 C22H20ClFN6 422.14220 DMSO 13.8 mg 35 DKG854 C23H22ClFN6 436.15785 DMSO 15.1 mg 36 DKG855 C24H24ClFN6 450.17350 DMSO 13.8 mg 37 DKG857 C23H23ClN6 418.16727 DMSO 13.1 mg 38 DKG858 C24H25ClN6 432.18292 DMSO 15.6 mg 39 DKG859 C25H27ClN6 446.19857 DMSO 14.5 mg - In some embodiments, the compound of the invention is a compound shown in Table 5.
-
TABLE 5 Some exemplary compounds of the invention. Com- S. pound- Mol. Formula, Amount No. ID IUPAC Name M.W. Solubility (mg) 40. MT1- 121 C19H23ClN6O, 386.88 MeOH, DMSO 10.4 41. MT1- 122 C20H25ClN6O, 400.91 MeOH, DMSO 12.0 42. MT1- 127 C18H21ClN6O, 372.85 MeOH, DMSO 12.9 43. MT1- 128 C21H27ClN6O, 414.93 MeOH, DMSO 13.8 44. MT1- 132 C22H29ClN6O, 428.96 MeOH, DMSO 10.7 45. MT1- 145 C19H23ClN6O, 386.88 MeOH, DMSO 10.7 46. MT1- 146 C20H25ClN6O, 400.91 MeOH, DMSO 10.5 47. MT1- 147 C21H27ClN6O, 414.93 MeOH, DMSO 13.0 48. MT1- 148 C22H29ClN6O, 428.96 MeOH, DMSO 10.3 49. MT1- 156 C19H23ClN6O, 386.88 MeOH, DMSO 12.4 50. MT1- 157 C20H25ClN6O, 400.91 MeOH, DMSO 11.0 51 MT1- 158 C21H27ClN6O, 414.93 MeOH, DMSO 10.9 52. MT1- 162 C22H29ClN6O, 428.96 MeOH, DMSO 14.0 53. MT1- 163 C23H31ClN6O, 442.98 MeOH, DMSO 14.1 54. MT1- 185 C18H21ClN6O, 372.85 MeOH, DMSO 12.1 55. MT1- 186 C19H23ClN6O, 386.88 MeOH, DMSO 12.3 56. MT1- 189 C20H25ClN6O, 400.91 MeOH, DMSO 11.3 57. MT1- 190 C21H27ClN6O, 414.93 MeOH, DMSO 10.6 58. MT1- 191 C22H29ClN6O, 428.96 MeOH, DMSO 10.3 59. MT1- 192 C20H25ClN6O, 400.91 MeOH, DMSO 10.2 60. MT1- 193 C21H27ClN6O, 414.93 MeOH, DMSO 11.7 61. MT1- 194 C22H29ClN6O, 428.96 MeOH, DMSO 10.9 62. MT1- 195 C23H31ClN6O, 442.98 MeOH, DMSO 11.3 63. MT1- 196 C24H33ClN6O, 457.01 MeOH, DMSO 11.0 - It should be recognized that the compounds described herein can be present and optionally administered in the form of salts, hydrates and prodrugs that are converted in vivo into the compounds described herein. For example, it is within the scope of the present invention to convert the compounds described herein into and use them in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from various organic and inorganic acids and bases in accordance with procedures well known in the art.
- When the compounds described herein possess a free base form, the compounds can be prepared as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid, e.g., hydrohalides such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide; other mineral acids and their corresponding salts such as sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, etc.; and alkyl and monoarylsulfonates such as ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate and benzenesulfonate; and other organic acids and their corresponding salts such as acetate, tartrate, maleate, succinate, citrate, benzoate, salicylate and ascorbate. Further acid addition salts amenable to the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, adipate, alginate, arginate, aspartate, bisulfate, bisulfite, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, caprylate, chloride, chlorobenzoate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dihydrogenphosphate, dinitrobenzoate, dodecylsulfate, fumarate, galacterate (frommucic acid), galacturonate, glucoheptaoate, gluconate, glutamate, glycerophosphate, hemisuccinate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, iodide, isethionate, iso-butyrate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, malonate, mandelate, metaphosphate, methanesulfonate, methylbenzoate, monohydrogenphosphate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, oleate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, phenylacetate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, phosphonate and phthalate. It should be recognized that the free base forms will typically differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free base forms for the purposes of the present invention.
- When the compounds described herein possess a free acid form, a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt can be prepared by reacting the free acid form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic base. Examples of such bases are alkali metal hydroxides including potassium, sodium and lithium hydroxides; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as barium and calcium hydroxides; alkali metal alkoxides, e.g. potassium ethanolate and sodium propanolate; and various organic bases such as ammonium hydroxide, piperidine, diethanolamine and N-methylglutamine. Also included are the aluminum salts of the compounds of the present invention. Further base salts amenable to the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium and zinc salts. Organic base salts include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, e.g., arginine, betaine, caffeine, chloroprocaine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine), dicyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, iso-propylamine, lidocaine, lysine, meglumine. N-methyl-D-glucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethanolamine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine and tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methylamine(tromethamine). It should be recognized that the free acid forms will typically differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free acid forms for the purposes of the present invention.
- Compounds of the present invention that comprise basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as C1-C4alkyl halides, e.g., methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl and tert-butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; di(C1-C4alkyl) sulfates, e.g., dimethyl, diethyl and diamyl sulfates; C10-C18alkyl halides, e.g., decyl, dodecyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; and aryl(C1-C4alkyl) halides, e.g., benzyl chloride and phenethyl bromide. Such salts permit the preparation of both water-soluble and oil-soluble compounds described herein.
- Prodrug derivatives of compounds described herein can be prepared by modifying substituents of compounds described herein that are then converted in vivo to a different substituent. It is noted that in many instances, the prodrugs themselves also fall within the scope of the range of compounds described herein. For example, prodrugs can be prepared by reacting a compound with a carbamylating agent (e.g., 1,1-acyloxyalkylcarbonochloridate, para-nitrophenyl carbonate, or the like) or an acylating agent. Further examples of methods of making prodrugs are described in Saulnier et al., 1994, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters. Vol. 4, p. 1985.
- Protected derivatives of compounds described herein can also be made. Examples of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal can be found in P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, Greene's Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2006.
- Compounds described herein can also be conveniently prepared or formed during the process of the invention, as solvates (e.g. hydrates). Hydrates of the compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared by recrystallization from an aqueous/organic solvent mixture, using organic solvents such as dioxin, tetrahydrofuran or methanol.
- In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure can be used in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”, as used herein, is intended to encompass any compound described herein that is utilized in the form of a salt thereof, especially where the salt confers on the compound improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of compound or a different salt form of the compound. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt form can also initially confer desirable pharmacokinetic properties on the compound that it did not previously possess, and may even positively affect the pharmacodynamics of the compound with respect to its therapeutic activity in the body. An example of a pharmacokinetic property that can be favorably affected is the manner in which the compound is transported across cell membranes, which in turn may directly and positively affect the absorption, distribution, biotransformation and excretion of the compound. While the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is important, and various anatomical, physiological and pathological factors can critically affect bioavailability, the solubility of the compound is usually dependent upon the character of the particular salt form thereof, which it utilized. One of skill in the art will appreciate that an aqueous solution of the compound will provide the most rapid absorption of the compound into the body of a subject being treated, while lipid solutions and suspensions, as well as solid dosage forms, will result in less rapid absorption of the compound.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like. See, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19 (1977), the content of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Exemplary salts also include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, succinate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. Suitable acids which are capable of forming salts with the compounds of the disclosure include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; and organic acids such as 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), acetic acid, anthranilic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, heptanoic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, lactic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, muconic acid, naphthalene sulfonic acid, o-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, oxalic acid, p-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, propionic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfanilic acid, tartaric acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trimethylacetic acid, and the like. Suitable bases capable of forming salts with the compounds of the disclosure include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and the like; and organic bases such as mono-, di- and tri-alkyl and aryl amines (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropyl amine, methyl amine, dimethyl amine. N-methylglucamine, pyridine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, and the like), and optionally substituted ethanol-amines (e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like),
- The compounds according to the disclosure can be prepared by synthetic processes which are known to those skilled in the art, particularly in view of the state of the art and the specific preparatory examples provided below herein. Suitable modification to starting materials by methods well known in the art can also be employed. It is noted, however, that the compounds described herein can also be synthesized by other synthetic routes that others may devise.
- It will be readily recognized that certain compounds described herein have atoms with linkages to other atoms that confer a particular stereochemistry to the compound (e.g., chiral centers). It is recognized that synthesis of compounds according to the present invention can result in the creation of mixtures of different stereoisomers (enantiomers, diastereomers). Unless a particular stereochemistry is specified, recitation of a compound is intended to encompass all of the different possible stereoisomers.
- Various methods for separating mixtures of different stereoisomers are known in the art. For example, a racemic mixture of a compound may be reacted with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds. The diastereomers may then be separated in order to recover the optically pure enantiomers. Dissociable complexes may also be used to resolve enantiomers (e.g., crystalline diastereoisomeric salts). Diastereomers typically have sufficiently distinct physical properties (e.g., melting points, boiling points, solubilities, reactivity, etc.) that they can be readily separated by taking advantage of these dissimilarities. For example, diastereomers can typically be separated by chromatography or by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. A more detailed description of techniques that can be used to resolve stereoisomers of compounds from their racemic mixture can be found in Jean Jacques Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1981).
- The compounds described herein showed significant in vitro/in vivo activity against Plasmodium falciparum, without any toxicity. Accordingly, in one aspect, the compounds disclosed herein are useful for treatment of infectious diseases such as malarial or any other disease in question.
- Inventors have discovered that the compounds described herein are also unexpectedly, surprisingly agonists of orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1. Accordingly, the compounds described herein can be administered to a subject as part of a therapeutic application. In general, the method can be characterized as including a step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound to a subject in need thereof.
- In one embodiment, the compounds and method disclosed herein can be used in treating a subject for a disease state in which a decreased Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease. Disease states in which Nurr1 activity is decreased include, but are not limited to, neurodegerartive diseases, inflammation diseases or disorders, restless leg syndrome, and the like. The compounds and methods disclosed herein can also be used in treating a subject for a disease for which a dopamine agonist is a useful treatment, for example restless leg syndrome.
- The disclosure also provides a method for causing the differentiation of a stem cell, e.g., a human embryonic stem cell, into a dopaminergic neuron by contacting the stem cell with a compound described herein that is present in an amount sufficient to induce differentiation of the stem cell. Without limitation, the stem cell can be contacted with the compounds described herein in a cell culture e.g., in vitro or ex vivo, or administrated to a subject, e.g., in vivo. In some embodiments of the invention, a compound described herein can be administrated to a subject to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose neurodegenerative disorders, including those described herein.
- The term “contacting” or “contact” as used herein in connection with contacting a stem cell includes subjecting the cell to an appropriate culture media which comprises the indicated compound. Where the stem cell is in vivo, “contacting” or “contact” includes administering the compound in a pharmaceutical composition to a subject via an appropriate administration route such that the compound contacts the stem cell in vivo.
- By “an amount sufficient to induce differentiation” of a stem cell is meant the amount of a compound of the invention required to cause an undifferentiated stem cell to differentiate into a desired cell type, e.g., a neuron.
- By “differentiation” is meant the process whereby an unspecialized stem cell acquires the features of a specialized cell, e.g., a nerve cell. Differentiation can also refer to the restriction of the potential of a cell to self-reneW and is generally associated with a change in the functional capacity of the cell. Differentiation of a stem cell can be determined by methods well known in the art, including analysis for cell markers or morphological features associated with cells of a defined differentiated state. Examples of such markers and features include measurement of glycoprotein, alkaline phosphatase, and carcinoembryonic antigen expression, where an increase in any one of these proteins is an indicator of differentiation.
- By “stem cell” is meant any cell with the potential to self-renew and, under appropriate conditions, differentiate into a dedicated progenitor cell or a specified cell or tissue. Stem cells can be pluripotent or multipotent. Stem cells include, but are not limited to embryonic stem cells, embryonic germ cells, adult stem cells, and umbilical cord blood cells.
- Stem cells are unique cell populations that have the ability to divide (self-renew) for indefinite periods of time, and, under the right conditions or signals, to differentiate into the many different cell types that make up an organism. Stem cells derived from the inner cell mass of the blastocyst are known as embryonic stem (ES) cells. Stem cells derived from the primordial germ cells, and which normally develop into mature gametes (eggs and sperm) are known as embryonic germ (EG) cells. Both of these types of stem cells are known as pluripotent cells because of their unique ability to differentiate into derivatives of all three embryonic germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm).
- The pluripotent stem cells can further specialize into another type of multipotent stem cell often derived from adult tissues. Multipotent stem cells are also able to undergo selfrenewal and differentiation, but unlike embryonic stem cells, are committed to give rise to cells that have a particular function. Examples of adult stem cells include hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), which can proliferate and differentiate to produce lymphoid and myeloid cell types; bone marrow derived stem cells (BMSC), which can differentiate into adipocytes, chondrocytes, osteocytes, hepatocytes, cardiomyocytes and neurons; neural stem cells (NSC), which can differentiate into astrocytes, neurons, and oligodendrocytes; and peripheral blood stem cells. Multipotent stem cells have also been derived from epithelial and adipose tissues and umbilical cord blood (UCB).
- ES cells, derived from the inner cell mass of preimplantation embryos, have been recognized as the most pluripotent stem cell population and are therefore the preferred cell for the methods of the invention. These cells are capable of unlimited proliferation ex vivo, while maintaining the capacity for differentiation into a Wide variety of somatic and extra-embryonic tissues. ES cells can be male Q(Y) or female (XX); female ES cells are preferred.
- Multipotent, adult stem cells can also be used in the methods of the invention. Preferred adult stem cells include hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). Which can proliferate and differentiate throughout life to produce lymphoid and myeloid cell types; bone marroW-derived stem cells (BMSC), Which can differentiate into various cell types including adipocytes, chondrocytes, osteocytes, hepatocytes, cardiomyocytes and neurons; and neural stem cells (NSC). Which can differentiate into astrocytes, neurons, and oligodendrocytes. Multipotent stem cells derived from epithelial and adipose tissues and umbilical cord blood cells can also be used in the methods of the invention.
- Stem cells can be derived from source, e.g., any mammal including, but not limited to, mouse, human, and primates. Following acquisition of stem cells, these cells can be used directly in the methods disclosed herein. For example, umbilical cord blood cells can be acquired in sufficient quantity to use directly for therapeutic purposes. Alternatively, stem cells can first be expanded in order to increase the number of available cells. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,338,942, content of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Exemplary mouse strains for stem cell preparation include 129, C57BL/6, and a hybrid strain (Brook et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94:5709-5712 (1997), Baharvand et al., In Vitro Cell Dev. Biol. Anim. 40:76-81 (2004), content of both of which is incorporated herein by reference). Methods for preparing mouse, human, or primate stem cells are known in the art and are described, for example, in Nagy et al., Manipulating the mouse embryo; A laboratory manual, 3rd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (2002); Thomson et al., Science 282:1145-1147 (1998). Marshall et al., Methods Mol. Biol. 158: 1 1-18 (2001); Thomson et al., Trends Biotechnol. 18:5357 (2000); Jones et al., Semin. Reprod. Med. 18:219-223 (2000); Voss et al., Exp. Cell Res. 230:45-49 (1997); and Odorico et al., Stem Cells 19:193-204 (2001), content of all which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- ES cells can be directly derived from the blastocyst or any other early stage of development, or can be a “cloned” stem cell line derived from somatic nuclear transfer and other similar procedures. General methods for culturing mouse, human, or primate ES cells from a blastocyst can be found in Appendix C of the NIH report on stem cells entitled Stem Cells: Scientific Progress and Future Research Directions (June 2001), content of which is incorporated herein by reface. For example, in the first step, the inner cell mass of a preimplantation blastocyst is removed from the trophectoderm that surrounds it. (For cultures of human ES cells, blastocysts are generated by in vitro fertilization and donated for research.) The small plastic culture dishes used to grow the cells contain growth medium supplemented with fetal calf serum, and are sometimes coated with a “feeder” layer of nondividing cells. The feeder cells are often mouse embryonic fibroblast (MEF) cells that have been chemically inactivated so they will not divide. Additional reagents, such as the cytokine leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), can also be added to the culture medium for mouse ES cells. Second, after several days to a week, proliferating colonies of cells are removed and dispersed into new culture dishes, each of which may or may not contain an MEF feeder layer. If the cells are to be used to human therapeutic purposes, it is preferable that the MEF feeder layer is not included. Under these ex vivo conditions, the ES cells aggregate to form colonies. In the third major step required to generate ES cell lines, the individual, nondifferentiating colonies are dissociated and replated into new dishes, a step called passage. This replating process establishes a “line” of ES cells. The line of cells is termed “clonal” if a single ES cell generates it. Limiting dilution methods can be used to generate a clonal ES cell line. Reagents needed for the culture of stem cells are commercially available, for example, from Invitrogen, Stem Cell Technologies, R&D Systems, and Sigma Aldrich, and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2004/0235159 and 2005/0037492 and Appendix C of the NIH report, Stem Cells: Scientific Progress and Future Research Directions, supra.
- For in vivo methods, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein can be administered to a subject. Methods of administering compounds to a subject are known in the art and easily available to one of skill in the art.
- As one of skill in the art is aware, promoting stem cell differentiation in a subject can lead to treatment, prevention or amelioration of a number of neurodegenerative disorders. By “neurodegenerative disorder” is meant any disease or disorder caused by or associated with the deterioration of cells or tissues of the nervous system. Exemplary neurodegenerative disorders are polyglutamine expansion disorders (e.g., HD, dentatorubropallidoluysian atrophy. Kennedy's disease (also referred to as spinobulbar muscular atrophy), and spinocerebellar ataxia (e.g.,
type 1,type 2, type 3 (also referred to as Machado-Joseph disease),type 6, type 7, and type 17)), other trinucleotide repeat expansion disorders (e.g., fragile X syndrome, fragile XE mental retardation, Friedreich's ataxia, myotonic dystrophy,spinocerebellar ataxia type 8, and spinocerebellar ataxia type 12), Alexander disease, Alper's disease, Alzheimer disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), ataxia telangiectasia. Batten disease (also referred to as Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease), Canavan disease, Cockayne syndrome, corticobasal degeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, ischemia stroke, Krabbe disease, Lewy body dementia, multiple sclerosis, multiple system atrophy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, Pick's disease, primary lateral sclerosis, Refsum's disease, Sandhoff disease. Schilder's disease, spinal cord injury, spinal muscular atrophy (SMA). SteeleRichardson-Olszewski disease, and Tabes dorsalis. - In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease or disorder is Parkinson's Disease.
- Methods of diagnosing subjects as having or being at risk of having Parkinson's Disease are well-known in the art. For example, the presence of one or more of the following symptoms can be used as part of a PD diagnosis: trembling. e.g., an involuntary, rhythmic tremor of one arm or one leg; muscular rigidity, stiffness, or discomfort; general slowness in any of the activities of daily living, e.g., akinesia or bradykinesia; difficulty with walking, balance, or posture; alteration in handwriting; emotional changes; memory loss; speech problems; and difficulty sleeping. Review of a subject's symptoms, activity, medications, concurrent medical problems, or possible toxic exposures can be useful in making a PD diagnosis. In addition, a subject can be tested for the presence or absence of genetic mutations that can indicate an increased likelihood of having Parkinson's Disease. For example, the presence of one or more specific mutations or polymorphisms in the NURR1, alpha-synuclein, parkin, MAPT, DJ-1, PINK1, SNCA, NAT2, or LRRK2 genes can be used to diagnose a subject as having or being at risk of having Parkinson's Disease. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003-0119026 and 2005-0186591; Bonifati, Minerva Med. 96:175-186, 2005; and Cookson et al., Curr. Opin. Neurol. 18:706-711, 2005, content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Without limitation, the methods for utilizing stem cells described herein can be used for the treatment of diseases treatable through transplantation of differentiated cells derived from ES cells. Stem cells of the invention or produced using the methods disclosed herein can be used to treat neurodegenerative diseases, such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, or traumatic injury to the brain or spinal cord in any subject. e.g. a human.
- The inventor have also discovered that the compounds disclosed herein also inhibit or reduce the expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes in primary microglia derived from P1 rat brains. Accordingly, the compounds disclosed herein can also be used for treating diseases or disorders characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory mediators and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory mediator gene expression. Accordingly, in another aspect the disclosure provides a method for treating a subject suffering from a disease or disorder characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory mediators and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory mediator gene expression, the method comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the subject. Exemplary pro-inflammatory mediators include, but are not limited to, pro-inflammatory cytokines, leukocytes, leukotiens, prostaglandins and other mediators involved in the initiation and maintenance of inflammation. Pro-inflammatory cytokines and inflammation mediators include, but are not limited to, IL-1-alpha, IL-1-beta, IL-6, IL-8, IL-11, IL-12, IL-17, IL-18, TNF-alpha, leukocyte inhibitory factor (LIF), IFN-gamma, Oncostatin M (OSM), ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF). TGF-beta, granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), iNOS, and chemokines that chemoattract inflammatory cells. A number of assays for in vivo state of inflammation are known in the art which can be utilized for measuring pro-inflammatory mediator levels. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,108,899 and 5,550,139, contents of both of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- In some embodiments of the aspects described herein, the disease, disorder, or disease condition characterized by elevated levels pro-inflammatory cytokines and/or elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokine gene expression is an autoimmune disease, neurodegenerative disease, inflammation, an inflammation associated disorder, a disease characterized by inflammation, or a pathogen or non-pathogen infection.
- As used herein, the term “autoimmune disease” refers to disease or disorders wherein the immune system of a subject, e.g., a mammal, mounts a humoral or cellular immune response to the subject's own tissue or to antigenic agents that are not intrinsically harmful to the subject, thereby producing tissue injury in such a subject. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), mixed connective tissue disease, scleroderma, Sjögren's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, and Type I diabetes.
- As used herein, the term “neurodegenerative disease or disorder” includes any disease disorder or condition that affects neuronal homeostasis, e.g., results in the degeneration or loss of neuronal cells. Neurodegenerative diseases include conditions in which the development of the neurons, i.e., motor or brain neurons, is abnormal, as well as conditions in which result in loss of normal neuron function. Examples of such neurodegenerative disorders include Alzheimer's disease and other tauopathies such as frontotemporal dementia, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism, frontotemporal lobe dementia, pallidopontonigral degeneration, progressive supranuclear palsy, multiple system tauopathy, multiple system tauopathy with presenile dementia, Wilhelmsen-Lynch disease, disinhibition-dementia-park-insonism-amytrophy complex. Pick's disease, or Pick's disease-like dementia, corticobasal degeneration, frontal temporal dementia, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis, Friedreich's ataxia, Lewybody disease, spinal muscular atrophy, and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17.
- As used herein, the term “inflammation” refers to any cellular processes that lead to the activation of caspase-1, or caspase-5, the production of cytokines IL-I, IL-6, IL-8, TNF-alpha, iNOS, and/or the related downstream cellular events resulting from the actions of the cytokines thus produced, for example, fever, fluid accumulation, swelling, abscess formation, and cell death. As used herein, the term “inflammation” refers to both acute responses (i.e., responses in which the inflammatory processes are active) and chronic responses (i.e., responses marked by slow progression and formation of new connective tissue). Acute and chronic inflammation may be distinguished by the cell types involved. Acute inflammation often involves polymorphonuclear neutrophils; whereas chronic inflammation is normally characterized by a lymphohistiocytic and/or granulomatous response.
- As used herein, the term “inflammation” includes reactions of both the specific and non-specific defense systems. A specific defense system reaction is a specific immune system reaction response to an antigen (possibly including an autoantigen). A non-specific defense system reaction is an inflammatory response mediated by leukocytes incapable of immunological memory. Such cells include granulocytes, macrophages, neutrophils and eosinophils. Examples of specific types of inflammation include, but are not limited to, diffuse inflammation, focal inflammation, croupous inflammation, interstitial inflammation, obliterative inflammation, parenchymatous inflammation, reactive inflammation, specific inflammation, toxic inflammation and traumatic inflammation.
- As used herein, the term “pathogen infection” refers to infection with a pathogen. As used herein the term “pathogen” refers to an organism, including a microorganism, which causes disease in another organism (e.g., animals and plants) by directly infecting the other organism, or by producing agents that causes disease in another organism (e.g., bacteria that produce pathogenic toxins and the like). As used herein, pathogens include, but are not limited to bacteria, protozoa, fungi, nematodes, viroids and viruses, or any combination thereof, wherein each pathogen is capable, either by itself or in concert with another pathogen, of eliciting disease in vertebrates including but not limited to mammals, and including but not limited to humans. As used herein, the term “pathogen” also encompasses microorganisms which may not ordinarily be pathogenic in a non-immunocompromised host. Specific nonlimiting examples of viral pathogens include Herpes simplex virus (HSV)1, HSV2, Epstein Barr virus (EBV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), human Herpes virus (HHV) 6, HHV7, HHV8, Varicella zoster virus (VZV), hepatitis C, hepatitis B, HIV, adenovirus, Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus (EEEV), West Nile virus (WNE), JC virus (JCV) and BK virus (BKV).
- As used herein, the term “microorganism” includes prokaryotic and eukaryotic microbial species from the Domains of Archaea, Bacteria and Eucarya, the latter including yeast and filamentous fungi, protozoa, algae, or higher Protista. The terms “microbial cells” and “microbes” are used interchangeably with the term microorganism.
- As used herein, the term “bacteria,” or “bubacteria”, refers to a domain of prokaryotic organisms. Bacteria include at least 11 distinct groups as follows: (1) Gram-positive (gram+) bacteria, of which there are two major subdivisions: (i) high G+C group (Actinomycetes. Mycobacteria, Micrococcus, others) (ii) low G+C group (Bacillus, Clostridia, Lactobacillus. Staphylococci, Streptococci, Mycoplasmas); (2) Proteobacteria. e.g., Purple photosynthetic+non-photosynthetic Gram-negative bacteria (includes most “common” Gram-negative bacteria); (3) Cyanobacteria, e.g., oxygenic phototrophs; (4) Spirochetes and related species; (5) Planctomyces; (6) Bacteroides, Flavobacteria; (7) Chlamydia; (8) Green sulfur bacteria; (9) Green non-sulfur bacteria (also anaerobic phototrophs); (10) Radioresistant micrococci and relatives; (11) Thermotoga and Thermosipho thermophiles.
- “Gram-negative bacteria” include cocci, nonenteric rods, and enteric rods. The genera of Gram-negative bacteria include, for example, Neisseria, Spirillum, Pasteurella, Brucella, Yersnia, Francisella, Haemophilus, Bordetella, Escherichia, Salmonella, Shigella, Klebsiella, Proteus, Vibrio, Pseudomonas, Bacteroides, Acetobacter, Aerobacter, Agrobacterium, Azotobacter, Spirilla, Serratia, Vibrio, Rhizobium, Chlamydia, Rickettsia, Treponema, and Fusobacterium.
- “Gram-positive bacteria” include cocci, nonsporulating rods, and sporulating rods. The genera of Grampositive bacteria include, for example, Actinomyces, Bacillus, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Erysipelothrix, Lactobacillus, Listeria, Mycobacterium, Myxococcus, Nocardia, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, and Streptomyces.
- As used herein, the term “specific defense system” is intended to refer to that component of the immune system that reacts to the presence of specific antigens. Inflammation is said to result from a response of the specific defense system if the inflammation is caused by, mediated by, or associated with a reaction of the specific defense system. Examples of inflammation resulting from a response of the specific defense system include the response to antigens such as rubella virus, autoimmune diseases such as lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, Reynaud's syndrome, multiple sclerosis etc., delayed type hypersensitivity response mediated by T-cells, etc. Chronic inflammatory diseases and the rejection of transplanted tissue and organs are further examples of inflammatory reactions of the specific defense system.
- As used herein, a reaction of the “non-specific defense system” is intended to refer to a reaction mediated by leukocytes incapable of immunological memory. Such cells include granulocytes and macrophages. As used herein, inflammation is said to result from a response of the nonspecific defense system, if the inflammation is caused by, mediated by, or associated with a reaction of the non-specific defense system. Examples of inflammation which result, at least in part, from a reaction of the non-specific defense system include inflammation associated with conditions such as: adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) or multiple organ injury syndromes secondary to septicemia or trauma; reperfusion injury of myocardial or other tissues; acute glomerulonephritis; reactive arthritis; dermatoses with acute inflammatory components; acute purulent meningitis or other central nervous system inflammatory disorders; thermal injury; hemodialysis; leukophoresis; ulcerative colitis; Crohn's disease; necrotizing enterocolitis; granulocyte transfusion associated syndromes; and cytokine-induced toxicity. The term immune-mediated refers to a process that is either autoimmune or inflammatory in nature.
- In some embodiments of the aspects described herein, the inflammation-associated disorder or disease characterized by inflammation is selected from the group consisting of asthma, autoimmune diseases, chronic prostatitis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowl diseases, pelvic inflammatory disease, reperfusion injury, arthritis, silicosis, vasculitis, inflammatory myopathies, hypersensitivities, migraine, psoriasis, gout, artherosclerosis, and any combinations thereof.
- Exemplary inflammatory diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic inflammatory disease, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis,
type 1 diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, vasculitis, and allergic inflammation such as allergic asthma, atopic dermatitis, and contact hypersensitivity. Other examples of auto-immune-related diseases or disorders, include but should not be construed to be limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis (MS), systemic lupus erythematosus. Graves' disease (overactive thyroid), Hashimoto's thyroiditis (underactive thyroid), Type I diabetes mellitus, celiac disease. Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, primary biliary sclerosis/cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune hepatitis, Raynaud's phenomenon, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, Goodpasture's syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, polymyalgia rheumatica, temporal arteritis/giant cell arteritis, chronic fatigue syndrome CFS), psoriasis, autoimmune Addison's Disease, ankylosing spondylitis, Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Myasthenia gravis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, optic neuritis, Ord's thyroiditis, pemphigus, pernicious anaemia, polyarthritis in dogs, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, fibromyalgia (FM), autoinflammatory PAPA syndrome, Familial Mediterranean Fever, familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome, Muckle-Wells syndrome, and the neonatal onset multisystem inflammatory disease. - As used herein, an anti-inflammation treatment aims to prevent or slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological change or disorder, such as the development or progression of the inflammation. Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of inflammation disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. An anti-inflammation treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment. An anti-inflammation treatment can also completely suppress the inflammation response.
- One goal of anti-inflammatory treatment is is to bring pro-inflammatory mediator levels down to as close to normal as is safely possible. Accordingly, in one embodiment, level of at least one pro-inflammatory mediator in the subject undergoing treatment is reduced by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50% relative to a reference level. A reference level can be the level of the pro-inflammatory mediator in the subject before onset of treatment regime.
- The compounds, compositions, and methods disclosed herein can also be used for research purposes for the study of differentiation or development, and for the generation of transgenic animals useful for research purposes. The stem cells and methods of their use described herein can be used, for example, to create and test animal models of Parkinson's Disease or other neurological disorders. The stem cells and methods of the invention can also be used to study the effects of a particular compound on stem cell differentiation, development, and tissue generation or regeneration.
- For administration to a subject, the compounds described herein can be provided in pharmaceutically acceptable (e.g., sterile) compositions. Accordingly, another aspect described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. These pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprise an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents. As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be specifically formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: (1) oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), lozenges, dragees, capsules, pills, tablets (e.g., those targeted for buccal, sublingual, and/or systemic absorption), boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue; (2) parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous (e.g., bolus or infusion) or epidural injection as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension, or sustained-release formulation; (3) topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment, or a controlled-release patch or spray applied to the skin; (4) intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a pessary, cream or foam; (5) sublingually; (6) ocularly; (7) transdermally; (8) transmucosally; or (9) nasally. Additionally, compounds can be implanted into a patient or injected using a drug delivery system. See, for example, Urquhart, et al., Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 24: 199-236 (1984); Lewis, ed. “Controlled Release of Pesticides and Pharmaceuticals” (Plenum Press, New York, 1981); U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919; and U.S. Pat. No. 35 3,270,960, content of all of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Moreover, for animal (e.g., human) administration, it will be understood that compositions should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biological Standards.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid (e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid), or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as cornstarch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) pH buffered solutions; (21) polyesters, polycarbonates and/or polyanhydrides; (22) bulking agents, such as polypeptides and amino acids (23) serum component, such as serum albumin, HDL and LDL; (22) C2-C12 alcohols, such as ethanol, and (23) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. Wetting agents, coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, disintegrating agents, binders, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, protease inhibitors, plasticizers, emulsifiers, stabilizing agents, viscosity increasing agents, film forming agents, solubilizing agents, surfactants, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation. The terms such as “excipient”, “carrier”, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or the like are used interchangeably herein.
- For liquid formulations, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or oils. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions, or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Examples of oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, and fish-liver oil. Solutions or suspensions can also include one or more of the following components; a sterile diluent, including water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol and other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents, including benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants, including ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents, including ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, including acetates, citrates and phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity, including sodium chloride and dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, including hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide.
- Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils can also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- As indicated above, the compositions can further comprise binders (e.g., acacia, cornstarch, gelatin, carbomer, ethyl cellulose, guar gum, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, povidone), disintegrating agents (e.g., cornstarch, potato starch, alginic acid, silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, guar gum, sodium starch glycolate, Primogel), buffers (e.g., tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate) of various pH and ionic strength, additives such as albumin or gelatin to prevent absorption to surfaces, detergents (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80, Pluronic F68, bile acid salts), protease inhibitors, surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate), permeation enhancers, solubilizing agents (e.g., glycerol, polyethylene glycerol), a glidant (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxyanisole), stabilizers (e.g., hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), viscosity increasing agents (e.g., carbomer, colloidal silicon dioxide, ethyl cellulose, guar gum), sweeteners (e.g., sucrose, aspartame, citric acid), flavoring agents (e.g., peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring), preservatives (e.g., Thimerosal, benzyl alcohol, parabens), lubricants (e.g., stearic acid, magnesium stearate, polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulfate), flow-aids (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), plasticizers (e.g., diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate), emulsifiers (e.g., carbomer, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate), polymer coatings (e.g., poloxamers or poloxamines), coating and film forming agents (e.g., ethyl cellulose, acrylates, polymethacrylates) and/or adjuvants.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate oral and intravenous compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the disclosure are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals. The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
- The amount of a compound described herein that can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be an effective amount of the compound. A pharmaceutical composition typically contains an amount of at least 0.01 weight % of active ingredient, i.e., a compound of this disclosure, per weight of total pharmaceutical composition. Generally out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 0.01% to 99% of the compound, preferably from about 5% to about 70%, most preferably from 10% to about 30%. A weight % is a ratio by weight of active ingredient to total composition. Thus, for example, 0.1 weight % is 0.1 grams of the compound per 100 grams of total composition.
- The preparation of pharmaceutical compositions that contain an active component is well understood in the art, for example, by mixing, granulating, or tablet-forming processes. The active therapeutic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient. For oral administration, the active agents are mixed with additives customary for this purpose, such as vehicles, stabilizers, or inert diluents, and converted by customary methods into suitable forms for administration, such as tablets, coated tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions and the like as detailed above.
- For intravenous administration, glucuronic acid, L-lactic acid, acetic acid, citric acid or any pharmaceutically acceptable acid/conjugate base with reasonable buffering capacity in the pH range acceptable for intravenous administration can be used as buffers. Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed. Typically, a pH range for the intravenous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
- Subcutaneous formulations can be prepared according to procedures well known in the art at a pH in the range between about 5 and about 12, which include suitable buffers and isotonicity agents. They can be formulated to deliver a daily dose of the active agent in one or more daily subcutaneous administrations. The choice of appropriate buffer and pH of a formulation, depending on solubility of one or more compounds to be administered, is readily made by a person having ordinary skill in the art. Sodium chloride solution wherein the pH has been adjusted to the desired range with either acid or base, for example, hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide, can also be employed in the subcutaneous formulation. Typically, a pH range for the subcutaneous formulation can be in the range of from about 5 to about 12.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of a solid, gel or liquid. For example, the formulation can be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like. More specific examples of oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets that can be enteric-coated, sugarcoated or film-coated. Examples of capsules include hard or soft gelatin capsules. Granules and powders can be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent forms. Each can be combined with other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
- In certain embodiments, the compound described herein can be provided as solid dosage forms, preferably capsules or tablets. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can optionally contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature; a binder; a diluent; a disintegrating agent; a lubricant; a glidant; a sweetening agent; and a flavoring agent.
- Examples of binders that can be used include, but are not limited to, microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, sucrose and starch paste.
- Examples of lubricants that can be used include, but are not limited to, talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid.
- Examples of diluents that can be used include, but are not limited to, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
- Examples of glidants that can be used include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide.
- Examples of disintegrating agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, cornstarch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose.
- Examples of coloring agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble FD and C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate.
- Examples of sweetening agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin, and any number of spray-dried flavors.
- Examples of flavoring agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate.
- Examples of wetting agents that can be used include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- Examples of anti-emetic coatings that can be used include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates.
- Examples of film coatings that can be used include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000 (PEG 4000) and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- If oral administration is desired, the salt of the compound can optionally be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition can also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
- When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can optionally additionally comprise a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can optionally additionally comprise various other materials that modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
- Compounds according to the present invention can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like. A syrup can optionally comprise, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
- The compounds described herein can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action. For example, if a compound is used for treating caner, it can be used with other anti-cancer agents.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be included in tablets comprising the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and wetting agents. Enteric-coated tablets, because of the enteric-coating, resist the action of stomach acid and dissolve or disintegrate in the neutral or alkaline intestines. Sugar-coated tablets can be compressed tablets to which different layers of pharmaceutically acceptable substances are applied. Film-coated tablets can be compressed tablets that have been coated with polymers or other suitable coating. Multiple compressed tablets can be compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle utilizing the pharmaceutically acceptable substances previously mentioned. Coloring agents can also be used in tablets. Flavoring and sweetening agents can be used in tablets, and are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
- Examples of liquid oral dosage forms that can be used include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules.
- Examples of aqueous solutions that can be used include, but are not limited to, elixirs and syrups. As used herein, elixirs refer to clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in elixirs include, but are not limited to solvents. Particular examples of solvents that can be used include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup. As used herein, syrups refer to concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose. Syrups can optionally further comprise a preservative.
- Emulsions refer to two-phase systems in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid. Emulsions can optionally be oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in emulsions include, but are not limited to non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that can be used in non-effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable substances that can be used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
- Coloring and flavoring agents can optionally be used in all of the above dosage forms.
- Particular examples of preservatives that can be used include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
- Particular examples of non-aqueous liquids that can be used in emulsions include mineral oil and cottonseed oil.
- Particular examples of emulsifying agents that can be used include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- Particular examples of suspending agents that can be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum and acacia. Diluents include lactose and sucrose. Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as sodium cyclamate and saccharin.
- Particular examples of wetting agents that can be used include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- Particular examples of organic acids that can be used include citric and tartaric acid.
- Sources of carbon dioxide that can be used in effervescent compositions include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate. Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water-soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof.
- Particular examples of flavoring agents that can be used include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds that produce a pleasant taste sensation.
- For a solid dosage form, the solution or suspension, in for example propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides, is preferably encapsulated in a gelatin capsule. Such solutions, and the preparation and encapsulation thereof, are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545, content of all of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. For a liquid dosage form, the solution. e.g., for example, in a polyethylene glycol, can be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier. e.g. water, to be easily measured for administration.
- Alternatively, liquid or semi-solid oral formulations can be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g. propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells. Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. Re 28,819 and 4,358,603, content of both of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- The present invention is also directed to compositions designed to administer the compounds described herein by parenteral administration, generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously. Injectables can be prepared in any conventional form, for example as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
- Examples of excipients that can be used in conjunction with injectables according to the present invention include, but are not limited to water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol. The injectable compositions can also optionally comprise minor amounts of non-toxic
auxiliary substances 50 such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins. Implantation of a slow release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained is also contemplated herein. The percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. - Parenteral administration of the formulations includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations. Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as the lyophilized powders described herein, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry
- insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions. The solutions can be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
- When administered intravenously, examples of suitable carriers include, but are not limited to physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can optionally be used in parenteral preparations include, but are not limited to aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
- Examples of aqueous vehicles that can optionally be used include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection, Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, Dextrose and Lactated Ringers Injection.
- Examples of nonaqueous parenteral vehicles that can optionally be used include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil.
- Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations can be added to parenteral preparations, particularly when the preparations are packaged in multiple-dose containers and thus designed to be stored and multiple aliquots to be removed. Examples of antimicrobial agents that can be used include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride.
- Examples of isotonic agents that can be used include sodium chloride and dextrose. Examples of buffers that can be used include phosphate and citrate. Examples of antioxidants that can be used include sodium bisulfate. Examples of local anesthetics that can be used include procaine hydrochloride. Examples of suspending and dispersing agents that can be used include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Examples of emulsifying agents that can be used include Polysorbate 80 (TWEEN 80). A sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA.
- Pharmaceutical carriers can also optionally include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
- The concentration of the compound in the parenteral formulation can be adjusted so that an injection administers a pharmaceutically effective amount sufficient to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
- Injectables can be designed for local and systemic administration.
- Unit-dose parenteral preparations can be packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration should be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
- The compounds described herein can optionally be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or can be derivatized to produce a more soluble active product or to produce a prodrug. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease state and can be empirically determined.
- The compounds described herein can also be prepared as lyophilized powders, which can be reconstituted for administration as solutions, emulsions and other mixtures. The lyophilized powders can also be formulated as solids or gels.
- Sterile, lyophilized powder can be prepared by dissolving the compound in a sodium phosphate buffer solution containing dextrose or other suitable excipient. Subsequent sterile filtration of the solution followed by lyophilization under standard conditions known to those of skill in the art provides the desired formulation. Briefly, the lyophilized powder can optionally be prepared by dissolving dextrose, sorbitol, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent, about 1-20%, preferably about 5 to 15%, in a suitable buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, typically, about neutral pH. Then, a compound described herein is added to the resulting mixture, preferably above room temperature, more preferably at about 30-35° C., and stirred until it dissolves. The resulting mixture is diluted by adding more buffer to a desired concentration. The resulting mixture is sterile filtered or treated to remove particulates and to insure sterility, and apportioned into vials for lyophilization. Each vial can contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the compound described herein.
- The compounds described herein can also be administered as topical mixtures. Topical mixtures can be used for local and systemic administration. The resulting mixture can be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
- The compounds described herein can be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923, which describe aerosols for delivery of a steroid useful for treatment inflammatory diseases, particularly asthma). These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a micro fine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose. In such a case, the particles of the formulation will typically have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
- The compounds described herein can also be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracisternal or intraspinal application. Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the compound alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered.
- Depending upon the disease state being treated, other routes of administration, such as topical application, transdermal patches, and rectal administration, can also be used. For example, pharmaceutical dosage forms for rectal administration are rectal suppositories, capsules and tablets for systemic effect. Rectal suppositories are used herein mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum that melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point. Examples of bases include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax. (polyoxyethylene glycol) and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids. Combinations of the various bases can be used. Agents to raise the melting point of suppositories include spermaceti and wax. Rectal suppositories can be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding. The typical weight of a rectal suppository is about 2 to 3 gm. Tablets and capsules for rectal administration can be manufactured using the same pharmaceutically acceptable substance and by the same methods as for formulations for oral administration.
- The invention is also directed to kits and other articles of manufacture for treating infectious diseases or neurodegenerative diseases or disorders. In one embodiment, a kit is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with instructions. The instructions can indicate the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit can also comprise packaging materials. The packaging material can comprise a container for housing the composition. The kit can also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit can comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
- In another embodiment, an article of manufacture is provided that comprises a composition comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with packaging materials. The packaging material can comprise a container for housing the composition. The container can optionally comprise a label indicating the disease state for which the composition is to be administered, storage information, dosing information and/or instructions regarding how to administer the composition. The kit can also optionally comprise additional components, such as syringes for administration of the composition. The kit can comprise the composition in single or multiple dose forms.
- It is noted that the packaging material used in kits and articles of manufacture according to the present invention can form a plurality of divided containers such as a divided bottle or a divided foil packet. The container can be in any conventional shape or form as known in the art which is made of a pharmaceutically acceptable material, for example a paper or cardboard box, a glass or plastic bottle or jar, a re-sealable bag (for example, to hold a “refill” of tablets for placement into a different container), or a blister pack with individual doses for pressing out of the pack according to a therapeutic schedule. The container that is employed will depend on the exact dosage form involved, for example a conventional cardboard box would not generally be used to hold a liquid suspension. It is feasible that more than one container can be used together in a single package to market a single dosage form. For example, tablets can be contained in a bottle that is in turn contained within a box. Typically the kit includes directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are preferably administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral, topical, transdermal and parenteral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.
- One particular example of a kit according to the present invention is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of individual tablets or capsules to be packed or can have the size and shape to accommodate multiple tablets and/or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses accordingly and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are individually sealed or collectively sealed, as desired, in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
- Another specific embodiment of a kit is a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use. Preferably, the dispenser is equipped with a memory-aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory-aid is a mechanical counter that indicates the number of daily doses that has been dispensed. Another example of such a memory-aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.
- The compounds described herein can be used or administrated to a subject in combination with another compound, e.g., a pharmaceutically active agent or treatment modality for a particular indication. Exemplary pharmaceutically active compound include, but are not limited to, those found in Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, 13′h Edition, Eds. T. R. Harrison et al. McGraw-Hill N.Y., NY; Physicians' Desk Reference, 50th Edition, 1997, Oradell N.J., Medical Economics Co.; Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Edition, Goodman and Gilman, 1990; United States Pharmacopeia, The National Formulary, USP XII NF XVII, 1990; current edition of Goodman and Oilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics; and current edition of The Merck Index, the complete contents of all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Wide variety compounds, e.g., therapeutic agents can have an additive or synergistic effect with the compounds described herein. Such compounds can additively or synergistically combine with the compounds described herein in the methods disclosed herein, e.g., to differentiate stem cells and/or treat a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject.
- The inventors have discovered that the combination of compounds disclosed herein, e.g., 7-chloro-4-aminoquinoline compounds with forskoline unexpectedly, surprisingly shows a synergistic effect on stimulating the transcriptional activity through the ligand binding domain of Nurr1 and enhancing the contrasting dual function of Nurr1.
- The term “synergistic” as used herein is defined to mean a combination of components wherein the activity of the combination is greater than the additive of the individual activities of each component of the combination. In some embodiments, the activity of the combination is at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 3-fold, at least 4-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold or greater than the additive of the individual activities of each component of the combination.
- In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein can be used in combination with a dopamine agonist. Without wishing to be bound by a theory, it is believed that the combination of a compound disclosed herein with a dopamine agonist shows a synergistic effect on stimulating the transcriptional activity through the ligand binding domain of Nurr1 and enhancing the contrasting dual function of Nurr1.
- As used herein, the term “dopamine agonist” refers to compounds that activate and/or stimulate one or more dopamine receptors and/or increase levels of dopamine (such as L-dopa or drugs which inhibit dopamine metabolism) and/or stimulate a dopamine signaling pathway and/or reduce levels of norepinephrine, and/or inhibit a norepinephrine signaling pathway. The term “dopamine agonist” also includes analogs of dopamine molecules which exhibit at least some biological activity in common with native human dopamine receptors. As such, the term “dopamine agonist” encompasses dopaminergic agents. As used herein the term “dopaminergic agent” refers to compounds which mimic the action of dopamine. Accordingly, the term dopaminergic agent is intended to encompass dopamine, derivatives of dopamine, and compounds which have dopamine like actions on dopamine receptors. Exemplary analogs of dopamine include the ergolines and the aporphines such apomorphine, pergolide, bromocriptine and lisuride). Dopamine agonists are primarily used for the treatment of Parkinson's disease due to their neuroprotective effects on dopaminergic neurons.
- Without wishing to be bound by a theory, a dopamine agonist can act via one of several pathways. For example, a dopamine agonist can activate or potentiate D1 dopamine receptors and/or Dj-like receptors such as D1 and D5 dopamine receptors and/or D2 dopamine receptors (e.g., D2, D2 short and D2 long receptors, D4, and D4 dopamine receptors) and/or D3 dopamine receptors and/or D4 dopamine receptors. A dopamine agonist can act by inhibiting one or more enzyme involved in biosynthesis and/or transformation and/or breakdown of dopamine.
- Exemplary dopamine agonists include, but are not limited to, L-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (L-Dopa); (−)-7-{[2-(4-Phenylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl]propylamino}-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol; (+)-4-propyl-9-hydroxynaphthoxazine ((+)PHNO); (E)-1-aryl-3-(4-pyridinepiperazin-1-yl)propanone oximes; (R)-3-(4-Propylmorpholin-2-yl)phenol (PF-219,061); (R,R)—S32504; 2-(N-phenylethyl-N-propylamino)-5-hydroxytetralin; 2-bromo-a-ergocriptine (bromocriptine); 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-6-(2-propen-1-yl)-4H-thiazolo[4,5-d]azepin-2-amine (BHT-920); 5-HT uptake inhibitor; 5-HT-1A agonists (such as roxindole); 6-Br-APB; 6-methyl-8-a-(N-acyl)amino-9-ergoline; 6-methyl-8-a-(N-phenyl-acety)amino-9-ergoline; 6-methyl-8β-carbobenzyloxy-aminoethyl-10-a-ergoline; 7,8-Dihydroxy-5-phenyl-octahydrobenzo[h]isoquinoline; 8-acylaminoergoline; 9,10-dihydroergocomine; a2-adrenergic antagonist (such as terguride); A-412,997; A-68,930; A-77,636; A-86,929; ABT-670; ABT-724; AF-14; alaptide; amisulpride; any D-2-halo-6-alkyl-8-substituted ergoline; Aplindore; Apomorphine; Aripiprazole (Abilify in USA); benzazepine analogs; BP-897; Bromocriptine; bromocriptine mesylate; Cabergoline; cis-8-Hydroxy-3-(n-propyl)-1,2,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H- and trans-N-{4-[4-(2,3-Dichlorophenyl)-1-piperazinyl]cyclohexyl}-3-methoxybenzamide; clozapine; COMT inhibitors (such as CGP-28014, entacapone and tolcapone); CP-226,269; CP-96,345; CY-208,243; D-2-bromo-6-methyl-8-cyanomethylergoline; Dihydrexidine; dihydro-alpha-ergocriptine; dihydro-alpha-ergotoxine; dihydroergocriptine; dihydroergocryptine; dihydroergotoxine (hydergine); Dinapsoline; Dinoxyline; domperidone; Dopamine; dopamine D1 receptor agonists; dopamine D2 receptor agonists; dopamine D3 receptor agonists; dopamine D4 receptor agonists; dopamine D5 receptor agonists; dopamine uptake inhibitors (such as GBR-12909, GBR-13069, GYKI-52895, and NS-2141); doprexin; Doxanthrine; ER-230; erfotoxine; Ergocornine; ergoline derivatives; ergot alkaloid derivatives; eticlopride; etisulergine; FAUC 299; FAUC 316; Fenoldopam; Flibanscrin; haloperidol; iloperidone; levodopa; Lisuride; lisuride; LSD; LU 111995; mazapertine; Methylphenidate; monoamine oxidase-B inhibitors (such as selegiline, N-(2butyl)-N-methylpropargylamine. N-methyl-N-(2-pentyl) propargylamine, AGN-1133, ergot derivatives, lazabemide, LU-53439. MD-280040 and mofegiline); N-0434; Naxagolide; olanzapine; opiate receptor agonists (such as NIH-10494); PD-118,440; PD-168,077; Pergolide (such as A-68939, A-77636, dihydrexine, and SKF-38393); PIP3EA; piribedil; Piribedil; Pramipexole; Quinagolide; Quinelorane; Quinpirole; racemic trans-10,11-
dihydroxy - Exemplary beta-3 adrenergic receptor agonists include, but are not limited to, DPDMS; dopexamine; AJ-9677; AZ-40140; BMS187413; BMS-194449; BMS-210285; BRL-26830A; BRL-28410; BRL-35135; BRL-37344; CGP 12177; CL-316243; CP-114271; CP-331648; CP-331679; D-7114; FR-149175; GW-2696; GW-427353; ICI-198157; L-750355; L-796568; LY-377604; N-5984; SB-226552; SR-58611A; SR-59062A; SWR0342SA; ZD-2079; and analogs, derivatives, enantiomers, metabolites, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- In some embodiments, the dopamine agonist inhibits the dopamine beta-hydroxylase. Dopamine beta-hydroxylase converts dopamine to norepinephrine. Thus, by inhibiting dopamine beta-hydroxylase, intracellular dopamine is increased while norepinephrine is decreased.
- Exemplary inhibitors of DBH include, but are not limited to fusaric acid; 1,1′,1″,1′″-[disulfanediylbis-(carbonothioylnitrilo)]tetraethane (disulflram); 2-Hydroxy-2,4,6-cycloheptatrien-1-one (tropolone, also referred to as 2-Hydroxytropone or Purpurocatechol); 5-(aminomethyl)-1-[(2 S)-5,7-difluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]-1,3-dihydro-2H-imidazole-2-thione (Nepicastat, INN, or SYN117)); 1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)imidazole-2-thiol; FLA-63; diethyldithiocarbamate; betachlorophenethylamine; 4-hydroxybenzyl cyanide; 2-halo-3(p-hydroxyphenyl)-1-propene; 1-phenyl-1-propyne; 2-phenylallylamine; 2-(2-thienyl)allylamine; 2-thiophene-2(2-thienyl)allylamine; 3-phenylpropargylamine; 1-phenyl-1 (aminoethyl)ethane; N-(trifluoroacetyl)phenyl(aminoethyl) ethane; 5-picolinic acid substituted with an alkyl group containing up to 6 carbon atoms; 5-picolinic acid substituted with a halo alkyl group containing up to 6 carbon atoms; and analogs, derivatives, enantiomers, metabolites, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Other inhibitors of dopamine beta-hydroxylase include, but are not limited to U.S. Pat. No. 4,487,761; 4,634,711; 4,719,223; 4,743,613; 4,749,717; 4,761,415; 4,762,850; 4,798,843; 4,810,800; 4,835,154; 4,839,371; 4,859,779; 4,876,266; 4.882.348; 4,906,668; 4,935,438; 4,963,568; 4,992,459; 5,100,912; 5,189,052; 5,597,832; 6,407,137; 6,559,186; 7,125,904; 7,576,081, content of all of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Cabergoline (Dostinex®) is a long-acting ergot derivative agonist with a high affinity for D2 receptors. Bromocriptine (Parlodel®) is an ergot alkaloid dopamine receptor agonist. It is a strong D2 receptor agonist and a weak DI receptor antagonist. It stimulates both pre- and post-synaptic receptors. Pergolide (Permax®) is a semisynthetic, clavine ergot derivative dopamine agonist. In contrast to bromocriptine, it is a strong D2 receptor agonist and a weak D1 receptor agonist. Ropinirole (Requip®) is a potent, non-ergoline dopamine agonist. Pramipexole (Mirapex®) is a synthetic amino-benzothiazol derivative and a non-ergot D2/D3 agonist. Quinagolide (1-propylbenzo[g]quinolin-3-yl)-Norprolac®; formerly CV 205-502) is another, non-ergot, non-ergoline, benzoquinoline dopaminergic agonist that blocks prolactin release.
- For n vivo methods, a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with the dopamine agonist. For example, for treating neurodegerative disorders, the compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with the dopamine agonist.
- For treating inflammation or inflammation associated disorders, a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with an agent known in the art for treatment of inflammation or inflammation associated disorders or infections. Exemplary anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs—such as aspirin, ibuprofen, or naproxen, corticosteroids (such as prednisone), anti-malarial medication (such as hydrochloroquine), methotrexate, sulfasalazine, leflunomide, anti-TNF medications, cyclophosphamise, mycophenolate, dexamethasone, rosiglitazone, prednisolone, corticosterone, budesonide, estrogen, estrodiol, sulfasalazine, fenfibrate, provastatin, simvastatin, proglitazone, acetylsalicylic acid, mycophenolic acid, mesalamine, and analogs, derivatives, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The term “co-administering,” “co-administration,” or “co-admmister” refers to the administration of a compound disclosed herein and a second compound, e.g. a dopamine agonist, forskolin, or colfosin, wherein the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered simultaneously, or at different times, as long as they work additively or synergistically to increase stem cell differentiation.
- Without limitations, the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. When administered in separate formulations, the compound disclosed herein and the second compound can be administered within any time of each other. For example, the compounds can be administered within 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours, 5 hours, 4 hours, 3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hours, 45 minutes, 30 minute, 25 minutes, 20 minutes, 15 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes or less of each other. When administered in separate formulations, either compound can be administered first.
- Additionally, co-administration does not require the two compounds to be administered by the same route. As such, each can be administered independently or as a common dosage form. Further, the two compounds can be administered in any ratio to each other by weight or moles. For example, two compounds can be administered in a ratio of from about 50:1, 40:1, 30:1, 25:1, 20:1, 15:1, 10:1, 5:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1:1.75, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1 to 1:1.25, 1:1.5, 1.75, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:10, 1:15, 1:20, 1:20, 1:30, 1:40, or 1:50. The ratio can be based on the effective amount of either compound.
- In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein can be co-adminstered with forskloin or colfosin.
- In some embodiments, amodiaquine or chloroquine can be co-adminstered with forskloin or colfosin. In some other embodiments,
- In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is co-adminstered amodiaquine or chloroquine can be co-adminstered with a dopamine agonist.
- Without limitation, methods comprising co-administering a compound disclosed herein can provide novel mechanism-based neuroprotective therapy that could have disease-modifying effects in (neuro)inflammatory diseases such as PD and AD as well as auto-immune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and lupus disease. Furthermore, since the current pharmacological treatments of PD by dopamine agonists such as L-Dopa leads to severe side effects while AQ or CQ did not induce any such side effects, their combined use will reduce or eliminate the side effects by dopamine agonists.
- The invention can be defined by any of the following numbered paragraphs:
- 1. A compound of formula (I):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R18 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- 2. A compound of formula (ii):
-
- wherein:
- X and Y are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- A and B are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R18 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted;
- ----- forms a cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- 3. A compound of formula (III):
-
- wherein:
- A and B are independently CR18 or N;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R18 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- 4. A compound of formula (IV):
-
- wherein:
- X and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R18 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted;
- ----- forms a cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- 5. A compound of formula (V):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R18 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- ----- forms a cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- 6. A compound of formula (VI):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- R21-R28 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted;
- ----- forms a cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which can be optionally substituted; and
- L is a linker.
- 7. A compound of formula (VII):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14,
- R and R10-R22 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- 8. A compound of formula (VIII):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR18, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14;
- R and R10-R21 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- 9. A compound of formula (IX):
-
- wherein:
- X, Y, and Z are independently CR14, N, O, or S;
- one of Z1 and Z2 is N and the other is CR14
- R and R10-R22 independently H, linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched alkenyl, linear or branched alkynyl, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carbonyl, hydroxyl, phenoxy, amino, alkylamino, thiol, or alkylthio, each of which can be optionally substituted.
- 10. A compound selected from the group consisting of
-
- and any combinations thereof.
- 11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- 12. A composition comprising a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 and stem cells.
- 13. The composition of
paragraph 12, wherein the stem cells are human embryonic stem cells. - 14. A method of treating a disease state when a decreased Nurr1 activity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 to a subject in need thereof.
- 15. A method of treating a disease state when a Nurr1 hypoactivity contributes to the pathology or symptomology of the disease, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 to a subject in need thereof.
- 16. A method of treating inflammation or inflammation associated disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 to a subject in need thereof.
- 17. A method of treating a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 to a subject in need thereof.
- 18. The method of paragraph 17, wherein the neurodegerative disease or disorder is Parkinson's disease.
- 19. The method of
paragraph 17 or 18, further comprising co-administering forskolin, colforsin, or a dopamine agonist to the subject. - 20. The method of paragraph 19, wherein the dopamine agonist is L-DOPA.
- 21. The method of any of paragraphs 14-20, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is an amount sufficient to activate Nurr1 in cells of the subject.
- 22. A method of inhibiting a neurodegerative disease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising co-administering: (i) a composition comprising stem cells; and (ii) a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 in an amount sufficient to induce differentiation of the stem cells.
- 23. The method of paragraph 22, wherein the stem cells are human embryonic stem cells.
- 24. A method for inducing differentiation of a stem cell into a dopaminergic neuron, the method comprising contacting said cell with a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 in an amount sufficient to cause differentiation of said stem cell.
- 25. The method of paragraph 24, wherein the stem cell is a human embryonic stem cell.
- 26. A kit comprising a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 and instructions for administering said compound to a subject diagnosed with or at risk of developing a neurodegerative disease or disorder.
- 27. The kit of paragraph 26, further comprising a stem cell.
- 28. A method of treating a disease state for which a dopamine agonist is a useful treatment, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of paragraphs 1-10 to a subject in need thereof.
- 29. The method of paragraph 28, wherein the disease state is restless leg syndrome.
- Unless stated otherwise, or implicit from context, the following terms and phrases include the meanings provided below. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, or apparent from context, the terms and phrases below do not exclude the meaning that the term or phrase has acquired in the art to which it pertains. The definitions are provided to aid in describing particular embodiments, and are not intended to limit the claimed invention, because the scope of the invention is limited only by the claims. Further, unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular.
- As used herein the term “comprising” or “comprises” is used in reference to compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof, that are essential to the invention, yet open to the inclusion of unspecified elements, whether essential or not.
- The singular terms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless context clearly indicates otherwise. Similarly, the word “or” is intended to include “and” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
- Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of this disclosure, suitable methods and materials are described below. The term “comprises” means “includes.” The abbreviation, “e.g.” is derived from the Latin exempli gratia, and is used herein to indicate a non-limiting example. Thus, the abbreviation “e.g.” is synonymous with the term “for example.”
- The terms “decrease”. “reduced”. “reduction”, “decrease” or “inhibit” are all used herein generally to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. However, for avoidance of doubt, “reduced”, “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example a decrease by at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% decrease (e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample), or any decrease between 10-100% as compared to a reference level.
- The terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” are all used herein to generally mean an increase by a statically significant amount; for the avoidance of any doubt, the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” means an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level.
- The term “statistically significant” or “significantly” refers to statistical significance and generally means at least two standard deviations (2SD) away from a reference level. The term refers to statistical evidence that there is a difference. It is defined as the probability of making a decision to reject the null hypothesis when the null hypothesis is actually true.
- As used herein, the term “aliphatic” means a moiety characterized by a straight or branched chain arrangement of constituent carbon atoms and can be saturated or partially unsaturated with one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five or more) double or triple bonds.
- As used herein, the term “alicyclic” means a moiety comprising a nonaromatic ring structure. Alicyclic moieties can be saturated or partially unsaturated with one or more double or triple bonds. Alicyclic moieties can also optionally comprise heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The nitrogen atoms can be optionally quaternized or oxidized and the sulfur atoms can be optionally oxidized. Examples of alicyclic moieties include, but are not limited to moieties with C3-C8 rings such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptene, cycloheptadiene, cyclooctane, cyclooctene, and cyclooctadiene.
- As used herein, the term, “aromatic” means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp2 hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2. An aromatic ring can be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms (e.g., aryl) or can include carbon and non-carbon atoms (e.g., heteroaryl).
- As used herein, the term “alkyl” means a straight or branched, saturated aliphatic radical having a chain of carbon atoms. Cx alkyl and Cx-Cyalkyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C1-C6alkyl includes alkyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, and the like). Alkyl represented along with another radical (e.g., as in arylalkyl) means a straight or branched, saturated alkyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated or when no atoms are indicated means a bond, e.g., (C6-C10)aryl(C0-C3)alkyl includes phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-phenylethyl 3-phenylpropyl, and the like. Backbone of the alkyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N. O, or S.
- In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure. The term “alkyl” (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, “lower alkyl” as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths. Throughout the application, preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
- Substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF3, —CN and the like.
- As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to unsaturated straight-chain, branched-chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Cx alkenyl and Cx-Cyalkenyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C2-C6alkenyl includes alkenyls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons and at least one double bond, e.g., vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methylallyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, and the like). Alkenyl represented along with another radical (e.g., as in arylalkenyl) means a straight or branched, alkenyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated. Backbone of the alkenyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N, O, or S.
- As used herein, the term “alkynyl” refers to unsaturated hydrocarbon radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Cx alkynyl and Cx-Cyalkynyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C2-C6alkynyl includes alkynls that have a chain of between 1 and 6 carbons and at least one triple bond, e.g., ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, isopentynyl, 1,3-hexa-diyn-yl, n-hexynyl, 3-pentynyl, 1-hexen-3-ynyl and the like. Alkynyl represented along with another radical (e.g., as in arylalkynyl) means a straight or branched, alkynyl divalent radical having the number of atoms indicated. Backbone of the alkynyl can be optionally inserted with one or more heteroatoms, such as N, O, or S.
- The terms “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” and “alkynylene” refer to divalent alkyl, alkelyne, and alkynylene” radicals. Prefixes Cx and Cx-Cy are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C1-C6alkylene includes methylene, (—CH2—), ethylene (—CH2CH2—), trimethylene (—CH2CH2CH2—), tetramethylene (—CH2CH2CH2CH2—), 2-methyltetramethylene (—CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2—), pentamethylene (—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—) and the like).
- As used herein, the term “alkylidene” means a straight or branched unsaturated, aliphatic, divalent radical having a general formula ═CRaRb. Cx alkylidene and Cx-Cyalkylidene are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For example, C2-C6alkylidene includes methylidene (═CH2), ethylidene (═CHCH3), isopropylidene (═C(CH3)2), propylidene (═CHCH2CH3), allylidene (═CH—CH═CH2), and the like).
- The term “heteroalkyl”, as used herein, refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, 0, N, Si, P, Se, B, and S, wherein the phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
- As used herein, the term “halogen” or “halo” refers to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The term “halogen radioisotope” or “halo isotope” refers to a radionuclide of an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- A “halogen-substituted moiety” or “halo-substituted moiety”, as an isolated group or part of a larger group, means an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic moiety, as described herein, substituted by one or more “halo” atoms, as such terms are defined in this application. For example, halo-substituted alkyl includes haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, perhaloalkyl and the like (e.g. halosubstituted (C1-C3)alkyl includes chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dichloroethyl, and the like).
- The term “aryl” refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic fused aromatic ring system. Cxaryl and Cx-Cyaryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system. Exemplary aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3 b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazoyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl and xanthenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, 1, 2, 3, or 4 hydrogen atoms of each ring can be substituted by a substituent.
- The term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered fused bicyclic, or 11-14 membered fused tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N. O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively. Cx heteroaryl and Cx-Cyheteroaryl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system. Heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzo[b]furan, benzo[b]thiophene, benzimidazole, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, quinazoline, thieno[2,3-c]pyridine, thieno[3,2-b]pyridine, thieno[2, 3-b]pyridine, indolizine, imidazo[1,2a]pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, quinolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, indoline, benzoxazole, benzopyrazole, benzothiazole, imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5-c]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, pyrrolo[2,3c]pyridine, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine, pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine, pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine, pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazine, pyrrolo[1,2-c]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrimidine, pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazine, triazol[1,5-a]pyridine, pteridine, purine, carbazole, acridine, phenazine, phenothiazine, phenoxazine, 1,2-dihydropyrrolo[3,2,1-hi]indole, indolizine, pyrido[1,2-a]indole, 2(1H)-pyridinone, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxepanyl, oxetanyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl and xanthenyl. Some exemplary heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, furyl or furanyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, thiophenyl or thienyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinolinyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, 2-amino-4-oxo-3,4-dihydropteridin-6-yl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like. In some embodiments, 1, 2, 3, or 4 hydrogen atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent.
- The term “cyclyl” or “cycloalkyl” refers to saturated and partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 12 carbons, for example, 3 to 8 carbons, and, for example, 3 to 6 carbons. Cxcyclyl and Cx-Cycyclyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system. The cycloalkyl group additionally can be optionally substituted, e.g., with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents. C3-C10cyclyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,5-cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, adamantan-1-yl, decahydronaphthyl, oxocyclohexyl, dioxocyclohexyl, thiocyclohexyl, 2-oxobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-1-yl, and the like.
- Aryl and heteroaryls can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents at one or more positions, for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, —CF3, —CN, or the like.
- The term “heterocyclyl” refers to a nonaromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively). Cxheterocyclyl and Cx-Cyheterocyclyl are typically used where X and Y indicate the number of carbon atoms in the ring system. In some embodiments, 1, 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms of each ring can be substituted by a substituent. Exemplary heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4-piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, perhydropyrrolizinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl and the like.
- The terms “bicyclic” and “tricyclic” refers to fused, bridged, or joined by a single bond polycyclic ring assemblies.
- The term “cyclylalkylene” means a divalent aryl, heteroaryl, cyclyl, or heterocyclyl.
- As used herein, the term “fused ring” refers to a ring that is bonded to another ring to form a compound having a bicyclic structure when the ring atoms that are common to both rings are directly bound to each other. Non-exclusive examples of common fused rings include decalin, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, indole, furan, benzofuran, quinoline, and the like. Compounds having fused ring systems can be saturated, partially saturated, cyclyl, heterocyclyl, aromatics, heteroaromatics, and the like.
- As used herein, the term “carbonyl” means the radical —C(O)—. It is noted that the carbonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different carbonyl groups including acids, acid halides, amides, esters, ketones, and the like.
- The term “carboxy” means the radical —C(O)O—. It is noted that compounds described herein containing carboxy moieties can include protected derivatives thereof, i.e., where the oxygen is substituted with a protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
- The term “cyano” means the radical —CN.
- The term, “heteroatom” refers to an atom that is not a carbon atom. Particular examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and halogens. A “heteroatom moiety” includes a moiety where the atom by which the moiety is attached is not a carbon. Examples of heteroatom moieties include —N═, —NRN—, —N+(O−)═, —O—, —S— or —S(O)2—, —OS(O)2—, and —SS—, wherein RN is H or a further substituent.
- The term “hydroxy” means the radical —OH.
- The term “imine derivative” means a derivative comprising the moiety —C(NR)—, wherein R comprises a hydrogen or carbon atom alpha to the nitrogen.
- The term “nitro” means the radical —NO2.
- An “oxaaliphatic,” “oxaalicyclic”, or “oxaaromatic” mean an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic, as defined herein, except where one or more oxygen atoms (—O—) are positioned between carbon atoms of the aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic respectively.
- An “oxoaliphatic,” “oxoalicyclic”, or “oxoaromatic” means an aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic, as defined herein, substituted with a carbonyl group. The carbonyl group can be an aldehyde, ketone, ester, amide, acid, or acid halide.
- As used herein, the term, “aromatic” means a moiety wherein the constituent atoms make up an unsaturated ring system, all atoms in the ring system are sp2 hybridized and the total number of pi electrons is equal to 4n+2. An aromatic ring can be such that the ring atoms are only carbon atoms (e.g., aryl) or can include carbon and non-carbon atoms (e.g., heteroaryl).
- As used herein, the term “substituted” refers to independent replacement of one or more (typically 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of the hydrogen atoms on the substituted moiety with substituents independently selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituents” or otherwise specified. In general, a non-hydrogen substituent can be any substituent that can be bound to an atom of the given moiety that is specified to be substituted. Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, aldehyde, alicyclic, aliphatic, alkanesulfonamido, alkanesulfonyl, alkaryl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylamino, alkylcarbanoyl, alkylene, alkylidene, alkylthios, alkynyl, amide, amido, amino, amino, aminoalkyl, aralkyl, aralkylsulfonamido, arenesulfonamido, arenesulfonyl, aromatic, aryl, arylamino, arylcarbanoyl, aryloxy, azido, carbamoyl, carbonyl, carbonyls (including ketones, carboxy, carboxylates, CF3, cyano (CN), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, ester, ether, haloalkyl, halogen, halogen, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxy, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, imino, iminoketone, ketone, mercapto, nitro, oxaalkyl, oxo, oxoalkyl, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), silyl groups, sulfonamido, sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), thiols, and ureido moieties, each of which may optionally also be substituted or unsubstituted. In some cases, two substituents, together with the carbon(s) to which they are attached to, can form a ring.
- The terms “alkoxyl” or “alkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like. An “ether” is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, and —O-alkynyl. Aroxy can be represented by —O-aryl or O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined below. The alkoxy and aroxy groups can be substituted as described above for alkyl.
- The term “aralkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
- The term “alkylthio” refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the “alkylthio” moiety is represented by one of —S-alkyl, —S— alkenyl, and —S-alkynyl. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like. The term “alkylthio” also encompasses cycloalkyl groups, alkene and cycloalkene groups, and alkyne groups. “Arylthio” refers to aryl or heteroaryl groups.
- The term “sulfinyl” means the radical —SO—. It is noted that the sulfinyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfinyl groups including sulfinic acids, sulfinamides, sulfinyl esters, sulfoxides, and the like.
- The term “sulfonyl” means the radical —SO2—. It is noted that the sulfonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different sulfonyl groups including sulfonic acids, sulfonamides, sulfonate esters, sulfones, and the like.
- The term “thiocarbonyl” means the radical —C(S)—. It is noted that the thiocarbonyl radical can be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different thiocarbonyl groups including thioacids, thioamides, thioesters, thioketones, and the like.
- As used herein, the term “amino” means —NH2. The term “alkylamino” means a nitrogen moiety having at least one straight or branched unsaturated aliphatic, cyclyl, or heterocyclyl radicals attached to the nitrogen. For example, representative amino groups include —NH2, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —NH(C1-C10alkyl), —N(C1-C10alkyl)2, and the like. The term “alkylamino” includes “alkenylamino,” “alkynylamino,” “cyclylamino.” and “heterocyclylamino.” The term “arylamino” means a nitrogen moiety having at least one aryl radical attached to the nitrogen. For example —NHaryl, and —N(aryl)2. The term “heteroarylamino” means a nitrogen moiety having at least one heteroaryl radical attached to the nitrogen. For example —NHheteroaryl, and —N(heteroaryl)2. Optionally, two substituents together with the nitrogen can also form a ring. Unless indicated otherwise, the compounds described herein containing amino moieties can include protected derivatives thereof. Suitable protecting groups for amino moieties include acetyl, tertbutoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
- The term “aminoalkyl” means an alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl as defined above, except where one or more substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen atoms (—N—) are positioned between carbon atoms of the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl. For example, an (C2-C6) aminoalkyl refers to a chain comprising between 2 and 6 carbons and one or more nitrogen atoms positioned between the carbon atoms.
- It is noted in regard to all of the definitions provided herein that the definitions should be interpreted as being open ended in the sense that further substituents beyond those specified may be included. Hence, a C1 alkyl indicates that there is one carbon atom but does not indicate what are the substituents on the carbon atom. Hence, a C1 alkyl comprises methyl (i.e., —CH3) as well as —CRaRbRc where Ra, Rb, and Rc can each independently be hydrogen or any other substituent where the atom alpha to the carbon is a heteroatom or cyano. Hence, CF3, CH2OH and CH2CN are all C1 alkyls.
- The term “derivative” as used herein refers to a chemical substance related structurally to another, i.e., an “original” substance, which can be referred to as a “parent” compound. A “derivative” can be made from the structurally-related parent compound in one or more steps. In some embodiments, the general physical and chemical properties of a derivative can be similar to or different from the parent compound.
- As used herein, the term “polyamine” refers to molecules comprising two or more amines. Polyamines can be aliphatic, straight-chain amines derived biosynthetically from amino acids. Several polyamines are reviewed in Marton et al. (1995) Ann. Rev. Pharm. Toxicol. 35:55-91, content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Polyamines cadaverine and putrescine are diamines produced by decarboxylation of lysine or omithine, respectively. Putrescine is converted to spermidine, and spermidine to spermine, by the addition of an aminopropyl group. This group is provided by decarboxylated S-adenosyl methionine. “Polyamine analog” is defined as an organic cation structurally similar but non-identical to polyamines such as spermine and/or spermidine and their precursor, diamine putrescine. Polyamine analogs, which can be branched or unbranched, include, but are not limited to, BE-4444 [1,19bis(ethylamino)-5,10,15-triazanonadecane]; BE-333 [N1, N11-diethylnorspermine; DENSPM; 1,11-bis(ethylamino)4,8-diazaundecane; thermine; Warner-Parke-Davis]; BE-33 [N1,N7-bis (ethyl) norspermidine]; BE-34 [N1,N8-bis (ethyl) spermidine]; BE-44 [N1,N9-bis (ethyl) homospermidine]; BE-343 [N1,N12-bis (ethyl) spermine; diethylspermine-N1-N12; DESPM]; BE-373 [N,N′-bis(3-ethylamino) propyl)-1,7-heptane diamine, Merrell-Dow]; BE-444 [N1, N14-bis (ethyl) homospermine; diefhylhomospermine-N1N14]; BE-3443 [1,17-bis (ethylamino)-4,9,14-triazaheptadecane]; BE-4334 [1,17-bis (ethylamino)-5,9,13triazaheptadecane]; 1,1 2-Me2-SPM [1,12dimethylspermine]; and the various polyamine analogs disclosed in WO 98/17624; U.S. Pat. No. 5,889,061; WO 00/66175 and WO 00/66587; and O'Sullivan et al. (1997) Bioorg. Med. Chem. 5:2145-2155 and Mukhopadhyaya et al. (1995) Exp. Parasit. 81:39-46; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,935,449, content of all of which is incorporated herein by reference. Cyclic polyamine compounds and cyclic polyamine analogs are disclosed in International Patent Application WO 02/10142. In certain of these cyclic polyamine compounds, one or more of the aliphatic nitrogens form part of an amide group
- In some embodiments, the compounds described herein can be in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug” as used herein refers to compounds that can be converted via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis) to compound described herein. Thus, the term “prodrug” also refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug can be inactive when administered to a subject, i.e. an ester, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis to the free carboxylic acid or free hydroxyl. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in an organism. The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Prodrugs of an active compound, as described herein, may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound. Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. For example, a compound comprising a hydroxy group can be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound. Suitable esters that can be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, formates, benzoates, maleates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like. Similarly, a compound comprising an amine group can be administered as an amide, e.g., acetamide, formamide and benzamide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound. See Harper, “Drug Latentiation” in Jucker, ed. Progress in Drug Research 4:221-294 (1962); Morozowich et al, “Application of Physical Organic Principles to Prodrug Design” in E. B. Roche ed. Design of Biopharmaceutical Properties through Prodrugs and Analogs, APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. 40 (1977); Bioreversible Carriers in Drug in Drug Design, Theory and Application. E. B. Roche, ed., APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. (1987); Design of Prodrugs. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier (1985); Wang et al. “Prodrug approaches to the improved delivery of peptide drug” in Curr. Pharm. Design. 5(4):265-287 (1999); Pauletti et al. (1997) Improvement in peptide bioavailability: Peptidomimetics and Prodrug Strategies, Adv. Drug. Delivery Rev. 27:235-256; Mizen et al. (1998) “The Use of Esters as Prodrugs for Oral Delivery of (3-Lactam antibiotics,” Pharm. Biotech. 11, 345-365; Gaignault et al. (1996) “Designing Prodrugs and Bioprecursors I. Carrier Prodrugs,” Pract. Med. Chem. 671-696; Asghamejad, “Improving Oral Drug Transport”, in Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems. G. L. Amidon, P. 1. Lee and E. M. Topp, Eds., Marcell Dekker, p. 185-218 (2000); Balant et al., “Prodrugs for the improvement of drug absorption via different routes of administration”, Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokinet., 15(2): 143-53 (1990); Balimane and Sinko, “Involvement of multiple transporters in the oral absorption of nucleoside analogues”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev., 39(1-3): 183-209 (1999); Browne, “Fosphenytoin (Cerebyx)”, Clin. Neuropharmacol. 20(1): 1-12 (1997); Bundgaard, “Bioreversible derivatization of drugs—principle and applicability to improve the therapeutic effects of drugs”, Arch. Pharm. Chemi 86(1): 1-39 (1979); Bundgaard H. “Improved drug delivery by the prodrug approach”, Controlled Drug Delivery 17: 179-96 (1987); Bundgaard H. “Prodrugs as a means to improve the delivery of peptide drugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev. 8(1): 1-38 (1992); Fleisher et al. “Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev. 19(2): 115-130 (1996); Fleisher et al. “Design of prodrugs for improved gastrointestinal absorption by intestinal enzyme targeting”, Methods Enzymol. 112 (Drug Enzyme Targeting, Pt. A): 360-81, (1985); Farquhar D, et al., “Biologically Reversible Phosphate-Protective Groups”, Pharm. Sci., 72(3): 324-325 (1983); Freeman S, et al., “Bioreversible Protection for the Phospho Group: Chemical Stability and Bioactivation of Di(4-acetoxy-benzyl) Methylphosphonate with Carboxyesterase,” Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 875-877 (1991); Friis and Bundgaard, “Prodrugs of phosphates and phosphonates: Novel lipophilic alphaacyloxyalkyl ester derivatives of phosphate- or phosphonate containing drugs masking the negative charges of these groups” Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 4: 49-59 (1996); Gangwar et al., “Pro-drug, molecular structure and percutaneous delivery”, Des. Biopharm. Prop. Prodrugs Analogs, [Symp.] Meeting Date 1976, 409-21. (1977); Nathwani and Wood, “Penicillins; a current review of their clinical pharmacology and therapeutic use”. Drugs 45(6): 866-94 (1993); Sinhababu and Thakker, “Prodrugs of anticancer agents” Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 19(2): 241-273 (1996); Stella et al., “Prodrugs. Do they have advantages in clinical practice?”, Drugs 29(5): 455-73 (1985); Tan et al. “Development and optimization of anti-HIV nucleoside analogs and prodrugs: A review of their cellular pharmacology, structure-activity relationships and pharmacokinetics”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 39(1-3): 117-151 (1999); Taylor, “Improved passive oral drug delivery via prodrugs”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev., 19(2): 131-148 (1996); Valentino and Borchardt, “Prodrug strategies to enhance the intestinal absorption of peptides”, Drug Discovery Today 2(4): 148-155 (1997); Wiebe and Knaus, “Concepts for the design of anti-HIV nucleoside prodrugs for treating cephalic HIV infection”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev.: 39(1-3):63-80 (1999); Waller et al., “Prodrugs”, Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 28: 497-507 (1989), content of all of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The term “protected derivatives” means derivatives of compounds described herein in which a reactive site or sites are blocked with protecting groups. Protected derivatives are useful in the preparation of compounds or in themselves can be active. A comprehensive list of suitable protecting groups can be found in T. W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis. 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999.
- “Isomers” mean any compound having identical molecular formulae but differing in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and stereoisomers that are nonsuperimposable mirror images are termed “enantiomers” or sometimes “optical isomers”. A carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a “chiral center”. A compound with one chiral center has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality. A mixture of the two enantiomeric forms is termed a “racemic mixture”. A compound that has more than one chiral center has 2n-1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers. Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as ether an individual diastereomers or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a “diastereomeric mixture”. When one chiral center is present a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration of that chiral center. Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center. Enantiomers are characterized by the absolute configuration of their chiral centers and described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog. Conventions for stereochemical nomenclature, methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well known in the art (e.g., see “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition, March, Jerry, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992).
- The term “enantiomer” is used to describe one of a pair of molecular isomers which are mirror images of each other and non-superimposable. Other terms used to designate or refer to enantiomers include “stereoisomers” (because of the different arrangement or stereochemistry around the chiral center; although all enantiomers are stereoisomers, not all stereoisomers are enantiomers) or “optical isomers” (because of the optical activity of pure enantiomers, which is the ability of different pure enantiomers to rotate planepolarized light in different directions). Enantiomers generally have identical physical properties, such as melting points and boiling points, and also have identical spectroscopic properties. Enantiomers can differ from each other with respect to their interaction with plane-polarized light and with respect to biological activity.
- The designations “R” and “S” are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The designations may appear as a prefix or as a suffix; they may or may not be separated from the isomer by a hyphen; they may or may not be hyphenated; and they may or may not be surrounded by parentheses.
- The designations or prefixes “(+)” and “(−)” are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) meaning that the compound is levorotatory (rotates to the left). A compound prefixed with (+) is dextrorotatory (rotates to the right).
- The term “racemic mixture,” “racemic compound” or “racemate” refers to a mixture of the two enantiomers of one compound. An ideal racemic mixture is one wherein there is a 50:50 mixture of both enantiomers of a compound such that the optical rotation of the (+) enantiomer cancels out the optical rotation of the (−) enantiomer.
- The term “resolving” or “resolution” when used in reference to a racemic mixture refers to the separation of a racemate into its two enantiomorphic forms (i.e., (+) and (−); 65 (R) and (S) forms). The terms can also refer to enantioselective conversion of one isomer of a racemate to a product.
- The term “enantiomeric excess” or “ee” refers to a reaction product wherein one enantiomer is produced in excess of the other, and is defined for a mixture of (+)- and (−)-enantiomers, with composition given as the mole or weight or volume fraction F(+) and F(−) (where the sum of F(+) and F(−)=1). The enantiomeric excess is defined as * F(+)−F(−)* and the percent enantiomeric excess by 100x* F(+)−F(−)*. The “purity” of an enantiomer is described by its ee or percent ee value (% ee).
- Whether expressed as a “purified enantiomer” or a “pure enantiomer” or a “resolved enantiomer” or “a compound in enantiomeric excess”, the terms are meant to indicate that the amount of one enantiomer exceeds the amount of the other. Thus, when referring to an enantiomer preparation, both (or either) of the percent of the major enantiomer (e.g. by mole or by weight or by volume) and (or) the percent enantiomeric excess of the major enantiomer may be used to determine whether the preparation represents a purified enantiomer preparation.
- The term “enantiomeric purity” or “enantiomer purity” of an isomer refers to a qualitative or quantitative measure of the purified enantiomer; typically, the measurement is expressed on the basis of ee or enantiomeric excess.
- The terms “substantially purified enantiomer,” “substantially resolved enantiomer” “substantially purified enantiomer preparation” are meant to indicate a preparation (e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrate, or intermediate) wherein one enantiomer has been enriched over the other, and more preferably, wherein the other enantiomer represents less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, and more preferably less than 5%, and still more preferably, less than 2% of the enantiomer or enantiomer preparation.
- The terms “purified enantiomer,” “resolved enantiomer” and “purified enantiomer preparation” are meant to indicate a preparation (e.g. derived from non-optically active starting material, substrates or intermediates) wherein one enantiomer (for example, the R-enantiomer) is enriched over the other, and more preferably, wherein the other enantiomer (for example the S-enantiomer) represents less than 30%, preferably less than 20%, more preferably less than 10% (e.g. in this particular instance, the R-enantiomer is substantially free of the S-enantiomer), and more preferably less than 5% and still more preferably, less than 2% of the preparation. A purified enantiomer may be synthesized substantially free of the other enantiomer, or a purified enantiomer may be synthesized in a stereo-preferred procedure, followed by separation steps, or a purified enantiomer may be derived from a racemic mixture.
- The term “enantioselectivity,” also called the enantiomeric ratio indicated by the symbol “E,” refers to the selective capacity of an enzyme to generate from a racemic substrate one enantiomer relative to the other in a product racemic mixture; in other words, it is a measure of the ability of the enzyme to distinguish between enantiomers. A nonselective reaction has an E of 1, while resolutions with E's above 20 are generally considered useful for synthesis or resolution. The enantioselectivity resides in a difference in conversion rates between the enantiomers in question. Reaction products are obtained that are enriched in one of the enantiomers; conversely, remaining substrates are enriched in the other enantiomer. For practical purposes it is generally desirable for one of the enantiomers to be obtained in large excess. This is achieved by terminating the conversion process at a certain degree of conversion.
- As used herein, the terms “effective” and “effectiveness” includes both pharmacological effectiveness and physiological safety. Pharmacological effectiveness refers to the ability of the treatment to result in a desired biological effect in the patient. Physiological safety refers to the level of toxicity, or other adverse physiological effects at the cellular, organ and/or organism level (often referred to as side-effects) resulting from administration of the treatment. “Less effective” means that the treatment results in a therapeutically significant lower level of pharmacological effectiveness and/or a therapeutically greater level of adverse physiological effects. The compounds described herein are effective in treating various types of cancer.
- The terms “decrease”. “reduced”. “reduction”. “decrease” or “inhibit” are all used herein generally to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. However, for avoidance of doubt, “reduced”, “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example a decrease by at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% decrease (e.g. absent level as compared to a reference sample), or any decrease between 10-100% as compared to a reference level.
- The terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” are all used herein to generally mean an increase by a statically significant amount, for the avoidance of any doubt, the terms “increased”, “increase” or “enhance” or “activate” means an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level.
- The term “statistically significant” or “significantly” refers to statistical significance and generally means at least two standard deviation (2SD) away from a reference level. The term refers to statistical evidence that there is a difference. It is defined as the probability of making a decision to reject the null hypothesis when the null hypothesis is actually true.
- As used herein, a “subject” means a human or animal. Usually the animal is a vertebrate such as a primate, rodent, domestic animal or game animal. Primates include chimpanzees, cynomolgous monkeys, spider monkeys, and macaques, e.g., Rhesus. Rodents include mice, rats, woodchucks, ferrets, rabbits and hamsters. Domestic and game animals include cows, horses, pigs, deer, bison, buffalo, feline species, e.g., domestic cat, canine species. e.g., dog, fox, wolf, avian species, e.g., chicken, emu, ostrich, and fish, e.g., trout, catfish and salmon. Patient or subject includes any subset of the foregoing, e.g., all of the above, but excluding one or more groups or species such as humans, primates or rodents. In certain embodiments of the aspects described herein, the subject is a mammal, e.g., a primate, e.g., a human. The terms, “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein. The terms, “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein. A subject can be male or female.
- Preferably, the subject is a mammal. The mammal can be a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow, but are not limited to these examples. Mammals other than humans can be advantageously used as subjects that represent animal models of human diseases and disorders. In addition, compounds, compositions and methods described herein can be used to treat domesticated animals and/or pets.
- In jurisdictions that forbid the patenting of methods that are practiced on the human body, the meaning of “administering” of a composition to a human subject shall be restricted to prescribing a controlled substance that a human subject will self-administer by any technique (e.g., orally, inhalation, topical application, injection, insertion, etc.). The broadest reasonable interpretation that is consistent with laws or regulations defining patentable subject matter is intended. In jurisdictions that do not forbid the patenting of methods that are practiced on the human body, the “administering” of compositions includes both methods practiced on the human body and also the foregoing activities.
- As used herein, the term “administer” refers to the placement of a composition into a subject by a method or route which results in at least partial localization of the composition at a desired site such that desired effect is produced. A compound or composition described herein can be administered by any appropriate route known in the art including, but not limited to, oral or parenteral routes, including intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), pulmonary, nasal, rectal, and topical (including buccal and sublingual) administration.
- Exemplary modes of administration include, but are not limited to, injection, infusion, instillation, inhalation, or ingestion. “Injection” includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intraventricular, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, sub capsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal, intracerebro spinal, and intrasternal injection and infusion. In preferred embodiments, the compositions are administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
- Administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- The phrase “therapeutically-effective amount” as used herein means that amount of a compound, material, or composition comprising a compound described herein which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect in at least a sub-population of cells in a subject at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment. Thus, “therapeutically effective amount” means that amount which, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- Determination of an effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. Generally, the actual effective amount can vary with the specific compound, the use or application technique, the desired effect, the duration of the effect and side effects, the subject's history, age, condition, sex, as well as the severity and type of the medical condition in the subject, and administration of other pharmaceutically active agents. Accordingly, an effective dose of compound described herein is an amount sufficient to produce at least some desired therapeutic effect in a subject.
- The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of use or administration utilized.
- The effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the therapeutic which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. The effects of any particular dosage can be monitored by a suitable bioassay. The effective plasma concentration for a compound as disclosed herein can be about 0.01 μM to about 10 μM, about 0.2 μM to about 5 μM, or about 0.8 to about 3 μM in a subject, such as a rat, dog, or human.
- Generally, the compositions are administered so that a compound of the disclosure herein is used or given at a dose from 1 μg/kg to 1000 mg/kg; 1 μg/kg to 500 mg/kg; 1 μg/kg to 150 mg/kg, 1 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 1 μg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 1 μg/kg to 20 mg/kg, 1 μg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 1 μg/kg to 1 mg/kg, 100 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 100 μg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 100 μg/kg to 20 mg/kg, 100 μg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 100 μg/kg to 1 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg. It is to be understood that ranges given here include all intermediate ranges, for example, the
range 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg includes 1 mg/kg to 2 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 4 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 5 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 6 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 7 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 8 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 9 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, and the like. Further contemplated is a dose (either as a bolus or continuous infusion) of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, or 0.5 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg. It is to be further understood that the ranges intermediate to those given above are also within the scope of this disclosure, for example, in therange 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, for example use or dose ranges such as 2 mg/kg to 8 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg to 7 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg to 6 mg/kg, and the like. - The compounds described herein can be administered at once, or can be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment will be a function of the location of where the composition is parenterally administered, the carrier and other variables that can be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values can also vary with the age of the individual treated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens can need to be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the formulations. Hence, the concentration ranges set forth herein are intended to be exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed formulations.
- The compound can be administered as a single bolus or multiple boluses, as a continuous infusion, or a combination thereof. For example, the compound can be administered as a single bolus initially, and then administered as a continuous infusion following the bolus. The rate of the infusion can be any rate sufficient to maintain effective plasma concentration. Some contemplated infusion rates include from 1 μg/kg/min to 100 mg/kg/min, or from 1 μg/kg/hr to 1000 mg/kg/hr. Rates of infusion can include 0.2 to 1.5 mg/kg/min, or more specifically 0.25 to 1 mg/kg/min, or even more specifically 0.25 to 0.5 mg/kg/min. It will be appreciated that the rate of infusion can be determined based upon the dose necessary to maintain effective plasma concentration and the rate of elimination of the compound, such that the compound is administered via infusion at a rate sufficient to safely maintain a sufficient effective plasma concentration of compound in the bloodstream.
- The terms “co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
- Generally, the term “treatment” or “treating” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, said patient having a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. Thus, treating can include suppressing, inhibiting, preventing, treating, or a combination thereof. Treating refers, inter alia, to increasing time to sustained progression, expediting remission, inducing remission, augmenting remission, speeding recovery, increasing efficacy of or decreasing resistance to alternative therapeutics, or a combination thereof. “Suppressing” or “inhibiting”, refers, inter alia, to delaying the onset of symptoms, preventing relapse to a disease, decreasing the number or frequency of relapse episodes, increasing latency between symptomatic episodes, reducing the severity of symptoms, reducing the severity of an acute episode, reducing the number of symptoms, reducing the incidence of disease-related symptoms, reducing the latency of symptoms, ameliorating symptoms, reducing secondary symptoms, reducing secondary infections, prolonging patient survival, or a combination thereof. In one embodiment the symptoms are primary, while in another embodiment symptoms are secondary. “Primary” refers to a symptom that is a direct result of a disorder, e.g., diabetes, while, secondary refers to a symptom that is derived from or consequent to a primary cause. Symptoms may be any manifestation of a disease or pathological condition.
- Accordingly, as used herein, the term “treatment” or “treating” includes any administration of a compound described herein and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease; (ii) inhibiting the disease in an subject that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology); or (iii) ameliorating the disease in a subject that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the diseased (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
- By “treatment”, “prevention” or “amelioration” of a disease or disorder is meant delaying or preventing the onset of such a disease or disorder, reversing, alleviating, ameliorating, inhibiting, slowing down or stopping the progression, aggravation or deterioration the progression or severity of a condition associated with such a disease or disorder. In one embodiment, the symptoms of a disease or disorder are alleviated by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50%.
- Specifically, by “treatment, prevention or amelioration of neurodegenerative disorder” is meant delaying or preventing the onset of such a disorder (e.g. death of motor neurons), at reversing, alleviating, ameliorating, inhibiting, slowing down or stopping the progression, aggravation or deterioration the progression or severity of such a condition. In one embodiment, the symptom of a neurodegenerative disorder is alleviated by at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50%. In one embodiment, the symptom of a neurodegenerative disease is alleviated by more than 50%. In one embodiment, the symptom of a neurodegenerative disorder is alleviated by 80%, 90%, or greater.
- Efficacy of treatment is determined in association with any known method for diagnosing the disorder. Alleviation of one or more symptoms of the disorder indicates that the compound confers a clinical benefit. Any of the therapeutic methods described to above can be applied to any suitable subject including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
- By “embryonic stem cell” is meant a cell, derived from an embryo at the blastocyst stage, or before substantial differentiation of the cell into the three germ layers, that can self renew and displays morphological characteristics of undifferentiated cells, distinguishing them from differentiated cells of embryonic or adult origin. Exemplary morphological characteristics include high nuclear/cytoplasmic ratios and prominent nucleoli under a microscope. Under appropriate conditions known to the skilled artisan, embryonic stem cells can differentiate into cells or tissues of the three germ layers: endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm. Assays for identification of an embryonic stem cell include the ability to form a teratoma in a suitable host or to be stained for markers of an undifferentiated cell such as Oct-4.
- By “an amount sufficient to treat” is meant the amount of a compound required to improve, inhibit, or ameliorate a condition of a subject, or a symptom of a disease, in a clinically relevant manner. Any improvement in the subject is considered sufficient to achieve treatment.
- By “Nurr1 biological activity” is meant any activity known to be caused in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo by a Nurr1 polypeptide. For example, such activity could include activating transcription of tyrosine hydroxylase.
- “Nurr1 nucleic acid” and “Nurr1 gene” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a nucleic acid that encodes all or a portion of a Nurr1 polypeptide, or is substantially identical to all or a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of Genbank Accession No. ABOl 7586 (Ichinose et a., Gene 230:233-239, 1999), or analog thereof. By “Nurr1 polypeptide” is meant a polypeptide substantially identical to all or a portion of the polypeptide sequence of Genbank Accession No. BAA75666, or analog thereof, and having Nurr1 biological activity.
- Among the prototype structures of
FIG. 1 , synthesis of 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine hybrids is described here. Similarly, other compounds as depicted inFIG. 1 were also synthesized. The 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine conjugates were synthesized using three step procedure as outlined inScheme 1. The commercially available startingmaterial 4,7-dichloroquinoline (8) was reacted with an excess of aliphatic linear chain diaminoalkanes via SNAr type of reaction in neat conditions as reported in literature to afford substituted 4-aminoquinolines (9a-d) with free terminal amino group in goodto excellent yield [Roepe, P. D. J. Med. Chem. 2008, 51, 3466]. These intermediates (9a-d) on reaction with commercially available 2,4-dichloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine yielded two regioisomersviz 10a-d in major and 11a-d in minor yield. The major regioisomers 10a-d was subjected to nucleophilic substitution with different cyclic secondary amines at an elevated temperature in DMF as solvent, to yield 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine conjugates (12a-n) in excellent yield. - a) diaminoalkanes, neat, 120-130° C., 6-8 h, 80-90%; b) 2,4-dichloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine, TEA, EtOH, RT, overnight. (10a-d 70-80% and 11a-d, 15-25%); c) R=secondary amines, DMF, 100-120° C. 10-12 h, 80-85%.
- In vitro antimalarial activity of all the conjugates was studied against both CQ-sensitive (D6 clone) and CQ-resistant (W2 clone) strains of P. falciparum while mammalian cell cytotoxicity was determined against Vero, LLC-PK-1, HepG2 cells (Table 6) using procedure as described earlier [Jain, R. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2005, 13, 4458; Khan, 1. A. Lipids 2004, 37, 169]. Most of the compounds have shown very promising antimalarial activity. Out of these, eleven compounds (12b-c, 12e-f, 12h-n) have displayed better antimalarial activity (IC50=0.006 μM to 0.041 μM) against CQ-sensitive strain, while thirteen compounds (10a, 12b-f, 12h-n) have displayed better antimalarial activity (IC50=0.016 μM to 0.34 μM) against CQ-resistant strains of P. falciparum. The selectivity index of antimalarial activity (calculated as a ratio of IC50 for cytotoxicity to Vero cells and IC50 for antimalarial activity) was very high for most of these compounds as compared to standard drug chloroquine (CQ). The activity of (12i, 12j, 12l and 12m) was 7-8 fold higher than CQ and 2 fold higher than artemisinin in CQ-sensitive strain revealing their strong potency. The comparison of antimalarial activity of 10a-d with 12a-n clearly showed that substitution of C1 from compounds 10a-d (IC50=0.15 μM to 0.46 μM for CQ-sensitive and 0.34 μM to 0.74 μM for CQ-resistant) with secondary amines (12b-f and 12h-n, IC50=0.006 μM to 0.066 μM for CQ-sensitive and 0.016 μM to 0.211 μM for CQ-resistant) improves antimalarial activity of these compounds. The comparison of antimalarial activity of two groups of regioisomers 10a-d (IC50=0.15 μM to 0.46 μM for CQ-sensitive and 0.34 μM to 0.74 μM for CQ-resistant) and 11a-d (IC50=0.16 μM to 0.27 μM for CQ-sensitive and 0.56 μM to 0.1.24 μM for CQ-resistant) clearly indicates that both the regioisomers displayed more or less similar potency against both the strains of P. falciparum. These results indicate that the point of attachment of the spacer to the pyrimidine nucleus may not have a great impact on activity profile. For a particular amino substituted 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine hybrids (12a-d or 12e-h or 12i-l), structure activity relationship (SAR) study demonstrated no obvious trend of activity with increasing or decreasing carbon spacer from C2 to C6 but changing the amino groups for a particular C2 (12e, 12i), C3 (12b, 12f, 12j, 12m), C4 (12c, 12k, 12n) or C6 (12d, 12h, 12l) spacer changes the activity significantly in a decreasing order of 4-ethyl piperazine>4-methyl piperazine>morpholine>piperidine.
- Among the most active compounds (12b-12f, 12h-12n), although 12d, 12h, and 12l showed toxicity to all the three cell lines (VERO, LLC-PK-1, and HepG2) but their selectivity index of antimalarial activity was considerably high (Table 7). In general, the cytotoxicity of the most of the conjugates was at much higher concentrations than the concentrations responsible for their antimalarial activity. Some of the hybrids were not cytotoxic at all up to the highest tested concentration of 60 μM indicating their high selectivity index of antimalarial activity versus cytotoxicity to mammalian cells.
-
TABLE 6 In-vitro antimalarial activity of 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine hybrids P. falciparum P. falciparum Comp. (D6 Clone) (W2 Clone) No Structure IC50 (μM) S.I. IC50 (μM) S.I. 10a 0.21 (>285) 0.34 (>176) 10b 0.35 (>170) 0.74 (>80) 10c 0.151 (>398) 0.690 (>87) 10d 0.469 73.7 0.544 27.2 11a 0.27 159.2 0.91 47.2 11b 0.27 (>222) 1.24 (>48) 11c 0.196 (>306) 0.664 (>90) 11d 0.165 336.9 0.568 97.8 12a ND ND ND ND 12b 0.026 (>2300) 0.211 (>284) 12c 0.021 (>2857) 0.082 (>730) 12d 0.066 142.4 0.128 73.4 12e 0.025 (>2400) 0.12 (>500) 12f 0.022 (>2727) 0.058 (>1034) 12g ND ND ND ND 12h 0.041 417.0 0.120 142.5 12i 0.006 (>10000) 0.046 (>1304) 12j 0.007 (>8571) 0.063 (>952) 12k 0.022 (>2727) 0.021 (>2857) 12l 0.007 (>1457) 0.016 (>637) 12m 0.006 (>10000) 0.061 (>983) 12n 0.019 1678.9 0.018 1772.2 Chloroquine 0.048 1250 0.43 140 Artemisine 0.012 5000 0.012 5000 -
TABLE 7 In vitro cytotoxicity of 4-ammoquinoline- pyrimidine hybrids to mammalian cells. IC50 (μM) Comp. No VERO LLC-PK-1 HepG2 10a NC NC NC 10b NC NC NC 10c NC NC NC 10d 34.6 14.8 9.3 11a 43.0 41.6 43.0 11b NC NC NC 11c NC NC 39.8 11d 55.6 23.4 8.1 12a ND ND ND 12b NC NC NC 12c NC NC >60 12d 9.4 <6.7 <6.7 12e NC NC NC 12f NC 35.1 26.1 12g ND ND ND 12h 17.1 9.8 <6.7 12i NC NC NC 12j NC 35.2 25.8 12k NC 34.0 27.2 12l 10.2 7.4 <6.7 12m NC NC NC 12n 31.9 10.5 14.9 Doxorubicin 8.2 1.0 <1.0 - Considering the excellent in-vitro activity of these compounds, two of the hybrids 12i and 12m (Table 8) were subjected to in-vivo antimalarial activity evaluation. The results showed 100% parasitemia suppression on
day 5 for both the compounds (12i and 12m) with the survival rate of 5/5 and 4/5 respectively on day 28 when the mice's are given a dose of 30 mg/kg for 3 days post infection. No apparent toxicity is also observed for these compounds. These results are found to be better than the standard drug (Chloroquine) which gives 100% parasitemia suppression onday 5 when a 100 mg/kg dose was given for 3 days post infection. - These excellent results on animal models clearly depicted the potency of these compounds and give an insight about considering them for future drug candidates.
-
TABLE 8 In-vivo antimalarial activity of 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine hybrids 12i and 12m. Dose (mg/kg × % Parasitemia no. of days suppression1 Cage Treatment post-infection) Day5 Day 7 Survival2 Day of Death MST3 Cure4 Remarks 1 Vehicle PO NA × 4 — — 0/5 11/11/12/21/21 15.2 0/5 2 Chloroquine PO 100 × 3 100.00 100.00 5/5 28/28/28/28/28 28 0/5 3 12i PO 3.3 × 3 23.52 35.21 1/5 21/28/21/13/13 19.2 No apparent 0/5 Toxicity 4 12i PO 10 × 3 97.03 2.03 0/5 21/22/22/21/21 21.4 No apparent 0/5 Toxicity 5 12i PO 30 × 3 100.00 100.00 5/5 28/28/28/28/28 28 No apparent 4/5 Toxicity 6 12m PO 3.3 × 3 20.12 19.09 0/5 17/21/21/21/21 20.2 No apparent 0/5 Toxicity 7 12m PO 10 × 3 73.89 27.14 0/5 7/21/20/7/21 15.2 No apparent 0/5 Toxicity 8 12m PO 30 × 3 100.00 100.00 4/5 28/28/28/28/24 27.2 No apparent 1/5 Toxicity 11% suppression in parasitemia is calculated by considering the mean marasitemia in the vehical control as 100%. Parasitemia suppression <80% is considered as non-significant. 2Number of animals that survived day 28/total animals in group (the day of the death-post-infection). 3MST—mean survival time (days). 4Number of mice without parasitemia (cured) till day 28 post-infection. *Not included in analysis
General Procedure for the Synthesis of Selected Compounds (10a-d and 11a-d): - To a well stirred solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine (2.0 g, 12.2 mmol) and triethylamine (2.48 g, 24.5 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml) at room temperature was added diamines 9a-d (12.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. After completion of reaction as evident by TLC, reaction mixture was poured into ice cold water (250 ml) and precipitate thus formed was filtered and washed with excess of water at vacuum pump. The crude precipitate was then dried, dissolved in 100 ml of CHCl3 and extracted with water (2-500 ml) and finally with brine. Excess of solvent was evaporated to dryness under vacuum and the crude product thus obtained was purified by SiO2 column using MeOH/CHCl3 as eluent to yield respective compounds 13a-d and 14a-d.
- General Procedure for the Synthesis of Selected Compounds (12a-n)
- In a 100 ml round bottom flask, compound 10a-d (1 eq.) was taken and dissolved in 10 ml of DMF. To this, a solution of respective amine (3 eq.) in DMF (5 ml) was added dropwise. Reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 100-120° C. for 10 hours monitored by TLC. After completion, water (50 ml) was added to reaction mixture and it was extracted with EtOAc (2×25 ml). Organic layer was then collected, washed with water (2×100 ml) and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and finally excess of solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The crude residue thus obtained was purified by SiO2 column using MeOH/CHCl3 as eluent to afford respective compounds 15a-n.
- N-(7-chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-ethane-1,2-diamine (12a): White solid. Yield: 85%; mp 177-179° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3385, 3344, 2941, 1580, 1447, 1331, 1237, 1141, 790; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1.36-1.49 (m, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.41 (m, 8H), 5.85 (s, 1H), 6.56-6.72 (m, 2H), 7.34 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.41 (brs, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz); 8.07 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 8.28 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 397.22 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C21H25ClN6: C, 63.55; H, 6.35; N, 21.17; Found: C, 63.53; H, 6.39; N, 21.26.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-propane-1,3-diamine (12b): Pale yellow solid; Yield: 82%; mp 194-196° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3241, 3079, 1940, 1615, 1587, 1361, 1208, 1001, 804: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.46-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.87 (quin, 2H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 3.36 (q, 2H), 4.45 (t, 4H), 3.49 (q, 2H), 4.86 (brs, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 5.92 (brs, 1H), 6.32 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.22 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.66 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.85 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.41 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.36, 24.67, 25.45, 29.06, 38.55, 40.34, 44.89, 92.36, 98.86, 117.43, 121.55, 124.83, 128.53, 134.63, 149.18, 149.91, 151.96, 162.42, 162.84, 165.62; ESI-MS (m/z): 411.23 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C22H27ClN6: C, 64.30; H, 6.62; N, 20.45; Found: C, 64.42; H, 6.68; N, 20.41.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-butane-1,4-diamine (12c): White solid; Yield: 88%; mp 187-189° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3247, 3067, 2935, 1581, 1364, 1210, 1079, 848; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.49-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 3.35 (q, 2H), 3.45-3.52 (m, 6H), 4.79 (brs, 1H), 5.25 (brs, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 6.38 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.31 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.63 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.50 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.09, 24.67, 25.43, 25.75, 27.64, 40.64, 43.02, 44.87, 91.91, 98.92, 117.14, 121.21, 125.04, 128.56, 134.66, 149.05, 149.76, 151.93, 162.17, 162.90, 165.67; ESI-MS (m/z): 425.28 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C23H29ClN6: C, 65.00; H, 6.88; N, 19.78; Found: C, 64.98; H, 6.90; N, 19.81.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-hexane-1,6-diamine (12d): Light brown solid; Yield: 82%; mp 97-99° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3314, 2933, 1579, 1368, 1232, 1134, 983, 853, 789; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.47-1.64 (m, 12H), 1.72-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 3.29 (q, 2H), 3.39 (q, 2H), 3.54 (t, 4H), 4.76 (brs, 1H), 5.07 (brs, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 6.39 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.34 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.95 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 453.12 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C25H33ClN6: C, 66.28; H, 7.34; N, 18.55; Found: C, 66.32; H, 7.35; N, 18.49.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-ethane-1,2-diamine (12e): Pale yellow solid; Yield: 86%; mp 165-167° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3391, 3245, 2954, 1585, 1438, 1228, 1110, 993; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 2.09 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.48 (m, 8H), 3.57 (t, 4H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 6.62-6.70 (m, 2H), 7.41 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.44 (brs, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.14 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 8.35 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 399.20 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C20H23ClN60: C, 60.22; H, 5.81; N, 21.07; Found: C, 60.34; H, 5.79; N, 21.09.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-propane-1,3-diamine (12f): White solid; Yield: 82%; mp 165-167° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3233, 3063, 2954, 1576, 1366, 1247, 1123, 791; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.92 (quin, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 3.39 (q, 2H), 3.47 (t, 4H), 3.52 (q, 2H), 3.66 (t, 4H), 5.22 (brs, 1H), 5.71 (s, 1H), 5.95 (brs, 1H), 6.34 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.25 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.2 Hz), 7.72 (d, 11H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.44 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.10, 28.85, 38.56, 40.34, 44.09, 66.46, 92.27, 98.85, 117.35, 121.52, 124.93, 128.46, 134.73, 149.06, 149.90, 151.83, 161.87, 163.27, 165.70; ESI-MS (m/z): 413.21 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C21H25ClN60: C, 61.08; H, 6.10; N, 20.35; Found: C, 61.12; H, 6.17; N, 20.40.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-butane-1,4-diamine (12g): White solid; Yield: 80%; mp 214-216° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3256, 3066, 2964, 1583, 1367, 1245, 1122, 994, 790; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.72-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 3.36 (q, 2H), 3.48 (q, 2H), 3.52 (t, 4H), 3.71 (t, 4H), 4.83 (brs, 1H), 5.19 (brs, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.32 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.63 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.95 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 22.75, 24.18, 25.83, 41.39, 42.69, 64.93, 89.96, 97.19, 122.10, 122.28, 122.80, 126.34, 132.68, 147.77, 149.11, 150.43, 160.69, 161.99, 164.64; ESI-MS (m/z): 427.12 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C22H27ClN60: C, 61.89; H, 6.37; N, 19.68. Found: C, 61.99; H, 6.45; N, 19.70.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-(6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-hexane-1,6-diamine (12h): Pale yellow solid; Yield: 90%; mp 107-109° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3245, 2935, 2855, 1579, 1366, 1220, 1123, 994, 789; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.44-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.55-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.27 (q, 2H), 3.36 (q, 2H), 3.54 (t, 4H), 3.78 (t, 4H), 4.88 (brs, 1H), 5.26 (brs, 1H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 7.31 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.70 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J=2.2 Hz), 8.50 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.13, 26.62, 26.82, 28.66, 29.60, 41.04, 43.06, 44.09, 66.53, 91.58, 98.93, 117.07, 121.00, 125.08, 128.62, 134.67, 149.04, 149.68, 151.94, 162.00, 163.45, 166.31; ESI-MS (m/z): 456.21 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C24H31ClN60: C, 63.35; H, 6.87; N, 18.47; Found: C, 63.29; H, 6.91; N, 18.46.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[6-methyl-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-ethane-1,2-diamine (12i): White solid 83%; Yield; mp 134-136° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3385, 3066, 2940, 1581, 1445, 1305, 1139, 997, 793; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.42 (t, 4H), 3.41 (q, 2H), 3.62 (t, 4H), 3.84 (q, 2H), 5.51 (brs, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 6.30 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 6.90 (brs, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.55 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.46 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 412.26 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C21H26ClN7: C, 61.23; H, 6.36; N, 23.80; Found: C, 61.18; H, 6.51; N, 23.85.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[6-methyl-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-propane-1,3-diamine (12j): Off white solid; Yield: 80%; mp 176-178° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3257, 3065, 2938, 1580, 1369, 1236, 1142, 1001, 789; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.94 (quin, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.36 (t, 4H), 3.42 (q, 2H), 3.52-3.56 (m, 6H), 5.32 (brs, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 6.01 (brs, 1H), 6.37 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.27 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.75 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.91 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.46 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 426.32 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C22H28ClN7: C, 62.03; H, 6.63; N, 23.02; Found: C, 62.11; H, 6.68; N, 22.95.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[6-methyl-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-butane-1,4-diamine (12k): White solid; Yield: 87%; mp 183-185° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3248, 3072, 2927, 1581, 1367, 1280, 1139, 997, 790; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.75-1.91 (m, 4H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.39 (t, 4H), 3.36 (q, 2H), 3.48 (q, 2H), 3.56 (t, 4H), 4.86 (brs, 1H), 5.23 (brs, 1H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 6.39 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.32 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.64 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.94 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.15, 25.79, 27.65, 40.65, 43.04, 43.64.46.10, 54.61, 92.00, 98.97, 117.12, 121.09, 125.09, 128.69, 134.67, 149.11, 149.68, 151.99, 162.13, 163.16, 166.16; ESI-MS (m/z): 440.19 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C23H30ClN7: C, 62.79; H, 6.87; N, 22.28; Found: C, 62.80; H, 6.85; N, 22.30.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[6-methyl-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-hexane-1,6-diamine (12l): Light brown solid; Yield: 85%; mp 152-154° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3266, 3068, 2931, 1580, 1367, 1279, 1164, 993, 789; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.46-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.59-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.44 (m, 4H), 3.29 (q, 2H), 3.38 (q, 2H), 3.60 (t, 4H), 4.77 (brs, 1H), 5.02 (brs, 1H), 5.75 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.35 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.1 Hz), 7.66 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.95 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 24.14, 26.62, 26.82, 28.70, 29.63, 41.05, 43.10, 43.64, 46.12, 54.67, 91.72, 98.98, 117.08, 120.96, 125.14, 128.70, 134.71, 149.07, 149.67, 151.98, 162.05, 163.21, 166.09; ESI-MS (m/z): 468.32 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C25H34ClN7: C, 64.15; H, 7.32; N, 20.95; Found: C, 64.09; H, 7.31; N, 20.98.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[2-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-methyl-pyrimidin-4-yl]-propane-1,3-diamine (12m): White solid; Yield: 82%; mp 184-186° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3233, 2967, 2812, 1579, 1366, 1250, 1132, 998; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.10 (t, 3H), 1.95 (quin, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.44 (m, 6H), 3.43 (q, 2H), 3.55-3.59 (m, 6H), 4.94 (brs, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 5.92 (brs, 1H), 6.40 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.30 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.73 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.49 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): 11.86, 24.38, 29.05, 38.50, 40.31, 43.64, 52.26, 52.34, 92.35, 98.85, 117.38, 121.47, 124.84, 128.53, 134.61, 149.15, 149.84, 151.94, 162.34, 163.04, 166.03; ESI-MS (m/z): 440.16 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C23H30ClN7: C, 62.79; H, 6.87; N, 22.28; Found: C, 62.75; H, 6.89; N, 22.20.
- N-(7-Chloro-quinolin-4-yl)-N′-[2-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-methyl-pyrimidin-4-yl]-butane-1,4-diamine (12n): White solid; Yield: 86%; mp 101-103° C.; IR (cm-1, KBr): 3255, 2939, 2813, 1583, 1372, 1249, 1127, 994, 791; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.09 (t, 3H), 1.73-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.43 (m, 6H), 3.35 (q, 2H), 3.48 (q, 2H), 3.57 (t, 4H), 4.83 (brs, 1H), 5.23 (brs, 11H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 6.39 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.31 (dd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.64 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.94 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz), 8.51 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz); ESI-MS (m/z): 454.11 (M+H)+; Anal. Calcd for C24H32ClN7: C, 63.49; H, 7.10; N, 21.60; Found: C, 63.59; H, 7.18; N, 21.63.
- Chemical library. The 960 compounds from The Genesis Plus Collection (MicroSource Discovery Systems) were used to identify the Nurr1 activator. The compounds in this library are primarily U.S. Food and Drug Administration-approved compounds. The 720 compounds containing pure natural products and their derivatives (Microsource Discovery Systems) were also tested.
- Plasmid constructs. The pTH2600LUC reporter construct contains the 2.6 kb upstream sequences of the rat tyrosine hydroxylase gene in front of a firefly luciferase gene in pGL3-basic vector. A Nurr1-expression plasmid, pSV40Nurr1, was kindly provided by Dr Orla M. Connelly at Baylor College of Medicine (Houston, Tex., USA). Full-length mouse Nurr1 cDNA was amplified by RT-PCR from pSV40Nurr1 using forward 5′-GCTTTCAAGCTTATGCCTfGTGTTCAGGCGCAGTATGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1) and reverse 5′-GTCAATCTCGAGGAAAGGTAAGGTGTCCAGGAAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 2) oligonucleotides. The amplified PCR fragment was cut with Hind III and Xho I and then cloned into the plasmid pCDNA3.1/myc-His (Invitrogen), resulted in the expression of a C-terminal myc-tagged fusion protein and named with pCMVNurr1-myc. The Nurr1 LBD fragment from amino acid position 328 to amino acid position 598 was PCR-amplified and subcloned into pZeoSV (Invitrogen) containing the GAL4 DNA binding domain. The Nur77 LBD (aa 354-598), glucocorticoid receptor-a (GRα) LBD (aa 522-777), liver X receptor-a (LXRα) LBD (aa 207447), retinoid X receptor (RXR) LBD (aa 223-462), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-a (PPARα) LBD (aa 201-467), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-g(PPARγ) LBD (aa 209-476) were amplified by PCR and subcloned to pZeoSV GAL containing the GAL4 DNA binding domain. The reporter plasmid, p8xGAL-Luc, was constructed by cloning synthetic oligonucleotides to generate 8 tandem repeat GAL4 binding sites (5′-CTCGGAGGACAGTACTCCG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 3))1 upstream of the luciferase in pGV-B2 (Toyo Ink) plasmid. 4 copies of NL3 (5′-GATCGAAAACAAAAGGTCACTTAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 4); bold indicates a consensus NBRE motif)2 were inserted into upstream of the minimal promoter of TATA-Luciferase, resulting in p4x(NL3)-Luc. Mouse SRC-1 and human SRC-3 cDNAs were amplified by PCR using pYX-mSRC1 (Open Biosystem, MMM1013-9498102) and pCR-TOPO hSRC3 (Open Biosystem, MHS4426-99625636) as a template, respectively. Amplified cDNAs were subcloned into pCMV 2B (Stratagene) and resulted in the expression of an NH2-terminal flag-tagged fusion protein. The VP16/SRC1 and VP16/SRC3 hybrid were constructed by inserting the transactivation domain of the VP16 protein upstream of SRC1 and SRC3, respectively. Nurr1-LBD, RXR-LBD, and Nur77-LBD were amplified by PCR using 5-AAA AAACATATGGTTAAAGAAGTGGTTCG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5) and 5′-GTCAATCTCGAGTTAGAAAGGTAAGGTGTCCAGGAAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 6) for Nurr1 LBD, 5′-GAG GTG CAT ATG ACC AGC AGC GCC AAC GAG GAC ATG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 7) and 5-AAA AAA CTC GAG CTA AGT CAT TTG GTG CGG CGC CTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 8) for RXR LBD, and 5′-AAA CCC CAT ATG AAG CAG CCC CCA GAT GCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 9) and 5-AAA AAA CTC GAG TCA GAA GGG CAG CGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 10) for Nur77 LBD (bold letters indicate the restriction enzyme site) and then subcloned into vector pET15b to express the His-tagged fusion protein. The recombinant proteins were purified by Ni-NTA column chromatography (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's instruction. The integrity of all sequences was verified by DNA sequence analyses.
- Transfection and compound screening. Human neuroblastoma SK-N-BE(2)C cells were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. All culture media contained 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. For transfection, cells were plated at 1.5×103 cells/well in the DMEM media without antibiotic into 24-
well plates 1 day prior to transfection. Transfections were carried out by the Lipofectamine plus (Invitrogen) according to the manufacture's protocol. Total DNA amount was 0.5 μg per well with 0.1 μg of pRSV-β-gal as an internal control. 6 hours after transfection, compounds in the DMEM media with 1% charcoal-stripped fetal calf serum was added and incubated overnight. Cells from each well were lysed with 100 μl of lysis buffer, which contains 25 mM Tris-phosphate (pH 7.8), 2 mM DTT, 2 mM CDTA (1,2-diaminocyclohexane-N,N,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid), 10% glycerol, and 1% Triton X-100. Then equal volume of firefly luciferase substrate was added and the luciferase activity was measured using a Luminometer plate reader and normalized for beta-galactosidase activity. - Western blotting. Cells were washed twice with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and harvested in a solution containing 1% Triton X-100, 20 mM Tris (pH7.6), 150 mM sodium chloride, 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonylfluride (PMSF). The cell suspension was sonicated and boiled in an equal volume of SDS-sample buffer. Samples were subjected to SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) and transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane (Hybond-ECL, Amersham). After blocking, the membrane was incubated with primary antibodies diluted in PBS containing 0.1% BSA. The following primary antibodies were used: rabbitanti-Nurr1 (Santa Cruz; 1:3000), mouse anti-myc (Roche: 1:3000), mouse anti-flag (Roche 1:3000), rabbit anti-caspase3 (Cell Signalling; 1:1000), and mouse anti-actin (Sigma 1:5000). The membrane was incubated with 1:3000-dilution of horseradish peroxidase-conjugated anti-mouse or anti-rabbit immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibody (Amersham). Detection was achieved using an enhanced-chemiluminescent substrate (Amersham).
- Immunoprecipitation analysis. Cells were disrupted in lysis buffer containing 20 mM Tris (pH7.6), 100 mM sodium chloride, 0.5% NP-40, 0.5 mM EDTA, 0.5 mM PMSF, 1× protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche). One μg of anti-flag previously absorbed for 4 hours with protein-Aagarose (Upstate) were added to media and cell lysates, and incubated for 16 hours at 4° C. Pellets were collected by centrifugation for 5 minutes and washed 3 times with lysis buffer. The immunoprecipitated proteins were released from protein-A by boiling 5 minutes in SDS-sample buffer. Samples were analyzed by 10% SDS-PAGE and subjected to western blotting assay using mouse anti-myc antibodies.
- BIAcore analysis. Binding experiments were performed with the surface Plasmon Resonance-based biosensor instrument BIAcore 3000 (BIAcore AB, Uppsala). Immobilization of the purified proteins on the sensor surface was performed following the standard amine coupling procedure according to manufacturer's instructions. The final immobilization response of each protein was 6000resonance units. A reference surface was generated simultaneously under the same conditions with BSA and used as a blank to correct for instrument and buffer artifacts. AQ and kanamycin were injected at variable concentrations at 20 μl/min flow rate, and binding to the protein immobilized on the chip was monitored in real-time. Each sensorgram consists of an association phase (60-160 see), reflecting binding of the injected AQ to the protein, followed by a dissociation phase (after 160 see), during which the running buffer is passed over the chip and the bound AQ is being washed off the protein surface. Binding data were analyzed using the BIAcore 3000 CONTROL® software and the BIAEVALUATION® software.
- Fluorescence quenching assay. Fluorescence spectra were measured using a SHIMADZU fluorescence spectrophotometer (model RF-5310PC, SHIMADZU). The proteins (15 ng/μl) were incubated with different concentrations of AQ or kanamycin (0.1 nM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM and 1 μM in PBS buffer, pH7.0). Protein quenching was monitored at 25° C. by using 5 nm of excitation and 5 nm of emission slit-width. The excitation wavelength was 280 nm, and the emission spectra were measured between 290 and 430 nm.
- Filter binding assay. Aliquots (100 μl) of an assay mixture containing 0.32 μM Nurr-LBD and 3.9-1000 nM [3H]-CQ (Moravek Biochemicals, CA) in binding buffer (25 mM sodium acetate buffer (pH 5.2)) were incubated at 4° C. for overnight. Non-specific binding was determined in parallel in the presence of a 1000-fold molar excess of unlabeled CQ. GF/C filters were wet with in binding buffer and placed on a 48-place filter manifold. 100 μg of assay mixture containing the [3H]-CQ and Nurr1-LBD was applied on the surface of the filter. Filters were washed with 4×100 ml binding buffer, dried, and mixed with 5 ml Scintiverse BD (Fisher) and radioactivity was determined in a Beckman LS6000SC liquid scintillation counter. For competition assay, reactions containing 0.32 μM Nurr-LBD, 500 nM [3H]-CQ and various concentrations of the competitor were incubated at 4° C. for overnight. The mixture was applied to GF/C filter and filter was washed and counted as described above.
- Dopamine-uptake assay. For measuring [3H]Dopamine uptake following 6-OHDA treatment in the presence or absence of AQ, DA neurons were rinsed with Krebs Ringers solution, incubated in Krebs Ringers solution containing 1 mM ascorbate, 2 mM pi-alanine, 100 μM pargyline at 37° C. for 5 min in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere, and further incubated with 25 nM [3H]Dopamine (45 Ci/mmol: Amersham Pharmacia) for 15 min. Control DA neurons were treated with the above medium in the presence of a dopamine uptake blocker, 10 μM mazindol (Sigma). Cells were then washed with ice-cold Krebs Ringers solution and lysed with 0.5 M NaOH. Radioactivity was quantified by a liquid scintillation counter (Beckman, Fullerton. Calif.).
- Cell culture and drug treatments. PC12 cells were initially incubated at a density of 2×105 cells in poly-D-lysine-coated 24-well dishes and subsequently switched to serum-free N-2-defined medium containing 6-OHDA with or without AQ. Cell viabilities were determined by the conventional MTT reduction assay. After incubation for indicated times, cells were treated with the MTT solution (final concentration. 1 mg/ml, Sigma) for 1 h. Formazan grains formed in intact cells were solubilized with MTT Solubilization. Solution containing 10% Triton X-100 plus 0.1 N HCl in anhydrous isopropanol for 24 h and then absorbance at 570 nm was measured with amicroplate reader (Molecular Devices, Menlo Park, Calif.).
- To prepare primary cultures of DA neurons, the ventral mesencephalon was removed from 14 day gestation Sprague Dawley rat embryo (Charles River, Cambridge, Mass.). Tissues were incubated with 0.01% trypsin in MEM (MEM. Invitrogen) for 10 min at 37° C. and triturated using a constricted Pasteur pipette. DA neurons were plated at 1.0×105 cells per 9 mm diameter glass cover slip precoated with 100 μg/ml poly-D-lysine (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and 4 μg/ml laminin (Invitrogen). DA neurons were maintained at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere in minimum essential medium supplemented with 10% FBS (Hyclone), 2 mM glutamine and 6.0 g/l glucose. At 5 or 6 days in vitro, DA neurons were washed with MEM and treated with various experimental reagents for the time periods indicated. Reagents used were 6-OHDA (Sigma), N-acetyl-cysteine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-Val-Ala-Asp-fluoromethylketone (Z-VAD-fmk; Enzyme Systems Products, Livermore, Calif.). BV-2 cells, a microglial-like mouse cell line, were thawed and passaged until logarithmic growth was achieved. Cell cultures were maintained in 6-well culture plate (Coming Costar, Coming, N.Y.) at a concentration of 1.0×105 cells per well, in the growth medium consisting of DMEM (Sigma. St. Louis, Mo.), supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Hyclone) heat inactivated at 56° C. for 30 min, 2 mM L-glutamine(Sigma) and 1× Pen-Strep (Invitrogen). To begin the experiment, BV-2 cells were washed with DMEM and treated with LPS (Sigma) in the presence or absence of AQ (Sigma). The plates were at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% CO2/95% air for the listed period of time. Cells from each single well were withdrawn for RNA extraction.
- Neural precursor cells (NPCs) from dissection of
rat embryos days 14 cortices (E14) were proliferated in N2 medium supplemented with 20 ng/mL basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn., USA). Following 3-4 days of bFGF-expansion, NPCs were dissociated in Ca2+/Mg2+-fee Hank's balanced salt solution (CMF-HBSS, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and re-plated onto coverslips (12 mm diameter; Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, N.C.) at 32,000 cells/coverslip pre-coated with poly-L-omithine (PLO; 15 mg/ml, Sigma, St Louis, Mo.) at 37° C. overnight followed by fibronectin (FN; 1 mg/ml, Sigma) overnight. Prior to drug treatment, NPCs were transduced with Nurr1-expressing retrovirus ofMOI 5 in the presence of polybrene (1 μg/ml, Sigma), cultured overnight in N2, and then differentiated. Getting started chemical treatment (every day for 2 hours), bFGF was not added anymore3. - Immunocytochemistry and Immunohistochemistry. Cells were fixed in 4% papraformaldehyde (PFA) for 20 min, washed and then incubated with blocking buffer [PBS, 10% goat serum (Invitrogen), 0.3% Triton X-100 (Sigma)] for 1 hour. Cells were then incubated overnight at 4° C. with primary antibodies with the primary antibody in PBS containing 1% normal goat serum and 0.1% Triton X-100. A rabbit polyclonal anti-TH antibody (1:500; Pel-Freez, Rogers, Ark.) was used as a primary antibody. Following washes with PBS, appropriate fluorescence-tagged secondary antibodies (Jackson Immunoresearch Laboratories, West Grove, Pa.) were used for visualization. Stained samples were mounted in VECTASHIELD with DAPI mounting solution (Vector Laboratories INC., Burlingame, Calif.) and photographed using epifluorescence microscope (Leica). The animals were euthanized by anesthesia with pentobarbital (3 ml/kg), and then transcardially perfused with 4% PFA in a 0.05M phosphate buffer (PB). Immunohistochemistry and immunofluorescence assay were performed as previously described4, on free-floating cryomicrotome-cut sections (40 μm thick) that encompassed the entire brain. After their incubation with 3% H2O2 in 0.05M PBS, followed by 0.3% Triton X-100 and 3% bovine serum albumin (BSA) in 0.05M PBS, the sections were stained overnight at 4° C. with a primary antibody. The ABC kit (Vector Laboratories., Burlingame. Calif., USA) was used as a secondary antibody. After the tissue was washed three times in 0.05M PBS, followed by 0.3% Triton X-100 and 1% BSA in 0.05M PBS, the sections were stained overnight at 4° C. with primary antibodies. The following primary antibodies were used: mouse anti-Iba-1 (Abeam; 1:500), goat anti-FoxA2 (SCBT: 1:200), sheep anti-tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) (Pel-Freez; 1:200), rabbit anti-TH (Pel-Freez 1:200), goat anti-FoxA2 (Millipore; 1:200), and sheep anti-AADC (Millipore: 1:500). The tissues were washed three times in PBS and incubated for 2 h with the secondary fluorescence-conjugated goat anti-mouse and rabbit antibody (DAKO, Denmark, Cy3, FITC, both dilutions at 1:1,000) and tissues were washed and mounted in Vectorshield. All tissue samples were additionally counterstained with DAPI. Tissues were visualized using fluorescence microscopy. Every 6th section of rat brains was assayed to count immunoreactive cells using the Image J (version 1.42q, National Institutes of Health, USA) and Stereo Investigator and software (Microbright Field, Williston, Vt.). The protection percentage of total TH+ cells in the lesioned hemisphere of each rat brain was calculated by dividing total TH+ cells in the intact hemisphere of each rat brain and multiplying 1005.
- Semi-quantitative and quantitative RT-PCR analyses. Total RNA was extracted by single step preparation using Trizol reagent (Invitrogen) following the manufacturer's instructions. Total RNA from each single well was reverse transcribed into cDNA using SuperscriptII Reverse Transcriptase and oligo(dT)18 primer (SEQ ID NO: 35) (Invitrogen). Real-time PCR analysis was performed using the ABI-Prism7700 sequence detection system (Applied Biosystems). Briefly, it was performed in a 0.5 ml tubes (Applied Biosystems) on cDNA equivalent to 50 ng of DNase-digested RNA in a volume of 25 μl, containing 12.5 μl of SyBR green Universal Master mix, forward and reverse primers (IL-1p; forward 5′-GCA ACT GTT CCT GAA CTC AAC T-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 11), reverse 5-ATC TIT TG GGT CCG TCA ACT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 12), IL-6; forward 5′-TAG TCC TIC CTA CCC CAA TIT CC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 13), reverse 5′-TTG GTC CTT AGC CAC TCC TTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 14) iNOS; forward 5′-ACA TCG ACC CGT CCA CAG TAT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 15), reverse 5′-CAG AGG GGT AGG CTT GTC TC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 16). TNF-α; forward 5′-ATG TCG GCT CCA GGA CCT TA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 17), reverse 5′-GGT AGT AAC TGT TGA CAC CCA CT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18), mouse GAPDH; forward 5′-AGG TCG GTG TGA ACG GAT TTG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 19), reverse 5-TGT AGA CCA TGT AGT TGA GGT CA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: (20), TH; forward 5′-AGC CCC CAC CTG GAGTAT 1T G-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 21), reverse 5′-AGC AAT CTC TTC CGC TGT GTA TTC-3′ 22). AADC; forward 5′-GCC TIT ATC TGT CCT GAG TTC CG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 23), reverse 5′-TGA TGA GTC CTG AGT CCT GGT GAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 24), DAT; forward 5′-GCT GGC ACA TCT ATC CTC TTT GG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 25), reverse 5′-CAA TGC TGA CCA CGA CCA CAT AC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 26), VMAT; forward 5′-GCA CAC AAA ATG GGA AGG TGG C-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 27), reverse 5′-CAT TIT TTC CTC CTF AGC AGG TGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 28), rat GAPDH; forward 5′-TGA CAT CAA GAA GGT GGT GAA GC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 29), reverse 5′-GGA AGA ATG GGA GTI GCT GTTG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 30)) following manufacturer's protocol. Gene expression values were normalized to those of GAPDH.
- Chromatin Immunoprecipitation PC12 cells were grown in 150 mm dishes in the absence or presence of 20 μM AQ or 75 μM CQ for 15 hrs. Cells were washed with PBS, fixed with 1% formaldehyde, lysed, and sonicated according to the manufacturer's instruction (Active Motif). 25 μg of soluble chromatin DNA were co-immunoprecipitated 1 μg of Nurr1 specific antibody (E-20, Santa Cruz) or control antibody (rabbit IgG, santa Cruz). 2 μl ChIP DNA was subjected to quantitative real-time PCR using the following primer pairs: NL1: 5′-GCG TGG AGA GGA TGC GCA GG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 31) and 5′-AGT GCA AGC TGG TGG TCC CG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 32); NL3: 5-TCC TTA GAG ATC CTG TIT CC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 33) and 5-TCA GCT GGT CCC CAT GTA AG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 34). Values are shown as fold induction compared to mock treated control cells.
- 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model of PD. To assess the potential neuro-protective effects of AQ/CQ, we generated intrastriatal 6-OHDA-lesioned rats6-8 using male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 240-300 g at the beginning of experiments. The rats were anesthetized with Ketamine [4.5 mg/kg, intraperitoneal (i.p.)] mixed with Rumpun (1.5 mg/kg, i.p.) and given a unilateral stereotaxic injection of 6-OHDA (20 μg/5 μl with 0.2 mg/ml L-ascorbic acid; Sigma, St. Louis, Mo., USA) or the same volume of the vehicle (L-ascorbic acid) into their right striatum using coordinates relative to the bregma and dura (A/P, 0.7; L/M, −2.6. D/V, −4.5) according to the atlas of Paximos and Watson9 at the rate of 1 μl/min using a 26-gauge Hamilton microsyringe. Following infusion, the cannula was kept in place for 5 min to minimize backflow before being slowly retracted. The use of animals was in accordance with McLean's Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee and followed National Institutes of Health guide lines. In our preliminary experiments, we tested different doses (1, 5, and 20 mg/kg) of both AQ and CQ and found that AQ at 20 mg/kg exhibited most prominent effects. Thus, we used this condition for more systematic in vivo experiments.
- Assay for the neuroprotective effects of AQ in the 6-OHDA-lesioned rat model. One day before modeling PD, rats were randomly assigned to two groups: saline group (n=6) and AQ-treatment group (n=8). AQ-treatment group received an i.p. injection of 20 mg/kg of AQ twice one day before 6-OHDA injection. After 6-OHDA injection, animals were given either AQ or saline twice per day for 13 days (in total, 2 weeks of AQ injection including one day of AQ injection before the PD modeling). For the behavioral functional assay, rotation behavior was measured for 90 min following intraperitoneal injection of 5 mg/kg amphetamine (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.), using automatized rotameter system (Med Associate Inc., St. Albans, Vt., USA)6,7. Ipsilateral rotations were measured at 4 and 6 weeks post 6-OHDA letioning.
- Abnormal Involuntary Movements (AIMs) behavior in 6-OHDA-lesioned rats. To test dyskinesia-like involuntary behaviors, AIMs test was performed at the two time points, immediately after two weeks of drug injection (2 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion; n=6), and one month after two weeks of drug injection (6 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion; n=6). Saline- and L-DOPA (8 mg/kg for two weeks; n=6) treatment was used as negative and positive control of AIMs behavior, respectively. The following behavioral tests were all videotaped and scored at a later date by two investigators blind to the animals' treatment. Rats were monitored for four types of AIMs10: Axial (dystonic posturing of neck and torso twisted toward the side of the body contralateral to the lesion). Forelimb (contralateral forelimb movements that are “rapid” and “purposeless”), Orolingual (repetitive jaw openings and tongue protrusions), and Locomoter (walking in a contralateral circular motion) AIMs. Rats were observed for 2 minutes at every 20 minute mark within a 2 hour period. During the 1′ minute, each AIMs behavior was monitored and scored with 0-4 scale (0: no abnormal behavior at all; 1: present for less than 50% of observation time; 2: present for over 50% of observation time; 3: present for the entire observation period but interrupted by external stimulus; 4: present for the entire observation period and not interrupted by external stimulus). The AIMs scores for the 2 hour period in each category were summed (maximum score is 24).
- Behavioral studies in ak/ak mice. Either 20 mg/kg of AQ (AQ group) or the saline (Saline group) was intraperitoneally injected (I.P.) twice per day for two weeks. 8 mg/kg of L-DOPA (L-DOPA group) in 0.5% DMSO was injected (I.P.) once per day for two weeks. The L-DOPA group was given 12.5 mg/kg benserazide 20 min prior to administration of L-DOPA.
- Behavioral experimental groups and behavioral testing design: Each ak mouse was randomly assigned into one of three experiment groups, (1) saline group (negative control; n=8), (2) L-DOPA group (positive control: n=8), (3) AQ group (n=10). Each WT or rdl mouse was randomly divided into two groups, (1) saline group (n=8) and (2) AQ group (n=10). Pole Test, Challenging Beam Traversal Test, and Cylinder Test were performed at two time points, immediately and one month after two weeks of either AQ or saline injection. Each mouse ran each task twice. Rota rod test was performed immediately after two weeks of either drug or saline injection. Acclimation and data recording process were identical to the rat study described above. All tasks were performed as described previously11 and the short description of each task is as follows.
- Pole Test: A vertical
wooden pole 50 cm in length and 1 cm in diameter was used for Pole Test. Each mouse was gently placed head upwards on top of the pole which is placed on each animal's home cage. Each mouse ran tree trials per session during 2 training sessions. On the testing day, mice ran three trials. Two parameters (the meantime to orient downward and the total travel mean time) were used for the statistical analysis. - Challenging Beam Traversal Test: A 1 m length of plastic beam was used for Challenging Beam Traversal Test. The starting width of the beam was 3.5 cm and it gradually narrowed in 1 c increments to 0.5 cm at the other end site of the beam. Animals were trained to walk from the wide end to the other end for 2 sessions, three trials per session before testing. A mesh grid was removed during the training period. On the testing day, a mesh grid (1 cm square) covering the beam surface was equipped leaving a −1 cm room between the grid and the beam surface. On the testing day, mice ran three trials. Two parameters (the mean number of steps taken by each animal and the mean time to traverse across three trials) were collected and used for statistical analysis.
- Cylinder Test: A small transparent cylinder (height, 15.5 cm, diameter, 12.7 cm) was used to evaluate somatosensory motor function. Mice were placed in the cylinder and their rears were counted for 5 minutes. The forelimb touching the Plexiglas wall (a vertical movement) is defined as a full rear. The mean number of forelimb use was calculated for the statistical analysis. Each mouse ran Cylinder task for one session and no training sessions were necessary.
- Rota rod test: The Rota rod equipment (Med-Associates, Inc. Albans, Vt., USA) was used to measure motor coordination. The Rota rod is accelerated from 4 to 40 revolutions per minute (RPMs) over 4 min. The mean latency to fall off from the Rota rod was measured for the statistical analysis. Each mouse runs 3 consecutive trials daily with 10 min interval between trials for 3 consecutive sessions.
- Statistical Methods Statistical analyses were conducted using the statistical Analysis System (Version 9.1; SAS institute, Cary, N.C.). Performance measures of in vitro outcomes, cell counting, and behavioral outcomes were analyzed using the PROC TTEST, ANOVA, MIXED or GLIMMIX program, a generalized linear mixed models procedure for conducting repeated measures analyses followed by LSD (Fisher's least significant difference) post-hoc tests (LSD is a default post-hoc test provided in SAS). Means were calculated for each animal for each testing condition, defined by the following variables (where appropriate): Treatment (AQ, L-Dopa, or saline) and Time (2, 4, or 6 weeks after 6-OHDA lesion).
-
- 1. Webster, N., Jin, J. R., Green, S., Hollis, M. & Chambon, P. The yeast UASG is a transcriptional enhancer in human HeLa cells in the presence of the GAL4 trans-activator. Cell 52, 169-78 (1988).
- 2. Kim, K. S. et al. Orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1 directly transactivates the promoter activity of the tyrosine hydroxylase gene in a cell-specific manner. J Neurochem 85, 622-34 (2003).
- 3. Park, C. H. et al. Proneural bHLH neurogenin 2 differentially regulates Nurr1-induced dopamine neuron differentiation in rat and mouse neural precursor cells in vitro. FEBS Lett 582, 537-42 (2008).
- 4. Chung. S. et al. ES cell-derived renewable and functional midbrain dopaminergic progenitors. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 108, 9703-8 (2011).
- 5. Park, H. J. et al. Acupuncture prevents 6-hydroxydopamine-induced neuronal death in the nigrostriatal dopaminergic system in the rat Parkinson's disease model.
Exp Neurol 180, 93-8 (2003). - 6. Voutilainen, M. H. et al. Mesencephalic astrocyte-derived neurotrophic factor is neurorestorative in rat model of Parkinson's disease. J Neurosci 29, 9651-9 (2009).
- 7. Espino, A. et al. Chronic effects of single intrastriatal injections of 6-hydroxydopamine or 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium studied by microdialysis in freely moving rats. Brain Res 695, 151-7 (1995).
- 8. Blandini, F., Levandis, G., Bazzini, E., Nappi, G. & Armentero, M. T. Time-course of nigrostriatal damage, basal ganglia metabolic changes and behavioural alterations following intrastriatal injection of 6-hydroxydopamine in the rat: new clues from an old model.
Eur J Neurosci 25, 397-405 (2007). - 9. Paxinos, E. and Watson, C. The rat brain in stereotaxic coordinates. San Diego, Calif.: Academic Press (1997).
- 10. Dekundy, A., Lundblad, M., Danysz, W. & Cenci, M. A. Modulation of L-DOPA-induced abnormal involuntary movements by clinically tested compounds: further validation of the rat dyskinesia model. Behav Brain Res 179, 76-89 (2007).
- 11. Hwang, D. Y., et al. 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine reverses the motor deficits in Pitx3-deficient aphakia mice: behavioral characterization of a novel genetic model of Parkinson's disease.
J Neurosci 25, 2132-2137 (2005). - Based on its unique dual role for development/maintenance of midbrain dopamine neurons and for their protection from inflammation-induced death, Nurr1 is a potential target for Parkinson's disease (PD). Here we show successful identification of Nurr1 agonists that share an identical chemical scaffold and stimulate the transcriptional activity through binding to the ligand-binding domain. Remarkably, they also enhanced the contrasting dual functions of Nurr1 and improved behavioral deficits in animal models of PD.
- PD, primarily caused by selective degeneration of midbrain dopamine (mDA) neurons, is the most prevalent movement disorder, affecting 1-2% of the global population over the age of 651-3. Currently available pharmacological treatments (e.g., L-DOPA) are largely symptomatic and lose their efficacy over time, with accompanying severe side effects such as dyskinesia. Thus, there is an unmet clinical need to develop mechanism-based and/or disease-modifying treatments2,3. The orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1 (also known as NR4A2) is essential not only for development and maintenance of mDA neurons4-7 but also for their protection from inflammation-induced death8. Furthermore, previous studies showed decreased Nurr1 expression in postmortem brains of PD patients9 and functional mutant forms in rare familial PD cases10, strongly suggesting that Nurr1 is a promising target for the development of novel disease-modifying therapeutics for PD11. To address this possibility, we established efficient high-throughput assay systems based on Nurr1's ability to directly activate TH promoter function12. Using these cell-based assay systems, we screened a library composed of 960 FDA-approved drugs and successfully identified three hit compounds. i.e., two antimalarial drugs amodiaquine (AQ) and chloroquine (CQ) and the pain drug glafenine. Surprisingly, all three compounds share an identical chemical scaffold, 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline, suggesting a structure-activity relationship (SAR) (
FIG. 13a ). - In inventors' previously reported assays using the reporter construct p4xNL3-Luc, containing four copies of the NBRE-like NL3 motif residing in the TH promoter12, AQ and CQ activated luciferase reporter activity up to approximately 3-fold in a dose-dependent manner (
FIGS. 3B, 15A, and 16B ). In the present study the inventors focused on AQ and CQ since glafenine showed a weaker activity (approximately 1.6-fold). To investigate whether AQ and CQ activate Nurr1 function through its ligand binding domain (LBD) or DNA binding domain (DBD), the inventors next generated additional reporter constructs in which the yeast transcription factor GAL4's DBD is fused to either Nurr1 LBD or DBD (pSVGAL(DBD)-N(LBD) and pSVGAL(DBD)-N(DBD)). Notably, AQ and CQ stimulated Nurr1's transcriptional activity through its LBD (FIG. 3B ), while no response was observed when GAL4 or GAL4-Nurr1 DBD was used. AQ and CQ induced Nurr1 LBD-based reporter activity up-to 15- and 10-fold with an EC50 of approximately 20 and 50 μM, respectively (FIGS. 3B, 16C, and 16D ). - To test if AQ and CQ act through Nurr1, the inventors treated cells with Nurr1-specific siRNA. Nurr1 siRNA, but not scrambled RNAs, reduced luciferase activation by >60%, suggesting that transcriptional activation by AQ and CQ is indeed through modulation of Nurr1 function (
FIGS. 3C and 17 ). The inventors next tested if various quinoline compounds have similar Nurr1-activating function. Remarkably, none of these compounds showed any detectable transactivation function in a wide range of concentrations (FIG. 18 ). Since only AQ and CQ contain the 4-amino-7-chloroquinoline entity, these results further support its SAR. In addition, AQ and CQ were unable to induce the transcriptional activity of other nuclear receptors (NRs), showing high selectivity (FIG. 19 ). - A crucial mechanism of NRs is the recruitment of transcriptional coregulators as seen with steroid receptor coactivators (SRCs)13. To test if AQ and CQ modulate Nurr1's interaction with SRC, a co-immunoprecipitation assay was performed. We found that Nurr1's weak interactions with SRC-1 and SRC-3 were significantly enhanced by AQ and CQ (
FIG. 13D ). We next tested the effects of AQ and CQ on Nurr1 transcriptional function following SRC-1 or SRC-3 overexpression. While SRC-1/SRC-3 overexpression itself did not greatly influence Nurr1 function, AQ and CQ further enhanced Nurr1's transcriptional function in the presence of SRC-1/SRC-3 overexpression (FIG. 13E ), suggesting that AQ and CQ induce Nurr1's transactivation function through its Nurr1 LBD by facilitating the recruitment of coactivators like SRC-1/SRC-3. - To investigate whether AQ and CQ physically interact with Nurr1's LBD, the inventors purified the Nurr1 LBD polypeptide (amino acid 328-598) and analyzed their physical binding using the Biacore S51 SPR sensor, which has a higher sensitivity and improved fluidics, enabling the monitoring of small signal changes derived from binding of compounds to proteins.
- As shown in
FIGS. 13F and 20A , AQ specifically bound to Nurr1-LBD in a dose-dependent manner but not to the LBDs of other NRs such as Nur77 or RXR. Next, we performed fluorescence quenching analysis. The Nurr1-LBD displayed maximal fluorescence at 336 nm whereas AQ itself had no fluorescence at this wavelength. When the Nurr1-LBD was incubated with increasing amounts of AQ, fluorescence intensity gradually decreased (FIG. 3G ). In contrast, Nur77-LBD and RXR-LBD's fluorescence emission was not quenched by AQ over a wide range of concentrations (FIGS. 3G and 20B ). In addition, the ionvetors performed a radioligand binding assay using [3H]-CQ. The [3H]-CQ showed saturable binding to Nurr1-LBD with a dissociation constant (Kd) of 0.27 μM and a maximal binding capacity (Bmax) of 13.9 μM (FIG. 13H ). Furthermore, competition-binding assay showed that unlabeled AQ/CQ can compete for binding with [H]-CQ with Ki values of 246 and 88 nM for AQ and CQ, respectively (FIG. 13I ). As expected, unlabeled primaquine which couldn't enhance the Nurr1 transcriptional function (FIG. 18 ) was unable to compete. Together, these data strongly suggest that AQ/CQ activate Nurr1 function via direct and specific binding to Nurr1's LBD. - We next sought to test whether these compounds exhibit biological effects on mDA neurons in more physiological contexts. First, we tested if they can increase the generation of TH+ neurons and/or expression of mDA-specific genes during in vitro differentiation of neural stem cells. We found that AQ enhanced Nurr1's function both in terms of the number of TH+ neurons generated from neural stem cells and mRNA expression levels of the TH, dopamine transporter (DAT), vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT), and aromatic amino acid decarboxylase (AADC) genes (
FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 21 ). In vivo chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) assay clearly showed that Nurr1 was recruited to both NL1 and NL3 sites of the TH promoter in AQ- and CQ-treated cells, suggesting that Nurr1 is directly involved in AQ- and CQ-mediated induction of TH expression (FIG. 14C ). Second, we found that AQ and CQ significant inhibit neurotoxin (6-OHDA)-induced death in primary DA neurons, as examined by the number of TH+ neurons (FIG. 14D ) and DA uptake (FIG. 14E ). The neuroprotective effect of AQ and CQ was also observed in rat PC12 cells (FIG. 14F ). Since Nurr1 has opposite transrepression activity in microglia and astrocytes8, the inventors also analyzed the effect of AQ on expression of pro-inflammatory cytokine genes in primary microglia derived from P1 rat brains. When these cells were treated with the inflammation-inducing lipopolysaccharide (LPS; 10 ng/ml) for 8 hrs, expression of all cytokine genes tested (IL-10, IL-6, TNF-α and iNOS) was dramatically induced (FIG. 14G ). Remarkably, AQ treatment prominently reduced the expression of all these genes in a dose dependent manner (>10-fold). AQ and CQ showed very similar effects for repressing these cytokine genes in both primary microglia and BV-2 microglial cell line (FIG. 22 ). Taken together, our data show that AQ and CQ are able to enhance the contrasting dual roles of Nurr1: (1) they increase Nurr1's transactivation of mDA-specific genes in mDA neurons and (2) they also further enhance Nurr1's transrepression of pro-inflammatory cytokine gene expression in microglia. - The above findings prompted the inventors to test whether these compounds can ameliorate motor behavior deficits by neuroprotective mechanism(s) in PD animal models. Toward this goal, we tested the effects of AQ administration in an animal model of PD, 6-OHDA lesioned rats. Rats with unilateral intrastriatal 6-OHDA lesion were administered with saline or AQ for two weeks, starting from 1 day prior to intrastriatal 6-OHDA lesion (
FIG. 15A ). As expected, amphetamine administration produced rotation behavior toward the lesion side in control rats, when measured at 4 and 6 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion, indicating unilateral damage to the right striatum (FIGS. 15A and 15B ). Remarkably. AQ administration significantly ameliorated 6-OHDA-induced rotation behavior at 4 and 6 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion (p<0.06 and p<0.0003, respectively). Immunohistochemistry of the substantia nigra (SN) and the striatum (STR) of these animals showed that AQ-treated rats retained a significant number of TH+ cells in the lesion side SN while saline-treated control rats lost the great majority of TH+ cells (FIG. 15C ). Similarly, abundant TH+ fibers were spared in the STR of AQ-treated brains while they were mostly lost in the STR of control brains. To quantitatively analyze these data, TH cells in the SN were stereologically counted in a blind manner. As shown inFIG. 15D , the number of TH neurons in the lesion side of AQ-treated rats was approximately 60% of those from the intact side at 6 weeks post 6-OHDA lesion (p<0.0003), whereas it remained less than 20% in saline-treated animals. Importantly, these spared TH+ cells co-expressed other DA markers such as FoxA2 and AADC (FIG. 23 ). The inventors also examined microglial activation by immunohistochemistry of the microglial marker Iba-1. As shown inFIGS. 15E and 24 , microglial activation was prominently observed in the ipsilateral SN and STR regions of 6-OHDA lesioned rats. In contrast, following AQ treatment, the numbers of Iba-1+ microglia in the ipsilateral SN and STR regions decreased to the levels of the contralateral sides, indicating a robust suppression of neuroinflammation by Nurr1 activation8. Without wishing to be bound by a theory, it is believed that Nurr1-based neuroprotective mechanism, unlike the L-dopa treatment, may not trigger dyskinesia-like side effects. To address this, the inventors tested if AQ treatment triggers abnormal involuntary movements (AIMs), well validated dyskinesia-like behaviors14. Toward this end, the inventors measured AIM scores such as axial, limb, locomotive, and orolingual dyskinesias. In L-DOPA-treated rats (8 mg/kg for two weeks prior to scoring;FIG. 15A ). The animals showed dramatically increased AIMs scores (F(2.71) 33, p<0.0001), classified as the axial, limb, locomotive, and orolingual dyskinesias (FIG. 15F ). In contrast, both saline- and AQ-treated 6-OHDA rats did not show any detectable AIMs behavior. - The inventors next tested if AQ treatment can also improve motor dysfunction in the aphakia mouse (ak/ak), that was shown to be a valid mouse model of PD22-. Since the great majority of A9 dopamine neurons (>80%) are selectively degenerated in the SN of the ak/ak mouse starting from birth, it can be considered to be a severe PD situation. Following 2 weeks of AQ treatment, the inventors performed a battery of behavioral tests sensitive to nigrostriatal impairment22. Remarkably, the inventors discovered that ak/ak mice's motor deficits were significantly improved in all these tests (i.e., Pole, Challenging Beam, Cylinder, and Rotarod tests) by AQ treatment (
FIGS. 25A-25D ). Notably, there was no group difference between AQ- and L-DOPA treated animals indicating that AQ had similar effects as L-DOPA treatment on functional recovery in most tests, except the Cylinder test, in which L-DOPA treatment dramatically induced rearing activity, as previously reported22. The number of TH neurons was not detectably altered in the AQ-treated ak/ak mice(data not shown). In contrast, the inventors observed robust microglial activation as examined by activated microglial marker CD11b in the SN, which was reduced to the level of wild type mice (FIG. 26 ). Thus, albeit no increased TH+ neurons in the SN, suppression of activated microglia appears to improve motor deficits in ak/ak mice. - In summary, using the novel high throughput cell-based assay described herein, the inventors identified two small molecules, AQ and CQ, which can activate Nurr1 through direct interaction with its LBD. Furthermore, AQ administration significantly improved motor impairments in 6-OHDA lesioned rodent models of PD without dyskinesia-like side effects. The data presented herein shows that these compounds enhanced the contrasting dual functions of Nurr1-activation of mDA neuron-specific function (e.g., TH expression) and repression of microglial activation and neurotoxic cytokine gene expression—leading to a significant neuroprotective effect in a rodent model of PD. These findings are surprising because Nurr1 lacks a ‘classical’ binding pocket due to the presence of bulky hydrophobic side chain residues, and is thought to be a ligand-independent and constitutively active NR15,16. However, certain ligands are able to “worm” their way into the interior of proteins and to squeeze into buried LBD by inducing or exploiting transient conformational changes, thus creating a cavity17,18, suggesting the possibility that Nurr1 may become an “adopted” NR19. Notably, based on selective binding to neuromelanin of an MPTP metabolite20, a previous study demonstrated that administration of CQ to monkeys protected them from MPTP-induced parkinsonian motor abnormalities21. Our findings are in line with this study showing CQ's neuroprotective effect in a rodent or monkey model, and further suggest the involvement of additional and/or alternate mechanisms related to Nurr1 activation. Taken together, our results provide a preclinical “proof-of-concept” that Nurr1 could serve as a valid target for further development of mechanism-based, disease-modifying therapeutics of PD.
-
- 1. Dauer, W. & Przedborski, S. Parkinson's disease: mechanisms and models. Neuron 39, 889-909 (2003).
- 2. Meissner, W. G. et al. Priorities in Parkinson's disease research. Nat
Rev Drug Discov 10, 377-93 (2011). - 3. Obeso, J. A. et al. Missing pieces in the Parkinson's disease puzzle.
Nat Med 16, 653-61 (2010). - 4. Zetterstrom, R. H. et al. Dopamine neuron agenesis in Nurr1-deficient mice. Science 276, 248-50 (1997).
- 5. Kadkhodaei, B. et al. Nurr1 is required for maintenance of maturing and adult midbrain dopamine neurons. J Neurosci 29, 15923-32 (2009).
- 6. Castillo, S. O. et al. Dopamine biosynthesis is selectively abolished in substantia nigra/ventral tegmental area but not in hypothalamic neurons in mice with targeted disruption of the Nurr1 gene. Mol Cell Neurosci 11, 36-46 (1998).
- 7. Saucedo-Cardenas. O. et al. Nurr1 is essential for the induction of the dopaminergic phenotype and the survival of ventral mesencephalic late dopaminergic precursor neurons. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 95, 4013-8 (1998).
- 8. Saijo, K. et al. A Nurr1/CoREST pathway in microglia and astrocytes protects dopaminergic neurons from inflammation-induced death. Cell 137, 47-59 (2009).
- 9. Chu, Y. et al. Nurr1 in Parkinson's disease and related disorders. J Comp Neural 494, 495-514 (2006).
- 10. Le, W. D. et al. Mutations in NR4A2 associated with familial Parkinson disease. Nat Genet 33, 85-9 (2003).
- 11. Glass, C. K., Saijo, K., Winner, B., Marchetto, M. C. & Gage, F. H. Mechanisms underlying inflammation in neurodegeneration.
Cell 140, 918-34 (2010). - 12. Kim, K. S. et al. Orphan nuclear receptor Nurr1 directly transactivates the promoter activity of the tyrosine hydroxylase gene in a cell-specific manner. J Neurochem 85, 622-34 (2003).
- 13. Glass, C. K. & Rosenfeld, M. G. The coregulator exchange in transcriptional functions of nuclear receptors.
Genes Dev 14, 12141 (2000). - 14. Dekundy, A., Lundblad, M., Danysz, W. & Cenci, M. A. Modulation of L-DOPA-induced abnormal involuntary movements by clinically tested compounds: further validation of the rat dyskinesia model. Behav Brain Res 179, 76-89 (2007).
- 15. Wang, Z. et al. Structure and function of Nurr1 identifies a class of ligand-independent nuclear receptors. Nature 423, 555-60 (2003).
- 16. McMorrow, J. P. & Murphy, E. P. Inflammation: a role for NR4A orphan nuclear receptors?Biochem Soc Trans 39, 688-93 (2011).
- 17. Ringe, D., Petsko, G. A., Kerr, D. E. & Ortiz de Montellano, P. R. Reaction of myoglobin with phenylhydrazine: a molecular doorstop. Biochemistry 23, 2-4 (1984).
- 18. Schlichting, 1. et al. The catalytic pathway of cytochrome p450cam at atomic resolution. Science 287, 1615-22 (2000).
- 19. Hummasti, S. & Tontonoz, P. Adopting new orphans into the family of metabolic regulators. Mol Endocrinol 22, 1743-53 (2008).
- 20. D'Amato, R. J., Lipman, Z. P. & Snyder, S. H. Selectivity of the parkinsonian neurotoxin MPTP: toxic metabolite MPP+ binds to neuromelanin. Science 231, 987-9 (1986).
- 21. D'Amato, R J. et al. Evidence for neuromelanin involvement in MPTP-induced neurotoxicity. Nature 327, 324-6 (1987).
- 22. Hwang, D. Y., et al. 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine reverses the motor deficits in Pitx3-deficient aphakia mice: behavioral characterization of a novel genetic model of Parkinson's disease.
J Neurosci 25, 2132-2137 (2005). - 23. Chung, S., et al. ES cell-derived renewable and functional midbrain dopaminergic progenitors. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 108, 9703-9708 (2011).
- All patents and other publications identified in the specification and examples are expressly incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. These publications are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing in this regard should be construed as an admission that the inventors are not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention or for any other reason. All statements as to the date or representation as to the contents of these documents is based on the information available to the applicants and does not constitute any admission as to the correctness of the dates or contents of these documents.
- Although preferred embodiments have been depicted and described in detail herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant art that various modifications, additions, substitutions, and the like can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and these are therefore considered to be within the scope of the invention as defined in the claims which follow. Further, to the extent not already indicated, it will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that any one of the various embodiments herein described and illustrated can be further modified to incorporate features shown in any of the other embodiments disclosed herein.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/240,886 US20220008418A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2021-04-26 | Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
IN661/DEL/2012 | 2012-03-07 | ||
IN661DE2012 IN2012DE00661A (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-02-28 | |
PCT/US2013/028329 WO2013134047A2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-02-28 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
US201414382727A | 2014-09-03 | 2014-09-03 | |
US15/404,964 US11026943B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-12 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
US17/240,886 US20220008418A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2021-04-26 | Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/404,964 Continuation US11026943B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-12 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220008418A1 true US20220008418A1 (en) | 2022-01-13 |
Family
ID=49117483
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/382,727 Active US9567316B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-02-28 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
US15/404,964 Active US11026943B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-12 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
US17/240,886 Pending US20220008418A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2021-04-26 | Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/382,727 Active US9567316B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-02-28 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
US15/404,964 Active US11026943B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-12 | Aminoquinoline derivatives and uses thereof |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US9567316B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3971178A1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2899730T3 (en) |
IN (1) | IN2012DE00661A (en) |
PT (1) | PT2822936T (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013134047A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024049718A3 (en) * | 2022-08-31 | 2024-04-04 | Immunocure Inc. | Quinoline piperazine derivatives, pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
WO2024092255A3 (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2024-06-20 | The United States Government As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs | 4-aminoquinolines for treatment of multidrug resistant malaria |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2015188077A1 (en) * | 2014-06-06 | 2015-12-10 | Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University | Nurr1 as a genetic target for treating levodopa-induced dyskinesias in parkinson's disease |
CN104070943B (en) * | 2014-07-23 | 2017-10-17 | 万通智控科技股份有限公司 | A kind of self-programming tire pressure monitoring device and implementation method |
WO2016111957A1 (en) * | 2015-01-06 | 2016-07-14 | Albert Einstein College Of Medicine, Inc. | Chloroquinoline triazole compounds, composition and uses |
EP3260121A4 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2018-07-25 | Postech Academy-Industry Foundation | Composition for preventing, alleviating or treating metabolic diseases, containing amodiaquine as active ingredient |
WO2016176222A1 (en) * | 2015-04-30 | 2016-11-03 | University Of Washington | Cgas in systemic lupus erythematosus (sle) |
JP2018517743A (en) * | 2015-06-15 | 2018-07-05 | メイヨ・ファウンデーション・フォー・メディカル・エデュケーション・アンド・リサーチ | Use of autologous mesenchymal stem cells to treat multiple system atrophy |
CN105301126B (en) * | 2015-10-10 | 2021-02-12 | 大道隆达(北京)医药科技发展有限公司 | Method for analyzing topiroxostat-related substances |
EP3498279A4 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2020-04-29 | Novmetapharma Co., Ltd. | Pharmaceutical composition comprising amodiaquine and anti-diabetes drug as effective ingredient for prevention or treatment of diabetes |
WO2019246398A1 (en) | 2018-06-21 | 2019-12-26 | Board Of Regents Of The Nevada System Of Higher Education, On Behalf Of The University Of Nevada, Reno | Disease modifying methods for treating neurodegenerative diseases using nootropic agents |
CN109620971A (en) * | 2018-12-14 | 2019-04-16 | 昆明医科大学第附属医院 | A method of screening prevention and treatment anti-parkinson drug |
MX2022002059A (en) * | 2019-08-22 | 2022-07-19 | Biohaven Therapeutics Ltd | Molecules that bind to tdp-43 for the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and related disorders. |
US20230022696A1 (en) * | 2019-10-29 | 2023-01-26 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Small molecule inhibitors of autophagy and histone deactylases and uses thereof |
KR20230035588A (en) * | 2020-07-07 | 2023-03-14 | 더 맥클린 하스피털 코퍼레이션 | Compounds and methods for treating neurodegenerative diseases |
EP4294811A2 (en) * | 2021-02-20 | 2023-12-27 | Biohaven Therapeutics Ltd. | Small molecules that bind to tdp-43 for the treatment of als and related disorders |
WO2023159062A2 (en) * | 2022-02-15 | 2023-08-24 | University Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Anabolic drugs stimulating type ii collagen production from chondrocytes or their progenitors |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3126384A (en) * | 1961-05-26 | 1964-03-24 | X-quinolyl-aminoalkylamino | |
WO2004002960A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-08 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted quinoline ccr5 receptor antagonists |
US20090226401A1 (en) * | 2006-02-16 | 2009-09-10 | Deog Joong Kim | Methods and compositions for the treatment of parkinson's disease |
Family Cites Families (56)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR82307A (en) * | 1961-12-29 | 1900-01-01 | ||
US3270960A (en) | 1964-09-11 | 1966-09-06 | Sperry Rand Corp | Fluid sensor |
US3773919A (en) | 1969-10-23 | 1973-11-20 | Du Pont | Polylactide-drug mixtures |
US4044126A (en) | 1972-04-20 | 1977-08-23 | Allen & Hanburys Limited | Steroidal aerosol compositions and process for the preparation thereof |
GB1429184A (en) | 1972-04-20 | 1976-03-24 | Allen & Hanburys Ltd | Physically anti-inflammatory steroids for use in aerosols |
USRE28819E (en) | 1972-12-08 | 1976-05-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Dialkylated glycol compositions and medicament preparations containing same |
US4410545A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1983-10-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4328245A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1982-05-04 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4358603A (en) | 1981-04-16 | 1982-11-09 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Acetal stabilized prostaglandin compositions |
US4409239A (en) | 1982-01-21 | 1983-10-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Propylene glycol diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4487761A (en) | 1982-04-05 | 1984-12-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Dopamine β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4992459A (en) | 1983-04-12 | 1991-02-12 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4906668A (en) | 1984-08-23 | 1990-03-06 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Aminoalkyl phenyl selenides for the treatment of hypertension and nervous system dysfunctions |
US4634711A (en) | 1985-08-02 | 1987-01-06 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Pyridylalkyl imidazole-2-thiols |
US4719223A (en) | 1985-10-31 | 1988-01-12 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Imidazolethiol dopamine-beta-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4743613A (en) | 1986-04-08 | 1988-05-10 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Ester prodrugs of dopamine-β-hydroxylase, inhibitors, composition containing them, and method of using them to inhibit dopamine-β-hydroxylase activity |
US4810800A (en) | 1986-05-06 | 1989-03-07 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Novel imidazole dopamine beta hydroxylase inhibitors |
US5189052A (en) | 1986-05-06 | 1993-02-23 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Thione dopamine beta hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4761415A (en) | 1986-08-28 | 1988-08-02 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4749717A (en) | 1987-01-08 | 1988-06-07 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Dopamine-beta-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4762850A (en) | 1987-03-24 | 1988-08-09 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Dopamine-beta-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4859779A (en) | 1987-03-24 | 1989-08-22 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4835154A (en) | 1987-06-01 | 1989-05-30 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | 1-aralykyl-5-piperazinylmethyl-2-mercaptoimidazoles and 2-alkylthioimidazoles and their use as dopamine-βhydroxylase inhibitors |
US4798843A (en) | 1987-07-09 | 1989-01-17 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | 2-mercaproimidazole dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4839371A (en) | 1987-09-17 | 1989-06-13 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | 3-aralkyl-2-mercaptoyridines as dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4882348A (en) | 1987-12-29 | 1989-11-21 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | 2-(aminoalkylthio)imidazoles as dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4935438A (en) | 1987-12-29 | 1990-06-19 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Dopamine-β-hydroxylase inhibitors |
US4876266A (en) | 1987-12-31 | 1989-10-24 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | 1-aralkyl-2-mercaptoimidazolines as DBH inhibitors |
US5994392A (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1999-11-30 | Neuromedica, Inc. | Antipsychotic prodrugs comprising an antipsychotic agent coupled to an unsaturated fatty acid |
US4935449A (en) | 1988-08-04 | 1990-06-19 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | N-2,3-butadienyl tri- and tetraaminoalkane derivatives |
US4963568A (en) | 1989-05-31 | 1990-10-16 | Abbott Laboratories | Dopamine agonists |
US5100912A (en) | 1990-05-14 | 1992-03-31 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Bis(benzylpyrrolidine) derivatives as dopamine agonists |
US5108899A (en) | 1989-10-31 | 1992-04-28 | Exoxemis, Inc. | Chemiluminescence assay of in vivo inflammation |
US6559186B1 (en) | 1990-02-26 | 2003-05-06 | Arc 1, Inc. | Compositions and methods of treatment of sympathetically maintained pain |
BR9405972A (en) | 1993-04-06 | 1995-12-12 | Abbott Lab | Compounded pharmaceutical composition and process to treat cognitive cardiovascular psychological neurological disorders or lack of attention or behavior that lead to addiction or substance use or a combination of these indications |
US5550139A (en) | 1994-01-03 | 1996-08-27 | The Wichita State University | Serine protease inhibitors |
US5925567A (en) | 1995-05-19 | 1999-07-20 | T. Breeders, Inc. | Selective expansion of target cell populations |
JP3891496B2 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2007-03-14 | ウイスコンシン アルムニ リサーチ ファウンデイション | Conformationally restricted polyamines |
US5889061A (en) | 1997-10-15 | 1999-03-30 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Conformationally restricted polyamines |
US7410798B2 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2008-08-12 | Geron Corporation | Culture system for rapid expansion of human embryonic stem cells |
YU71101A (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2004-07-15 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Aminopyrimidines as sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors |
EP1698629A3 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2006-11-29 | Cellgate, Inc. | Polyamines and their use in therapy |
CA2368801A1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2000-11-09 | Slil Biomedical Corporation | Conjugates as therapies for cancer and prostate diseases |
US7455983B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2008-11-25 | Geron Corporation | Medium for growing human embryonic stem cells |
IL153864A0 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2003-07-31 | Slil Biomedical Corp | Cyclic polyamine compounds and methods for the preparation thereof |
WO2003012040A2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2003-02-13 | Baylor College Of Medecine | Mutant nurr1 gene in parkinson's disease |
US6818772B2 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2004-11-16 | Abbott Laboratories | Antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone effects on the melanin concentrating hormone receptor |
WO2003070244A1 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2003-08-28 | Abbott Laboratories | Antagonist of melanin concentrating hormone and their uses |
US7899888B2 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2011-03-01 | Oracle America, Inc. | Runtime versioning of information processing systems |
US7125904B2 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2006-10-24 | Portela & C.A., S.A. | Peripherally-selective inhibitors of dopamine-β-hydroxylase and method of their preparation |
US7323462B2 (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2008-01-29 | Pfizer Inc. | Morpholine dopamine agonists |
EP2508608A1 (en) | 2003-06-09 | 2012-10-10 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Method of treating neurodegenerative disease |
WO2008036374A2 (en) * | 2006-09-21 | 2008-03-27 | Medistem Laboratories, Inc. | Allogeneic stem cell transplants in non-conditioned recipients |
US20110045100A1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-02-24 | Georgetown University | Antimalarial Quinolines and Methods of Use Thereof |
US8628962B2 (en) * | 2008-11-18 | 2014-01-14 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Differentiation of stem cells into dopaminergic cells |
US8658648B2 (en) * | 2008-12-05 | 2014-02-25 | Designmedix, Inc. | Modified chloroquines with single ring moiety or fused ring moiety |
-
2013
- 2013-02-28 WO PCT/US2013/028329 patent/WO2013134047A2/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-28 EP EP21194376.6A patent/EP3971178A1/en active Pending
- 2013-02-28 IN IN661DE2012 patent/IN2012DE00661A/en unknown
- 2013-02-28 US US14/382,727 patent/US9567316B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-28 EP EP13758678.0A patent/EP2822936B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-28 ES ES13758678T patent/ES2899730T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-28 PT PT137586780T patent/PT2822936T/en unknown
-
2017
- 2017-01-12 US US15/404,964 patent/US11026943B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-04-26 US US17/240,886 patent/US20220008418A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3126384A (en) * | 1961-05-26 | 1964-03-24 | X-quinolyl-aminoalkylamino | |
WO2004002960A1 (en) * | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-08 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted quinoline ccr5 receptor antagonists |
US20090226401A1 (en) * | 2006-02-16 | 2009-09-10 | Deog Joong Kim | Methods and compositions for the treatment of parkinson's disease |
Non-Patent Citations (5)
Title |
---|
Manohar S, Rajesh UC, Khan SI, Tekwani BL, Rawat DS. Novel 4-aminoquinoline-pyrimidine based hybrids with improved in vitro and in vivo antimalarial activity. ACS Med Chem Lett. 2012 Jun 10;3(7):555-9. doi: 10.1021/ml3000808. PMID: 24900509; PMCID: PMC4025768. (Year: 2012) * |
Polêto MD, Rusu VH, Grisci BI, Dorn M, Lins RD, Verli H. Aromatic Rings Commonly Used in Medicinal Chemistry. Front Pharmacol. 2018 Apr 24;9:395. doi: 10.3389/fphar.2018.00395. PMID: 29740321; PMCID: PMC5928326. (Year: 2018) * |
Steindler DA, Pincus DW. Stem cells and neuropoiesis in the adult human brain. Lancet. 2002 Mar 23;359(9311):1047-54. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(02)08096-0. PMID: 11937201. (Year: 2002) * |
Vitaku E, Smith DT, Njardarson JT. Analysis of the structural diversity, substitution patterns, and frequency of nitrogen heterocycles among U.S. FDA approved pharmaceuticals. J Med Chem. 2014 Dec 26;57(24):10257-74. doi: 10.1021/jm501100b. Epub 2014 Oct 7. PMID: 25255204. (Year: 2014) * |
Zhang Z, Tang W. Drug metabolism in drug discovery and development. Acta Pharm Sin B. 2018 Sep;8(5):721-732. doi: 10.1016/j.apsb.2018.04.003. Epub 2018 Apr 12. PMID: 30245961; PMCID: PMC6146880. (Year: 2018) * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024049718A3 (en) * | 2022-08-31 | 2024-04-04 | Immunocure Inc. | Quinoline piperazine derivatives, pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
WO2024092255A3 (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2024-06-20 | The United States Government As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs | 4-aminoquinolines for treatment of multidrug resistant malaria |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3971178A1 (en) | 2022-03-23 |
WO2013134047A2 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
US9567316B2 (en) | 2017-02-14 |
ES2899730T3 (en) | 2022-03-14 |
US20150023930A1 (en) | 2015-01-22 |
IN2012DE00661A (en) | 2015-08-21 |
US20170209441A1 (en) | 2017-07-27 |
EP2822936A2 (en) | 2015-01-14 |
EP2822936B1 (en) | 2021-09-08 |
US11026943B2 (en) | 2021-06-08 |
PT2822936T (en) | 2021-12-02 |
EP2822936A4 (en) | 2016-04-20 |
WO2013134047A3 (en) | 2013-10-31 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220008418A1 (en) | Aminoquinoline Derivatives and Uses Thereof | |
US20220370386A1 (en) | Treatment of diseases by concurrently eliciting remyelination effects and immunomodulatory effects using selective rxr agonists | |
JP6608309B2 (en) | A novel therapeutic approach for the treatment of CMT and related diseases | |
US7968535B2 (en) | Use of azapaullones for preventing and treating pancreatic autoimmune disorders | |
KR20160140892A (en) | Indole derivatives for use in medicine | |
WO2009135091A1 (en) | Use of asenapine and related compounds for the treatment of neuronal or non-neuronal diseases or conditions | |
TW200811142A (en) | Pyrimidinyl sulfonamide compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
US20130289033A1 (en) | Novel compounds for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases | |
JP7114604B2 (en) | Use of Pridopidine for the Treatment of Fragile X Syndrome | |
US7671077B2 (en) | Neuroprotective small organic molecules, compositions and uses related thereto | |
JP6893917B2 (en) | Treatment of neurodegenerative diseases | |
WO2007147330A1 (en) | The application of the bakuchiol compounds | |
CA2600067A1 (en) | Treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis with pyrimethamine and analogues 6 | |
WO2007098047A2 (en) | Methods and compositions for the treatment of parkinson's disease | |
JP5781077B2 (en) | Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating Down syndrome | |
US20230364153A1 (en) | Method for direct reprogramming from somatic cells into pancreatic beta cells by using microrna, and differentiation composition | |
US20230312510A1 (en) | Compounds and methods for treating neurodegenerative diseases | |
KR20200101899A (en) | Novel derivatives of thyroid hormone and use of thereof | |
CN113164465A (en) | Novel use of 5-HT4 receptor agonist | |
KR20210003715A (en) | Use of ginsenoside M1 to treat Huntington's disease | |
TW201215610A (en) | Combinational compositions and methods for treatment of cancer |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: UNIVERSITY OF DELHI, INDIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:RAWAT, DIWAN S.;MANOHAR, SUNNY;RAJESH, UMMADISETTY CHINNA;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:056182/0057 Effective date: 20130302 Owner name: THE MCLEAN HOSPITAL CORPORATION, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KIM, KWANG-SOO;KIM, CHUN-HYUNG;REEL/FRAME:056182/0044 Effective date: 20130501 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT, MARYLAND Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:MCLEAN HOSPITAL;REEL/FRAME:066286/0512 Effective date: 20220616 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |